Category: Commerce

  • MIL-OSI: Gallabox raises $3.5M to fuel its mission to democratize AI-driven conversational commerce for SMBs

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    San Diego, Jan. 29, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Traditional customer communication channels are breaking down, with businesses losing millions in potential revenue through ineffective email, SMS and phone outreach. Gallabox, founded by veterans from India’s leading services marketplace, announced $3.5 million in funding to transform how businesses leverage WhatsApp for marketing and sales.

    The seed round was led by FUSE, with participation from existing investors Prime Venture Partners and Neon Fund. This latest round brings the total raised by Gallabox to $5 million since its inception in 2021.

    Karthik Jagannathan, CEO and co-founder of Gallabox.

    Businesses worldwide, especially in regions where WhatsApp dominates communication, are eager to integrate this high-ROI channel into their growth strategies. While large enterprises could afford to build custom WhatsApp automation solutions to nurture conversations and convert them to closed deals, small and mid-sized  businesses were left managing conversations manually, leading to significant revenue leakages and lost opportunities.

    Unlike traditional communication tools that offer fragmented solutions, Gallabox provides an end-to-end platform for WhatsApp automation. The platform’s no-code approach enables businesses to create AI chatbots for lead qualification, deploy drip marketing campaigns, and manage team collaboration through shared inboxes. From broadcast messaging and automated appointment booking to personalized service recommendations, Gallabox helps businesses automate every stage of their customer interaction funnel.

    Gallabox enables businesses to use WhatsApp for a wide range of purposes

    Founded by Karthik Jagannathan, Yogesh Narayanan, and Yathin Panchanathan, Gallabox emerged from their firsthand experience of working with thousands of SMBs struggling with customer communication and scaling growth—despite investing heavily in lead-generating resources, which have largely been manual. 

    “The shift to B2C messaging is undeniable, but most businesses lack the tools to capitalize on it,” said Karthik Jagannathan, CEO and co-founder of Gallabox. “Typically, SMBs spend enormous amounts of time and effort in building pipelines, which are often disjointed and not scalable. Our platform enables any business, regardless of their technical expertise or budget, to deploy sophisticated AI agents on WhatsApp, helping them convert every conversation into a business opportunity… within minutes.”

    The company’s trajectory validates its approach. Starting in Chennai, India’s unofficial SaaS capital, Gallabox acquired its first 100 customers outside their network within 100 days of launch. So far, the platform has served over 10,000 businesses across 45 countries, with strong traction in service-oriented sectors including education, healthcare/wellness, real estate, and travel. 

    Through Gallabox, businesses can offer a chatbot to support their customers.

    “The world is standardizing on WhatsApp as the modern communication and engagement platform. Gallabox enables companies to meet their customers exactly where they are — with a holistic marketing, sales, and commerce suite on top of WhatsApp. Thrilled to partner with Karthik, Yogesh, Yathindhar, and the entire Gallabox team as they shape the future of business-to-customer communication,” said Kellan Carter, Founding Partner at FUSE. 

    The company has established dedicated teams in the Middle East, Latin America and the US to support its rapid international expansion in markets where WhatsApp is the dominant channel for business communication.

    “Karthik, Yogesh, and Yathin have proven to be an exceptional team throughout the two years we have worked together. Their relentless focus on execution and great product made it an easy decision for us to double down on our commitment,” said Sanjay Swamy, Managing Partner, Prime Venture Partners. “Gallabox’s outstanding product allows SMBs to effortlessly create and deploy AI agents and workflows that automate customer engagement, enabling business owners to concentrate on their core operations.”

    The platform’s impact is evident across sectors. Educational institutions use Gallabox to automate their entire admission process, healthcare providers streamline appointment management, and real estate agencies automate property inquiries and viewing schedules. The platform’s AI agents handle routine interactions while enabling human teams to focus on high-value conversations.

    Looking ahead, Gallabox is evolving beyond pure WhatsApp automation to become a comprehensive AI Sales and Marketing agent platform for SMBs on multiple messaging channels. The company is developing advanced capabilities that will enable businesses to train AI agents through natural language instructions, handling complex tasks from lead qualification to prospect engagement to service delivery.

    Gallabox plans to use the funding to strengthen its product capabilities and expand its geographic footprint. The company’s vision is to redefine how businesses engage with customers, making enterprise-grade AI automation accessible to companies of all sizes.

    Ends

    Media images can be found here.
      
    About Gallabox
    Gallabox is a no-code conversational platform on a mission to democratize AI for small and medium-sized businesses worldwide. With offices in California, Dubai, and India, Gallabox is transforming the sales and marketing playbooks of thousands of companies, helping them achieve faster growth than ever before. 

    About FUSE
    FUSE is an early-stage software focused venture capital firm, currently investing out of their second fund of $255M.

    About Prime Venture Partners
    Prime Venture Partners is one of India’s leading early-stage venture capital firms (primevp.in) based in Bangalore, led by Sanjay Swamy, Shripati Acharya, and Amit Somani. Founded in 2012 with the goal of bringing Silicon Valley-style professionalism to venture investing and building world-class companies from India, PrimeVP is often the first institutional investor in category-defining tech startups. Its major investments span sectors including FinTech, Enterprise SaaS, Consumer Internet, EdTech, Healthcare, Logistics, IoT, and EVs, among others.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: BexBack Unveils 100x Leverage Crypto Trading with Double Deposit Bonus & $50 Welcome Offer—No KYC Needed

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SINGAPORE, Jan. 29, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — As the price of Bitcoin surpassed the $100,000 mark and many analysts believe that it will enter a long-term high-volatility market. Holding spot positions may not continue to generate profits in the short term. BexBack Exchange is stepping up its efforts to provide traders with irresistible preferential packages. The platform now offers a 100% deposit bonus, a $50 welcome bonus for new users, and a 100x leverage on cryptocurrency trading, creating unparalleled opportunities for investors.

    What Is 100x Leverage and How Does It Work?

    Simply put, 100x leverage allows you to open larger trading positions with less capital. For example:

    Suppose the Bitcoin price is $60,000 that day, and you open a long contract with 1 BTC. After using 100x leverage, the transaction amount is equivalent to 100 BTC.

    One day later, if the price rises to $63,000, your profit will be (63,000 – 60,000) * 100 BTC / 60,000 = 5 BTC, a yield of up to 500%.

    With BexBack’s deposit bonus

    BexBack offers a 100% deposit bonus. If the initial investment is 2 BTC, the profit will increase to 10 BTC, and the return on investment will double to 1000%.

    Note: Although leveraged trading can magnify profits, you also need to be wary of liquidation risks.

    How Does the 100% Deposit Bonus Work?
    The deposit bonus from BexBack cannot be directly withdrawn but can be used to open larger positions and increase potential profits. Additionally, during significant market fluctuations, the bonus can serve as extra margin, effectively reducing the risk of liquidation.

    About BexBack?

    BexBack is a leading cryptocurrency derivatives platform that offers 100x leverage on BTC, ETH, ADA, SOL, and XRP futures contracts. It is headquartered in Singapore with offices in Hong Kong, Japan, the United States, the United Kingdom, and Argentina. It holds a US MSB (Money Services Business) license and is trusted by more than 200,000 traders worldwide. Accepts users from the United States, Canada, and Europe. There are no deposit fees, and traders can get the most thoughtful service, including 24/7 customer support.

    Why recommend BexBack?

    No KYC Required: Start trading immediately without complex identity verification.

    100% Deposit Bonus: Double your funds, double your profits.

    High-Leverage Trading: Offers up to 100x leverage, maximizing investors’ capital efficiency.

    Demo Account: Comes with 10 BTC in virtual funds, ideal for beginners to practice risk-free trading.

    Comprehensive Trading Options: Feature-rich trading available via Web and mobile applications.

    Convenient Operation: No slippage, no spread, and fast, precise trade execution.

    Global User Support: Enjoy 24/7 customer service, no matter where you are.

    Lucrative Affiliate Rewards: Earn up to 50% commission, perfect for promoters.

    Take Action Now—Don’t Miss Another Opportunity!

    If you missed the previous crypto bull run, this could be your chance. With BexBack’s 100x leverage and 100% deposit bonus and $50 bonus for new users (complete one trade within one week of registration), you can be a winner in the new bull run.

    Sign up on BexBack now, claim your exclusive bonus and start accumulating more BTC today!

    Website: www.bexback.com

    Contact: business@bexback.com

    Contact:
    Amanda
    business@bexback.com

    Disclaimer: This content is provided by BexBack. The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the content provider. The information provided in this press release is not a solicitation for investment, nor is it intended as investment advice, financial advice, or trading advice. It is strongly recommended you practice due diligence, including consultation with a professional financial advisor, before investing in or trading cryptocurrency and securities. Please conduct your own research and invest at your own risk.

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/d653f906-7908-4200-ab66-0a9a33b3d84e

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/5b9f6b25-c7eb-436a-8fb8-e59f1ccd5634

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/101ef4e2-f376-4588-a21e-03d8031d15c5

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/5a9c839a-4633-419f-92e6-dfaeefb06023

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Security: Michigan Man Charged with Drug Distribution and Loan Fraud

    Source: Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) State Crime Alerts (b)

    BOSTON – A Michigan man has been charged and has agreed to plead guilty in connection with a conspiracy to import and sell illegal pharmaceuticals, including opioids, and to fund the operation of the scheme by fraudulently obtaining a Covid pandemic relief loan.

    Donald Nchamukong, 37, was charged by Information with conspiracy to smuggle goods into the United States, to commit loan fraud and to distribute controlled substances.  Nchamukong will make an initial appearance in federal court in Boston on a date to be scheduled by the Court.

    According to the charging documents, starting in 2019 and continuing to 2022, Nchamukong and a co-conspirator, Doyal Kalita, conspired to distribute drugs to persons in the United States over the internet and using call centers in India. Nchamukong allegedly used shell companies, including a purported dietary supplements company and an auto parts supplier, and associated bank and merchant accounts to process sales of illegal foreign drugs, including the Schedule IV opioid, tramadol. Nchamukong and Kalita also received shipments of tramadol from India and reshipped the drug to customers across the United States, including in Massachusetts. When the Covid-19 pandemic hit, Nchamukong and Kalita allegedly fraudulently obtained a $200,000 Economic Injury Disaster Loan to fund their illegal drug scheme.  

    Kalita was convicted in 2024 and sentenced to 10 years in prison for orchestrating the online drug distribution scheme and a technical support fraud scheme and related money laundering.

    The charge of conspiracy provides for a sentence of up to five years in prison, three years of supervised release and a fine of up to $250,000, or twice the monetary gain or loss, whichever is greater. Sentences are imposed by a federal district court judge based upon the U.S. Sentencing Guidelines and statutes which govern the determination of a sentence in a criminal case.

    United States Attorney Leah B. Foley; Jodi Cohen, Special Agent in Charge of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, Boston Division; Thomas Demeo, Acting Special Agent in Charge of the Internal Revenue Service Criminal Investigation, Boston Field Office; and Fernando P. McMillan, Special Agent in Charge of the New York Field Office of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, Office of Criminal Investigations made the announcement today. Valuable assistance was provided by Homeland Security Investigations in New York, Small Business Administration and the United States Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of New York. Assistant U.S. Attorney Kriss Basil, Deputy Chief of the Securities, Financial, and Cyber Fraud Unit, is prosecuting the case.

    On May 17, 2021, the Attorney General established the COVID-19 Fraud Enforcement Task Force to marshal the resources of the Department of Justice in partnership with agencies across government to enhance efforts to combat and prevent pandemic-related fraud. The Task Force bolsters efforts to investigate and prosecute the most culpable domestic and international criminal actors and assists agencies tasked with administering relief programs to prevent fraud by augmenting and incorporating existing coordination mechanisms, identifying resources and techniques to uncover fraudulent actors and their schemes, and sharing and harnessing information and insights gained from prior enforcement efforts. For more information on the department’s response to the pandemic, pleasehttps://www.justice.gov/coronavirus and https://www.justice.gov/coronavirus/combatingfraud.

    Anyone with information about allegations of attempted fraud involving COVID-19 can report it by calling the Department of Justice’s National Center for Disaster Fraud (NCDF) Hotline via the NCDF Web Complaint Form.

    The details contained in the charging documents are allegations. The defendant is presumed innocent unless and until proven guilty beyond a reasonable doubt in a court of law.
     

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Additional £1 million of funding proposed to futureproof Oxford’s historic Covered Market

    Source: City of Oxford

    Published: Wednesday, 29 January 2025

    Oxford City Council has proposed allocating over £1 million of additional funding to enhance the Covered Market redevelopment, which would bring the total investment to almost £8 million. 

    The allocation of additional funding, which will be decided at next week’s Cabinet meeting (5 February) and is conditional on approval of the Council Budget at the Full Council meeting on 13 February, would allow for additional upgrades to future-proof the historic market while minimising long-term disruption.  

    The redevelopment of the market, which celebrated its 250th anniversary in 2024, will ensure it remains a vibrant and sustainable hub for independent businesses, residents and visitors for generations to come.  

    The funding would enable additionalities, including: 

    • Upgrading services such as drainage, electrics, and utilities in a more sustainable way and to reduce future disruptions 
    • Further improvements to lighting, signage, and decoration, creating a more welcoming and accessible environment for visitors 
    • Removal of redundant services and fittings to help declutter the market and improve the appearance throughout  
    • Infrastructure updates to support greener technologies, including enhanced electrical capacity and provisions for low-carbon initiatives  

    By combining the additional works with the core masterplan improvements – which include a new public square and seating area, improved entrances on Market Street and High Street, service yard reorganisation and essential building maintenance – the project aims to deliver cost and time efficiencies while minimising future maintenance needs. 

    If approved by Cabinet, the project team is ready to progress to the next phase, with detailed designs and planning applications set to begin later this year. If the plans are then approved, work on-site could commence late 2026, with the market remaining operational throughout.  

    The Council recognises that there will be real concerns about disruption to trade during the work. This will be a major area of consideration for all involved in the development as the detailed design and construction plans are developed.  

    The Council is committed to producing an extensive programme of engagement with tenants and other stakeholders to ensure they have a say and are kept properly updated throughout.  

    Comment 

    “Throughout its long history, Oxford’s Covered Market has gone through transformations to ensure its continued relevance and character. This additional funding will enable another of those historic milestones, shaping the Market for future generations. 

    “By future-proofing infrastructure and embracing green technologies, we’re preserving its historic charm while creating a space that meets the needs of our community today and tomorrow.   

    “We understand there will be concerns about disruption, so we will work closely with tenants and stakeholders throughout the process to keep them informed and involved. We’ll listen to their needs, and make sure we do everything we can to meet them as the project is planned and then delivered. “ 

    Councillor Alex Hollingsworth, Cabinet Member for Business, Culture and an Inclusive Economy   

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI USA News: Press Briefing by Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt

    Source: The White House

    1:06 P.M. EST

         MS. LEAVITT:  Good afternoon, everybody. 

    Q    Good afternoon.

    MS. LEAVITT:  How are we?  Good to see all of you.  It’s an honor to be here with all of you.  A lot of familiar faces in the room, a lot of new faces.

    And President Trump is back, and the golden age of America has most definitely begun. 

    The Senate has already confirmed five of President Trump’s exceptional Cabinet nominees: Secretary of State Marco Rubio, Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth, CIA Director John Ratcliffe, Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem, and Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent.  It is imperative that the Senate continues to confirm the remainder of the president’s well-qualified nominees as quickly as possible.

    As you have seen during the past week, President Trump is hard at work fulfilling the promises that he made to the American people on the campaign trail.  Since taking the oath of office, President Trump has taken more than 300 executive actions; secured nearly $1 trillion in U.S. investments; deported illegal alien rapists, gang members, and suspected terrorists from our homeland; and restored common sense to the federal government.

    I want to take a moment to go through some of these extraordinary actions. 

    On day one, President Trump declared a national emergency at our southern border to end the four-year-long invasion of illegal aliens under the previous administration.  Additionally, President Trump signed an executive order to end catch and release and finish construction of his effective border wall.  By using every lever of his federal power, President Trump has sent a loud and clear message to the entire world: America will no longer tolerate illegal immigration. 

    And this president expects that every nation on this planet will cooperate with the repatriation of their citizens, as proven by this weekend, when President Trump swiftly directed his team to issue harsh and effective sanctions and tariffs on the Colombian government upon hearing they were denied a U.S. military aircraft full of their own citizens who were deported by this administration.  Within hours, the Colombian government agreed to all of President Trump’s demands, proving America is once again respected on the world stage.

    So, to foreign nationals who are thinking about trying to illegally enter the United States, think again.  Under this president, you will be detained, and you will be deported. 

         Every day, Americans are safer because of the violent criminals that President Trump’s administration is removing from our communities.

    On January 23rd, ICE New York arrested a Turkish national for entry without inspection who is a known or suspected terrorist.  On January 23rd, ICE San Francisco arrested a citizen of Mexico unlawfully present in the United States who has been convicted of continuous sexual abuse of a child aged 14 years or younger.  ICE Saint Paul has arrested a citizen of Honduras who was convicted of fourth-degree criminal sexual conduct with a minor.  ICE Buffalo arrested a citizen of Ecuador who has been convicted of rape. 

    ICE Boston arrested a citizen of the Dominican Republic who has a criminal conviction for second-degree murder.  This criminal was convicted of murder for beating his pregnant wife to death in front of her five-year-old son. 

         And ICE Saint Paul also arrested a citizen of Mexico who was convicted of possessing pornographic material of a minor on a work computer.

    These are the heinous individuals that this administration is removing from American communities every single day.  And to the brave state and local law enforcement officers, CBP, and ICE agents who are helping in the facilitation of this deportation operation, President Trump has your back and he is grateful for your hard work.

    On the economic front, President Trump took immediate action to lower costs for families who are suffering from four long years of the Biden administration’s destructive and inflationary policies.  President Trump ordered the heads of all executive departments and agencies to help deliver emergency price relief to the American people, untangle our economy from Biden’s regulatory constraints, and end the reckless war on American energy.

    President Trump also signed sweeping executive orders to end the weaponization of government and restore common sense to the federal bureaucracy.  He directed all federal agencies to terminate illegal diversity, equity, and inclusion programs to help return America to a merit-based society.

    President Trump also signed an executive order declaring it is now the policy of the federal government that there are only two sexes: male and female.  Sanity has been restored.

    Before I take your questions, I would like to point out to — all of you once again have access to the most transparent and accessible president in American history.  There has never been a president who communicates with the American people and the American press corps as openly and authentically as the 45th and now 47th president of the United States. 

    This past week, President Trump has held multiple news conferences, gaggled on Air Force One multiple times, and sat down for a two-part interview on Fox News, which aired last week.  As Politico summed it up best, “Trump is everywhere again,” and that’s because President Trump has a great story to tell about the legendary American revival that is well underway.

    And in keeping with this revolutionary media approach that President Trump deployed during the campaign, the Trump White House will speak to all media outlets and personalities, not just the legacy media who are seated in this room, because apporting — according to recent polling from Gallup, Americans’ trust in mass media has fallen to a record low.  Millions of Americans, especially young people, have turned from traditional television outlets and newspapers to consume their news from podcasts, blogs, social media, and other independent outlets.

    It’s essential to our team that we share President Trump’s message everywhere and adapt this White House to the new media landscape in 2025.  To do this, I am excited to announce the following changes will be made to this historic James S. Brady Briefing Room, where Mr. Brady’s legacy will endure.

    This White House believes strongly in the First Amendment, so it’s why our team will work diligently to restore the press passes of the 440 journalists whose passes were wrongly revoked by the previous administration. 

    We’re also opening up this briefing room to new media voices who produce news-related content and whose outlet is not already represented by one of the seats in this room.  We welcome independent journalists, podcasters, social media influencers, and content creators to apply for credentials to cover this White House.  And you can apply now on our new website, WhiteHouse.gov/NewMedia. 

    Starting today, this seat in the front of the room, which is usually occupied by the press secretary staff, will be called the “new media” seat.  My team will review the applications and give credentials to new media applicants who meet our criteria and pass United States Secret Service requirements to enter the White House complex.

    So, in light of these announcements, our first questions for today’s briefing will go to these new media members whose outlets, despite being some of the most viewed news websites in the country, have not been given seats in this room. 

    And before I turn to questions, I do have news directly from the president of the United States that was just shared with me in the Oval Office from President Trump directly — an update on the New Jersey drones: After research and study, the drones that were flying over New Jersey in large numbers were authorized to be flown by the FAA for research and various other reasons. 

    Many of these drones were also hobbyists — recreational and private individuals that enjoy flying drones.  In meanti- — in the — in time, it got worse, due to curiosity.  This was not the enemy.  A — a statement from the president of the United States to start this briefing with some news.

    And with that, I will turn it over to questions, and we will begin with our new media members: Mike Allen from Axios, Matt Boyle from Breitbart. 

         Mike, why don’t you go ahead.

    Q    Thank you very much.  Karoline, does the president see anything fishy about DeepSeek, either its origins or its cost?  And could China’s ability to make these models quicker, cheaper affect our thinking about expanding generation data centers, chip manufacturing?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Sure.  The president was asked about DeepSeek last night on Air Force One when he gaggled for, I think, the third or fourth time throughout the weekend with members of the traveling press corps.  The president said that he believes that this is a wake-up call to the American AI industry.  The last administration sat on their hands and allowed China to rapidly develop this AI program.

    And so, President Trump believes in restoring American AI dominance, and that’s why he took very strong executive action this past week to sign executive orders to roll back some of the onerous regulations on the AI industry.  And President Trump has also proudly appointed the first AI and crypto czar at this White House, David Sacks, whom I spoke with yesterday — very knowledgeable on this subject.  And his team is here working every single day to ensure American AI dominance.

    As for the national security implications, I spoke with NSC this morning.  They are looking into what those may be, and when I have an update, I will share it with you, Mike.

    Q    And, Karoline, you say “restore” U.S. dominance.  Is there fear that the U.S. either is falling or has fallen behind?  And how would the president make sure the U.S. stays ahead?

    MS. LEAVITT:  No.  The president is confident that we will restore American dominance in AI. 

    Matt.

    Q    Yeah.  So, Karoline, first off, thank you to you and President Trump for actually giving voices to new media outlets that represent millions and millions of Americans.  The thing I would add — the — I’ve got a two-part question for you.  The first is just: Can you expand upon what steps the White House is going to take to bring more voices, not less — which is what our founder, Andrew Breitbart, believed in — into this room, where they rightly belong?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Yeah, absolutely.  And as I said in my opening statement, Matt, it is a priority of this White House to honor the First Amendment.  And it is a fact that Americans are consuming their news media from various different platforms, especially young people.  And as the youngest press secretary in history, thanks to President Trump, I take great pride in opening up this room to new media voices to share the president’s message with as many Americans as possible.

    In doing so, number one, we will ensure that outlets like yours — Axios and Breitbart, which are widely respected and viewed outlets — have an actual seat in this room every day.  We also, again, encourage anybody in this country — whether you are a TikTok content creator, a blogger, a podcaster — if you are producing legitimate news content, no matter the medium, you will be allowed to apply for press credentials to this White House. 

    And as I said earlier, our new media website is WhiteHouse.gov/NewMedia, and so we encourage people to apply.  Again, as long as you are creating news-related content of the day and you’re a legitimate independent journalist, you’re welcome to cover this White House. 

    Q    And secondly, Karoline, you sa- — you laid out several of the actions that President Trump has taken.  Obviously, it’s a stark contrast to the previous administration and a breakneck speed from President Trump.  Can we expect that pace to continue as the hun- — the — you know, the first 100 days moves along here and beyond that?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Absolutely.  There is no doubt President Trump has always been the hardest working man in politics.  I think that’s been proven over the past week.  This president has, again, signed more than 300 executive orders.  He’s taken historic action. 

    I gaggled aboard Air Force One to mark the first 100 days of this administration — 4:00 p.m. last Friday — first 100 hours, rather.  And this president did more in the first 100 hours than the previous president did in the first 100 days. 

    So, President Trump, I think you can all expect to — for him to continue to work at this breakneck speed.  So, I hope you’re all ready to work very hard.  I know that we are.

    Zeke Miller.

    Q    Thanks, Karoline.  A question that we’ve asked your predecessors of both parties in this job.  When you’re up here in this briefing room speaking to the American public, do you view yourself and your role as speaking on — advocating on behalf of the president, or providing the unvarnished truth that is, you know, not to lie, not to obfuscate to the American people?

    MS. LEAVITT:  I commit to telling the truth from this podium every single day.  I commit to speaking on behalf of the president of the United States.  That is my job. 

    And I will say it’s very easy to speak truth from this podium when you have a president who is implementing policies that are wildly popular with the American people, and that’s exactly what this administration is doing.  It’s correcting the lies and the wrongs of the past four years, many of the lies that have been told to your faces in this very briefing room.  I will not do that.

    But since you brought up truth, Zeke, I would like to point out, while I vow to provide the truth from this podium, we ask that all of you in this room hold yourselves to that same standard.  We know for a fact there have been lies that have been pushed by many legacy media outlets in this country about this president, about his family, and we will not accept that.  We will call you out when we feel that your reporting is wrong or there is misinformation about this White House. 

    So, yes, I will hold myself to the truth, and I expect everyone in this room to do the same. 

    Q    And, Karoline, just on a substantive question.  Yesterday, the White House Office of Management and Budget directed an across-the-board freeze with — with some exceptions for individual assistance.  We understand just federal grants.

    MS. LEAVITT:  Right.

    Q    It’s caused a lot of confusion around the country among Head Start providers, among providers — from services to homeless veterans, provid- — you know, Medicaid providers, states saying they’re having trouble accessing the portal.  Could you put — help us clear up some confusion —

    MS. LEAVITT:  Yes.

    Q    — give some certainty to folks?  And then also, is that uncertainty — how does that uncertainty service the president’s voters?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Well, I think there’s only uncertainty in this room amongst the media.  There’s no uncertainty in this building. 

    So, let me provide the certainty and the clarity that all of you need.  This is not a blanket pause on federal assistance in grant programs from the Trump administration.  Individual assistance, that includes — I’m not naming everything that’s included, but just to give you a few examples — Social Security benefits, Medicare benefits, food stamps, welfare benefits — assistance that is going directly to individuals will not be impacted by this pause. 

    And I want to make that very clear to any Americans who are watching at home who may be a little bit confused about some of the media reporting: This administration — if you are receiving individual assistance from the federal government, you will still continue to receive that. 

    However, it is the responsibility of this president and this administration to be good stewards of taxpayer dollars.  That is something that President Trump campaigned on.  That’s why he has launched DOGE, the Department of Government Efficiency, who is working alongside OMB.  And that’s why OMB sent out this memo last night, because the president signed an executive order directing OMB to do just this.  And the reason for this is to ensure that every penny that is going out the door is not conflicting with the executive orders and actions that this president has taken. 

    So, what does this pause mean?  It means no more funding for illegal DEI programs.  It means no more funding for the Green New Scam that has ta- — cost American taxpayers tens of billions of dollars.  It means no more funding for transgenderism and wokeness across our federal bureaucracy and agencies.  No more funding for Green New Deal social engineering policies.  Again, people who are receiving individual asintan- — assistance, you will continue to receive that.

    And President Trump is looking out for you by issuing this pause because he is being good steward of your taxpayer dollars.

    Q    Thanks, Karoline. 

    MS. LEAVITT:  Sure.

    Q    How long is this pause going to last?  And how is the Trump administration recommending that organizations that rely on federal funding make payroll, pay their rent in the meantime?

    MS. LEAVITT:  It is a temporary pause, and the Office of Management and Budget is reviewing the federal funding that has been going out the door, again, not for individual assistance, but for all of these other programs that I mentioned.

    I also spoke with the incoming director of OMB this morning, and he told me to tell all of you that the line to his office is open for other federal government agencies across the board, and if they feel that programs are necessary and in line with the president’s agenda, then the Office of Management and Budget will review those policies. 

    I think this is a very responsible measure.  Again, the past four years, we’ve seen the Biden administration spend money like drunken sailors.  It’s a big reason we’ve had an inflation crisis in this country, and it’s incumbent upon this administration to make sure, again, that every penny is being accounted for honestly.

    Q    Why impose this pause with so little notice?  Why not give organizations more time to plan for the fact that they are about to lose, in some cases, really crucial federal funding —

    MS. LEAVITT:  There was —

    Q    — at least for a — for a period of time?

    MS. LEAVITT:  There was notice.  It was the executive order that the president signed. 

    There’s also a freeze on hiring, as you know; a regulatory freeze; and there’s also a freeze on foreign aid.  And this is a — again, incredibly important to ensure that this administration is taking into consideration how hard the American people are working.  And their tax dollars actually matter to this administration. 

    You know, just during this pause, DOGE and OMB have actually found that there was $37 million that was about to go out the door to the World Health Organization, which is an organization, as you all know, that President Trump, with the swipe of his pen in that executive order, is — no longer wants the United States to be a part of.  So, that wouldn’t be in line with the president’s agenda. 

    DOGE and OMB also found that there was about to be 50 million taxpayer dollars that went out the door to fund condoms in Gaza.  That is a preposterous waste of taxpayer money. 

    So, that’s what this pause is focused on: being good stewards of tax dollars. 

    Q    And so, this doesn’t affect —

    MS. LEAVITT:  Jennifer.

    Q    — Meals on Wheels or Head Start or disaster aid?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Again, it does not affect individual assistance that’s going to Americans.

    Q    To follow up on Nancy, do you think there will be a list of who is affected and how much money is affected?  How — how will these contractors and organizations know if they are actually being — having their funding frozen?

    And then, secondly, if you’re willing, can you just clarify, is the end goal of this to essentially challenge Congress or to — to prove that the president can withhold federal funding?  Is — in other words, is this an attempt to pick a fight to prove that he can do this?

    MS. LEAVITT:  No, absolutely not.  As it says right here in the memo, which I have — and I’d encourage all of you to read it — it says, “The American people elected President Trump to be the president of the United States and gave him a mandate to increase the impact of every federal dollar.”  “This memo requires federal agencies to identify and review all Federal financial assistance programs and supporting activities consistent with the president’s policies and requirements.” 

    The American people gave President Trump an overwhelming mandate on November 5th, and he’s just trying to ensure that the tax money going out the door in this very bankrupt city actually aligns with the will and the priorities of the American people. 

    (Cross-talk.)

    Brian Glenn.

    Q    Yes.  Welcome. 

    MS. LEAVITT:  Thank you.

    Q    You look great.  You’re doing a great job. 

    MS. LEAVITT:  Thank you.

    Q    You talked about transparency.  And some of us in this room know how just transparent President Trump has been the last five or six years; I think you’ll do the same. 

    My question is, do you think this latest incident with the president of Colombia is indicative of the global, powerful respect they have for President Trump moving forward not only to engage in — in economic diplomacy with these countries but also world peace?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Absolutely.  I’ll echo the answer that the president gave on Air Force One last night when he was asked a very similar question by one of your colleagues in the media: This signifies peace through strength is back, and this president will not tolerate illegal immigration into America’s interior. 

    And he expects every nation on this planet, again, to cooperate with the repatriation of their citizens who illegally entered into our country and broke America’s laws.  Won’t be tolerated. 

    And as you saw, the Colombian government quickly folded and agreed to all of President Trump’s demands.  Flights are underway once again.

    (Cross-talk.)

    Diana.

    Q    Two questions on deportations, if I may.  President Trump had said on the campaign trail that he would deport pro-Hamas students who are here on visas, and on his first day in office, he signed an executive order that said, quote, “The U.S. must ensure that admitted aliens and aliens otherwise already present in the U.S. do not bear hostile attitudes toward its citizens, culture, government, institutions, or founding principles.”  So, should we take this executive order as Trump saying he would be open to de- — deporting those students who are here on visas, but, you know, hold pro-Hamas sympathies?

    MS. LEAVITT:  The president is open to deporting individuals who have broken our nation’s immigrations laws.  So, if they are here illegally, then certainly he is open to deporting them, and that’s what this administration is hard at work at doing. 

    We receive data from DHS and from ICE every single day.  From what we hear on the ground, ICE agents are feeling incredibly empowered right now because they actually have a leader in this building who is supporting them in doing their jobs that they were hired to do, which is to detain, arrest, and deport illegal criminals who have invaded our nation’s borders over the past four years.  That’s what the president is committed to seeing. 

    Q    One more. 

    MS. LEAVITT:  Peter.
        
         Q    Just following up on that, Karoline —

    Q    Karoline, if I could ask you very quickly, just following up on the question on immigration.  First, President Trump, during the course of the campaign in 2024, said the following about illegal im- — immigration.  He said, “They’re going back home where they belong, and we start with the criminals.  There are many, many criminals.”  NBC News has learned that ICE arrested 1,179 undocumented immigrants on Sunday, but nearly half of them — 566 of the migrants — appear to have no prior criminal record besides entering the country illegally. 

    MS. LEAVITT:  (Laughs.)

    Q    Is the president still focused exclusiv- — which is a civil crime, not a — not a — it’s not criminal —

    MS. LEAVITT:  It’s a federal crime. 

    Q    It’s a fed- — so, I’m asking though, he said he was going to focus on those violent offenders first.  So, is violent offenders no longer the predicate for these people to be deported?

    MS. LEAVITT:  The president has said countless times on the campaign trail — I’ve been with him at the rallies; I know you’ve been there covering them too, Peter — that he is focused on launching the largest mass deportation operation in American history of illegal criminals. 

    And if you are an individual, a foreign national, who illegally enters the United States of America, you are, by definition, a criminal.  And so, therefore —

    Q    So, to be clear, it’s not exclusively —

    MS. LEAVITT:  — you are subject deportation. 

    Q    I apologize for interrupting.  So, to be clear, it’s not — violent criminals do not receive precedence in terms of the deportations taking place?

    MS. LEAVITT:  The president has also said — two things can be true at the same time.  We want to deport illegal criminals, illegal immigrants from this country.  But the president has said that, of course, the illegal dr- — criminal drug dealers, the rapists, the murderers, the individuals who have committed heinous acts on the interior of our country and who have terrorized law-abiding American citizens, absolutely, those should be the priority of ICE.  But that doesn’t mean that the other illegal criminals who entered our nation’s borders are off the table. 

    Q    Understood.  Then let me ask you a separate question about the confusion that still exists across the country right now as it relates to the — the freeze — or the pause, as it’s described.  President Trump, of course, ran — one of the key policy items was that he was going to lower prices, lower the cost of everything from groceries, as he often said.  But in many of the cases, it would seem that some of these moves could raise prices for real Americans on everything from low-income heating — that program; childcare programs.  Will nothing that the president is doing here, in terms of the freeze in these programs, raise prices on ordinary Americans?

    MS. LEAVITT:  What particular actions are you referring to that would —

    Q    I’m referring to LHEAP right now.  That’s the low-income heating program, for example.  We can talk about — there’s no clarity, so I could refer to a lot of them.  We don’t know what they are specifically.  Can you tell us that LHEAP — that LIHEAP is not one of those affected?

    MS. LEAVITT:  So, you’re asking a hypoc- — -thetical based on programs that you can’t even identify?

    Q    No, I just identified — I —

    MS. LEAVITT:  What I can tell you is that the —

    Q    Well, just to be — just to be clear, since you guys haven’t identified, let’s do it together, just for Americans at home.  Medicaid, is that affected?

    MS. LEAVITT:  I gave you a list of examples — Social Security, Medicare, welfare benefits —

    Q    Medicaid too, correct?

    MS. LEAVITT:  — food stamps — that will not be impacted by this federal pause.  I can get you the full list after this briefing from the Office of Management and Budget.

    But I do want to address the cost cutting, because that’s certainly very important, and — and cutting the cost of living in this country.  President Trump has taken historic action over the past week to do that.  He actually signed a memorandum to deliver emergency price relief for American families, which took a number of actions.  I can walk you through those. 

    He also repealed many onerous Biden administration regulations.  We know, over the past four years, American households has been essentially taxed $55,000 in regulations from the previous administration.  President Trump, with the swipe of his pen, rescinded those, which will ultimately put more money back in the pockets of the American people.  So, deregulation is a big deal. 

    And then, when it comes to energy, I mean, the president signed an executive order to declare a national energy emergency here at home, which is going to make America energy dominant.  We know that energy is one of the number-one drivers of inflation, and so that’s why the president wants to increase our energy supply: to bring down costs for Americans.  The Trump energy boom is incoming, and Americans can expect that.

    Q    Please share that memo.  Thank you.

    MS. LEAVITT:  I will.

    (Cross-talk.)

    Q    Karoline, I think — some of the confusion, I think, may be here with this pause on federal funding.  You’ve made it clear you’re not stopping funds that go directly to individuals, but there certainly are lots of organizations that receive funding and then may pass along a benefit — Meals on Wheels, for one.  They provide meals for over 2.2 million seniors. 

    What is the president’s message to Americans out there, many of whom supported him and voted for him, who are concerned that this is going to impact them directly, even if, as you said, the funding isn’t coming directly to their wallet?

    MS. LEAVITT:  I have now been asked and answered this question four times.  To individuals at home who receive direct assistance from the federal government, you will not be impacted by this federal freeze.  In fact, OMB just sent out a memo to Capitol Hill with Q and A to — to clarify some of the questions and the answers that all of you are a- — are asking me right now. 

    Again, direct assistance will not be impacted.  I’ve been asked and answered about this OMB memo.  There’s many other topics of the day. 

    Jacqui Heinrich. 

    Q    But on indirect assistance, Karoline —

    Q    Thank you, Karoline.

    Q    — if it’s going to another organization and then trickling down?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Direct assistance that is in the hands of the American people will not be impacted. 

    Again, as I said to Peter, we will continue to provide that list as it comes to fruition.  But OMB right now is focused on analyzing the federal government’s spending, which is exactly what the American people elected President Trump to do. 

    (Cross-talk.)

    Q    Thank you, Karoline.

    Q    And one question on immigration, Karoline.  On immigration. 

    Q    Thank you, Karo- —

    Q    Of the 3,500 arrests ICE has made so far since President Trump came back into office, can you just tell us the numbers?  How many have a criminal record versus those who are just in the country illegally.

    MS. LEAVITT:  All of them, because they illegally broke our nation’s laws, and, therefore, they are criminals, as far as this administration goes.  I know the last administration didn’t see it that way, so it’s a big culture shift in our nation to view someone who breaks our immigration laws as a criminal.  But that’s exactly what they are. 

    Jacqui.

    (Cross-talk.)

    Q    Karoline, on tariffs.

    Q    But you made a point of going with the worst first. 

    Q    On tariffs.

    Q    They all have a criminal record?

    Q    And welcome to the briefing room.

    MS. LEAVITT:  If they broke our nation’s laws, yes, they are a criminal. 

    Yes.

    Q    Thank you.  On stripping security details for figures like John Bolton, Pompeo, Brian Hook.  Senator Tom Cotton said that he’s seen the intelligence and the threat from Iran is real for anyone who played a role in the Soleimani strike.  He voiced concern it wouldn’t just impact those individuals but potentially their family, innocent bystanders, friends — anyone who is near them when they’re out in public.  Is the president open to reconsidering his decision?

    MS. LEAVITT:  The president was asked and answered this yesterday, and he was firm in his decision, despite some of the comments that you had referenced.  And he’s made it very clear that he does not believe American taxpayers should fund security details for individuals who have served in the government for the rest of their lives.  And there’s nothing stopping these individuals that you mentioned from obtaining private security. 

    That’s where the president stands on it.  I have no updates on that. 

    Q    Is there any concern that this decision might jeopardize the administration’s ability to hire the best advisers for these kinds of positions in the future?

    MS. LEAVITT:  No.  In fact, I’ve talked to the Presidential Personnel Office who has told me directly that there is such an influx of resumes for this administration that it’s incredibly overwhelming.  There is no lack of talent for the Trump administration. 

    Reagan Ree- —

    Q    And would he — would he take any responsibility —

    Q    Thanks, Karoline.

    Q    — if anything happened to these people?  Would he feel at all that his decision was a factor in that?

    MS. LEAVITT:  The president was asked and answered this yesterday.  I’d defer you to his comments.

    Q    Thanks, Karoline.

    Q    Karoline —

    MS. LEAVITT:  Reagan, since you’re in the back row, I hear y- — the back row hasn’t gotten much attention in the last four years —

    Q    Yes, thank you.

    MS. LEAVITT:  — so I’m happy to answer your question. 

    Q    And I can project.  (Laughter.)

    Does the president intend to permanently cut off funding to NGOs that are bringing illegal foreign nationals to the country, such as Catholic Charities?

         MS. LEAVITT:  I am actually quite certain that the president signed an executive order that did just that, and I can point you to that.

         Q    One more, Karoline.

    MS. LEAVITT:  Yeah.

    Q    President Trump issued an executive order on increased vetting for refugees in visa applications. 

    MS. LEAVITT:  That’s right.

    Q    Part of that order was considering an outright ban for countries that have deficient screening processes.  Has the president considered yet which countries might fall into this category?  Are countries like Afghanistan or Syria under consideration for a full ban?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Yeah.  So, the president signed an executive order to streamline the vetting for visa applicants and for illegal immigrants in this country who are coming, of course, from other nations. 

    It also directed the secretary of State to review the process and make sure that other countries around the world are being completely transparent with our nation and the individuals that they are sending here.  And so, the secretary of State has been directed to report back to the president.  I haven’t seen that report yet.  We’ve only been here for a few days.

    (Cross-talk.)

    Q    Karoline, two questions for you.  One on the freeze in federal funding.  Who advised the president on the legality of telling government agencies that they don’t have to spend money that was already appropriated by Congress?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Well, as the OMB memo states, this is certainly within the confines of the law. 

    So, White House Counsel’s Office believes that this is within the pe- — president’s power to do it, and therefore, he’s doing it.

    Q    Okay.  So, they disagree with lawmakers who say that they don’t have the power to — to freeze this funding?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Again, I would point you to the language in the memo that clearly states this is within the law.

    Q    And on what happened on Friday night.  The — the administration fired several inspectors general without giving Congress the 30-day legally required notification that they were being fired.  I think only two were left at DO- — DHS and the DOJ.  And then, yesterday, we saw several prosecutors — I believe 12 — fired from the Justice Department who worked on the investigations into the president.  As you know, they are career prosecutors; therefore, they are afforded civil service protections.  How is the administration deciding which laws to follow and which ones to ignore?

    MS. LEAVITT:  So, it is the belief of this White House and the White House Counsel’s Office that the president was within his exe- — executive authority to do that.  He is the executive of the executive branch, and, therefore, he has the power to fire anyone within the executive branch that he wishes to. 

    There’s also a case that went before the Supreme Court in 2020: Scaila [Seila] Law LLC, v. the Customs — the [Consumer Financial Protection] Bureau Protection I would advise you to look at that case, and that’s the legality that this White House has rested on. 

    Q    So, you’re confident that if they bring lawsuits against you — those prosecutors who were fired — that — that they will succeed?

    MS. LEAVITT:  We will win in court, yes.

    Q    And did he personally direct this, given they worked on the classified documents investigation and the election interference investigation?

    MS. LEAVITT:  This was a memo that went out by the Presidential Personnel Office, and the president is the leader of this White House.  So, yes.

    Q    So, it did come from him?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Yes, it came from this White House.

    (Cross-talk.)

    Q    Karoline.

    MS. LEAVITT:  Sir.

    Q    Thank you.  Congrats on your first day behind the podium.

    MS. LEAVITT:  Thank you.

    Q    President Trump ended funding for UNRWA and also designated the Houthis a foreign terrorist organization.

    MS. LEAVITT:  That’s right.

    Q    Both were decisions that the previous administration had reversed.  So, here’s my question: Will there be an investigation into who gave the previous administration this terrible advice?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Well, that’s a very good point.  I haven’t heard discussions about such an ins- — investigation, but it wouldn’t be a bad idea, considering that the Houthis cer- — certainly are terrorists.  They have launched attacks on U.S. naval ships across this world, and so I think it was a very wise move by this administration to redesignate them as a terrorist group, because they are.  And I think it was a foolish decision by the previous administration to do so. 

    As for an investigation, I’m not sure about that, but it’s not a bad idea.

    (Cross-talk.)

    Josh.

    Q    Thank you for the question.  I appreciate it.  Can you give us an update on the president’s plan for his tariff agenda?  He spoke a lot about this yesterday, and there’s a couple of dates coming up that —

    MS. LEAVITT:  Sure.

    Q    — he’s spoken to.  Number one, February 1st.  He’s alluded to both the potential for tariffs for Canada and Mexico but also China to take effect on those days.  Where is — what’s he thinking about that?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Yeah.

    Q    Should those countries expect that on the 1st?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Again, he was asked and answered this question this past weekend when he took a lot of questions from the press, and he said that the February 1st date for Canada and Mexico still holds.

    Q    And what about the China 10 percent tariff that he also had mused about last Tuesday going into effect on the same date?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Yeah, the president has said that he is very much still considering that for February 1st.

    Q    And then, separately, yesterday, he talked also about sectoral tariffs on, for instance, pharmaceuticals, as well as semiconductor computer chips.  He talked about steel, aluminum, and copper.  What’s the timeline on those?  Is that a similar sort of “coming days” thing or —

    MS. LEAVITT:  Yeah, so when the president talked about that in his speech yesterday, that actually wasn’t a new announcement.  That was within a presidential memorandum that he signed in one of the first days here in the White House on his America First trade agenda.  So, there’s more details on those tariffs in there.

    As far as a date, I don’t have a specific date to read out to you, but the president is committed to implementing tariffs effectively, just like he did in his first term.

    Q    And then — and then, finally, he also was asked on the plane when he gaggled about the potential for a universal tariff.  He was asked maybe about two and a half percent.

    MS. LEAVITT:  Yeah.

    Q    There was a report about that.  He said he wanted “much bigger than that.”  Should we understand that these tariffs would add up?  You know, in other words, you might have country-specific tariffs like Canada, Mexico, China.  You might have sectoral tariffs, like on pharmaceuticals, as well as a potential universal tariff on top of that.  Do these stack on one or the other, or would one sort of take precedence over another?

    MS. LEAVITT:  All I can point you to is what the president has said on this front: the February 1st date for Canada and Mexico and also the China tariff that he has discussed.

    He rejected the 2.5 percent tariff.  He said that was a little bit too low.  He wants it to be higher. 

    I’ll leave it to him to make any decisions on that front.

    Q    Do you have any comment on what the —

    (Cross-talk.)

    Q    — what the Mexicans and Canadians —

    MS. LEAVITT:  Phil.

    Q    — have done so far?  Do you have any comment on whether that has met the bar of what he wants to see on fentanyl?  Thank you.

    MS. LEAVITT:   I — I won’t get ahead of the president, again, on advocating to foreign nations on what they should or shouldn’t do to get away from these tariffs.  The president has made it very clear, again, that he expects every nation around this world to cooperate with the repatriation of their citizens.  And the president has also put out specific statements in terms of Canada and Mexico when it comes to what he expects in terms of border security.

    We have seen a historic level of cooperation from Mexico.  But, again, as far as I’m still tracking — and that was last night talking to the president directly — February 1st is still on the books.

    Q    Thank you.

    MS. LEAVITT:  Phil.

    Q    Thank you, Karoline.  Quick programming note, and then a question on taxes.

    MS. LEAVITT:  A programming note.

    Q    Well, in terms of programming, should —

    MS. LEAVITT:  That sounds fun. 

    Q    — we expect to see you here every day?  How frequently will these —

    Q    That’s a good question.

    Q    — press briefings be?

    MS. LEAVITT:  It is a good question, April.

    So, look, the president, as you know, is incredibly accessible.  First day here, he wanted all of you in the Oval Office.  You got a 60-minute press conference with the leader of the free world — while he was simultaneously signing executive orders, I may add.  That’s pretty impressive.  I don’t think the previous office holder would be able to pull such a thing off. 

    So, look, the president is the best spokesperson that this White House has, and I can assure you that you will be hearing from both him and me as much as possible.

    Q    And then a question about tax cuts.  You know, the president has promised to extend the tax cuts from the previous term.  I’m curious, you know, does the president support corresponding spending cuts, as some Republicans have called for in Congress?  And will the new Treasury secretary be leading those negotiations with the Hill, as Mnuchin did during the first administration?

    MS. LEAVITT:  The president is committed to both tax cuts and spending cuts.

    And he has a great team negotiating on his behalf, but there’s no better negotiator than Donald Trump, and I’m sure he’ll be involved in this reconciliation process as it moves forward.

    (Cross-talk.)

    Q    Karoline, in the announcement that you made last night on the Iron Dome, it said the president had directed that the United States will build this Iron Dome.

    MS. LEAVITT:  Yeah.

    Q    When you read into the executive order, it seemed short of that.  It asked for a series of studies —

    MS. LEAVITT:  Yeah.

    Q    — and reports back on — can you tell us whether the president has directed this and, if he is this concerned on this issue, why the suspensions that we saw listed by OMB included so many different nuclear programs, nonproliferation programs, programs to blend down nuclear weapons, and s- — and so forth?

    MS. LEAVITT:  First of all, when it comes to the Iron Dome, the executive order directed the implementation of the — of an Iron Dome.  It also, as you said, kind of directed research and studies to see if — or — or how the United States can go about doing this, particularly the Department of Defense.

    When it comes to the other question that you asked about those specific programs, again, I would say, this is not a — a ban; this is a temporary pause and a freeze to ensure that all of the money going out from Washington, D.C., is in align with the president’s agenda.

    And as the Office of Management and Budget has updates on what will be kick-started, once again, I will provide those to you. 

    Q    Can you clarify for a sec what you were saying before on Medicaid?  It wasn’t clear to me whether you were saying that no Medicaid would be cut off.  Obviously, a lot of this goes to states before it goes to individuals and so forth.  So, are you guaranteeing here that no individual now on Medicaid would see a cutoff because of the pause?

    MS. LEAVITT:  I’ll check back on that and get back to you. 

    Jon.

    Q    Thanks a lot, Karoline.  As you know, in the first week that the president was in office, signed an executive order as it relates to birthright citizenship — trying to eliminate that.  Now, 22 state attorney generals have said that this is unconstitutional.  A federal judge has just agreed with their argument.  What’s the administration’s argument for doing away with birthright citizenship?

    MS. LEAVITT:  The folks that you mentioned have a right to have that legal opinion, but it is in disagreement with the legal opinion of this administration. 

    This administration believes that birthright citizenship is unconstitutional, and that is why President Trump signed that executive order.  Illegal immigrants who come to this country and have a child are not subject to the laws of this jurisdiction.  That’s the opinion of this administration. 

    We have already appealed the rul- — the lawsuit that was filed against this administration, and we are prepared to fight this all the way to the Supreme Court if we have to, because President Trump believes that this is a necessary step to secure our nation’s borders and protect our homeland. 

    Monica.

    Q    And then on foreign policy — on foreign policy, Karoline —

    Q    Thank you, Karoline.  It’s great to see you, and you’re doing a great —

    Q    — on foreign policy, if I may.  The president’s commitment to the NATO defense Alliance, is it as strong as the prior administration?  Is it the same as when he served as president in his first term in office?

    MS. LEAVITT:  As long as NATO pays their fair share.

    And President Trump has called on NATO Allies to increase their defense spending to 5 percent.  You actually saw the head of NATO at Davos last week on Bloomberg Television saying that President Trump is right and if Europe wants to keep itself safe, they should increase their defense spending. 

    I would just add that there was no greater ally to our European allies than President Trump in his first term.  The world, for all nations in Europe, and, of course, here at home was much safer because of Presidents Tru- — Trump’s peace through strength diplomatic approach. 

    Monica.

    Q    Karoline —

    Q    Thank you.  Thank you, Karoline.  And it’s great to finally be called on as well in the briefing room.  I appreciate that. 

    MS. LEAVITT:  You’re welcome. 

    Q    Of course, we know President Trump just got back from North Carolina and California meeting with victims of natural disasters.  There’s the two-year anniversary of the East Palestine, Ohio, toxic train derailment.  Does the president have any plans to go visit the victims of that toxic spill or just visit in general?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Not — no plans that I can read out for you here.  If that changes, I will certainly keep you posted. 

    What I can tell you is that President Trump still talks about his visit to East Palestine, Ohio.  That was one of the turning points, I would say, in the previous election campaign, where Americans were reminded that President Trump is a man of the people.  And he, as a candidate, visited that town that was just derailed by the train derailment — no pun intended — and he offered support and hope, just like I saw the president do this past week. 

    It was a purposeful decision by this president, on his first domestic trip, to go to North Carolina and to California to visit with Americans who were impacted by Hurricane Helene and also by the deadly fires — a red state and a blue state, both of which feel forgotten by the previous administration and the federal government.  That has now — that has now ended under President Trump. 

    He will continue to put Americans first, whether they’re in East Palestine, in Pacific Palisades, or in North Carolina.

    (Cross-talk.)

    Sure.

    Q    Thank you, Karoline.  On California, could you please clarify what the military did with the water last night, as referenced in the president’s Truth Social post?

    MS. LEAVITT:  The water has been turned back on in California, and this comes just days after President Trump visited Pacific Palisades and, as you all saw, applied tremendous pressure on state and local officials in Pacific Palisades, including Los Angeles Mayor Karen Bass, to turn on the water and to direct that water to places in the south and in the middle of the state that have been incredibly dry, which has led to the expansion — the rapid expansion of these fires.

    Q    So, could you clarify what the military’s role was, where the water came from, and how it got there?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Again, the Army Corps of Engineers has been on the ground in California to respond to the devastation from these wildfires.  And I would point out that just days after President Trump visited the devastation from these fires, the water was turned on.  That is because of the pressure campaign he put on state and local officials there, who clearly lack all common sense. 

    And I will never forget being at that round table with the president last week and hearing the frustration in the voices of Pacific Palisades residents who feel as though their government has just gone insane.  Before President Trump showed up on the scene, Karen Bass was telling private property owners that they would have to wait 18 months to access their private property.

    So, this administration, the president and his team that’s on the ground in California — Ric Grenell, who he has designated to oversee this great crisis — ha- — will continue to put pressure on Karen Bass and state and local officials to allow residents to access their properties. 

    This is a huge part of it.  These residents want to take part in their own clearing out of their properties.  They should be able to do that.  It’s the United States of America.  What happened to our freedom?  Clearly, it’s gone in California, but not anymore under President Trump.

    Q    Karoline —

    MS. LEAVITT:  April.

    Q    Karoline, welcome to the briefing room.

    MS. LEAVITT:  Thank you.

    Q    Several questions.  One on the pause.  Will minority-serving institutions, preferably colleges and universities, have those monies held back temporarily at this moment?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Again, I have not seen the entire list, because this memo was just sent out.  So, I will provide you all with updates as we receive them.  Okay?

    Q    Karoline —

    Q    And secondly — als- —

    Q    Karoline.

    Q    Also, secondly, when it comes to immigration, there is this southern border focus.  What happens to those who have overstayed their visas?  That is part of the broken immigration system.  In 2023, there was a report by the Biden administration, the Homeland Security Department, that said overstays of visas were three times more than usual.  Will there be a focus on the overstays for visas as well?

    MS. LEAVITT:  If an individual is overstaying their visa, they are therefore an illegal immigrant residing in this country, and they are subject to deportation.  

    Q    And also, lastly —

    MS. LEAVITT:  Yes.

    Q    Lastly, as we’re dealing with anti-DEI, anti-woke efforts, we understand this administration could — is thinking about celebrating Black History Month.  Have you got any word on that?  Anything that you can offer to us?

    MS. LEAVITT:  As far as I know, this White House certainly still intends to celebrate, and we will continue to celebrate American history and the contributions that all Americans, regardless of race, religion, or creed, have made to our great country.  And America is back.

    Christian Datoc.

    Q    Thanks, Karoline.  Just real quick.  You mentioned the inflation executive order the president signed, but egg prices have skyrocketed since President Trump took office.  So, what specifically is he doing to lower those costs for Americans?

    MS. LEAVITT:  Really glad you brought this up, because there is a lot of reporting out there that is putting the onus on this White House for the increased cost of eggs.  I would like to point out to each and every one of you that, in 2024, when Joe Biden was in the Oval Office — or upstairs in the residence sleeping; I’m not so sure — egg prices increased 65 percent in this country.  We also have seen the cost of everything, not just eggs — bacon, groceries, gasoline — have increased because of the inflationary policies of the last administration.

    As far as the egg shortage, what’s also contributing to that is that the Biden administration and the Department of Agriculture directed the mass killing of more than 100 million chickens, which has led to a lack of chicken supply in this country, therefore a lack of egg supply, which is leading to the shortage.

    So, I will leave you with this point.  This is an example of why it’s so incredibly important that the Senate moves swiftly to confirm all of President Trump’s nominees, including his nominee for the United States Department of Agriculture, Brooke Rollins, who is already speaking with Kevin Hassett, who is leading the economic team here at the White House, on how we can address the egg shortage in this country.

    As for cots, I laid out — costs — I laid out the plethora of ways that President Trump has addressed saving costs for the American people over the past week.  He looks forward to continuing to doing that —

    Q    Karoline, what —

    MS. LEAVITT:  — in the days ahead.

    (Cross-talk.)

    Thank you, guys, so much.  I’ll see you soon.

    END                1:52 P.M. EST

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: Triller Steals Social Media Spotlight with $50 Million Fundraise

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Triller Group Inc. (Nasdaq: ILLR) secures its place as a fierce competitor to TikTok, YouTube Shorts, and Instagram Reels with bold innovations, star power, and continued momentum

    Los Angeles, CA, Jan. 29, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Triller Group Inc. (“Triller” or “the Company”) is making waves in the technology and investor sectors, announcing a $50 million equity funding round secured through a private placement with institutional investors. This investment fuels Triller’s rapid ascent as the next powerhouse in short-form video platforms, further challenging TikTok’s dominance to become the superior platform for creators, users, and collaborators. 

    Backed by global icons like Conor McGregor, The Weeknd, Marshmello, Lil Wayne, and many more, Triller surged into the top five in the “Photo and Video” category of app stores, solidifying its status as a rising star in digital entertainment.

    Supercharging the Creator Revolution

    In addition to enhancing the platform for users, the fundraise enables Triller to accelerate its mission of empowering creators. Triller will unveil cutting-edge AI-driven tools, enhanced live-streaming capabilities, and a revamped video editing suite, providing creators with unmatched opportunities to engage audiences and monetize their content.

    “At Triller, we’re not just building a platform—we’re leading a movement,” said Wing Fai Ng, CEO of Triller Group Inc. “Whether TikTok is banned or not has no bearing on our trajectory. With powerhouses like Conor McGregor and other global icons who champion our vision, we’ve created a platform that is designed to outlast TikTok and any other competitor. We’re not building our business around the failure of others; this seismic shift in social media is only the beginning of what’s to come.”

    Triller: The New Home for Viral Content

    As TikTok faces ongoing challenges and uncertainty, Triller has emerged as the ultimate refuge and frontrunner for displaced influencers and content creators. Triller’s savemytiktoks.com campaign has ushered in waves of creators seeking a U.S.-owned platform free from political and regulatory roadblocks.

    Under the new leadership of former TikTok Executive Sean Kim, Triller is redefining the user experience and what it means to create, distribute and monetize content.

    BKFC & TrillerTV: Entertainment Frontiers Redefined

    Triller isn’t stopping at short-form videos; the Bare-Knuckle Fighting Championship (BKFC) brand reaches over 250 million fans across 60 countries, while TrillerTV is celebrating a decade of streaming success. Upcoming events like Wrestle Kingdom 19 from Tokyo Dome draw millions of viewers and further positions Triller as a multimedia powerhouse.

    Triller’s Future: Poised for Dominance in 2025

    With the fund raise and these developments underway, Triller is poised to become the premier social media hub in 2025, attracting top talent and ensuring long-term growth and success through its transparent and innovative environment.

    Following President Donald Trump’s reelection, Triller Group made a sizeable contribution to the Trump Inaugural Fund, underscoring its dedication to supporting initiatives that resonate with its business values and long-term vision.      

    Navigating the Ship: Investment and Changes to Triller’s Leadership

    Triller Group has also appointed Dr. Roger Kennedy as an non-executive director following a designation by KCP Holdings Limited, the lead investor in this funding round. He will join the board’s audit, remuneration, and nomination committees.

    The private placement consisted of common stock and warrants, with the Company’s shares priced at $2.20 each. This funding round is the first new capital infusion following the AGBA-Triller merger, with an additional fundraise expected later this year.

    This fundraise is a powerful catalyst for Triller Group’s commitment to innovation and growth. With strong backing from our investors and the star power of icons like Conor McGregor, Triller is gearing up to disrupt the digital content landscape like never before. Together with its team, partners, and creators, Triller is creating a platform where ownership, growth, and meaningful monetization are finally within reach.

    For more details, please refer to the Company’s report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2025.

    About Triller Group Inc.         

    Nasdaq: ILLR. Triller Group is a US-based company that operates two main businesses: the newly merged US-based social media operations (Triller Corp.), and the legacy operations of the Company in Hong Kong (“AGBA”).

    Triller Corp. is a next generation, AI-powered, social media and live-streaming event platform for creators. Pairing music culture with sports, fashion, entertainment, and influencers through a 360-degree view of content and technology, Triller Corp. uses proprietary AI technology to push and track content virally to affiliated and non-affiliated sites and networks, enabling them to reach millions of additional users. Triller Corp. additionally owns Triller Sports, Bare-Knuckle Fighting Championship (BKFC); Amplify.ai, a leading machine-learning, AI platform; and TrillerTV, a premier global PPV, AVOD, and SVOD streaming service. For more information, visit www.trillercorp.com

    Established in 1993, AGBA is a leading, multi-channel business platform that incorporates cutting edge machine-learning and offers a broad set of financial services and healthcare products to consumers through a tech-led ecosystem, enabling clients to unlock the choices that best suit their needs. Trusted by over 400,000 individual and corporate customers, the Group is organized into four market-leading businesses: Platform Business, Distribution Business, Healthcare Business, and Fintech Business. For more information, please visit www.agba.com.

    Safe Harbor Statement

    This press release contains forward-looking statements as defined by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include statements concerning plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events or performance, and underlying assumptions and other statements that are other than statements of historical facts. When the Company uses words such as “may,” “will,” “intend,” “should,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “project,” “estimate” or similar expressions that do not relate solely to historical matters, it is making forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties that may cause the actual results to differ materially from the Company’s expectations discussed in the forward-looking statements. These statements are subject to uncertainties and risks including, but not limited to, the following: the Company’s goals and strategies; the Company’s future business development; product and service demand and acceptance; changes in technology; economic conditions; the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against us following the consummation of the business combination; expectations regarding our strategies and future financial performance, including its future business plans or objectives, prospective performance and opportunities and competitors, revenues, products, pricing, operating expenses, market trends, liquidity, cash flows and uses of cash, capital expenditures, and our ability to invest in growth initiatives and pursue acquisition opportunities; reputation and brand; the impact of competition and pricing; government regulations; fluctuations in general economic and business conditions in Hong Kong and the international markets the Company plans to serve and assumptions underlying or related to any of the foregoing and other risks contained in reports filed by the Company with the SEC, the length and severity of the recent coronavirus outbreak, including its impacts across our business and operations. For these reasons, among others, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance upon any forward-looking statements in this press release. Additional factors are discussed in the Company’s filings with the SEC, which are available for review at www.sec.gov. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly revise these forward–looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date hereof.

    Investor & Media Relations:

    Bethany Lai
    ir@triller.co

    Breanne Fritcher
    triller@wachsman.com

    # # #

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: VelocityEHS Launches the Industry’s First Fully Integrated EHS Platform to Revolutionize Workplace Safety and Risk Management

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Velocity’s new enhancements of the Accelerate Platform transform the way companies identify and mitigate the threats that put people and businesses in danger.

    CHICAGO, Jan. 29, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — VelocityEHS, the global leader in EHS & ESG software solutions, is thrilled to announce significant enhancements to its cutting-edge Accelerate Platform, bringing together four industry-leading solutions into one unified experience. Developed by the industry’s largest team of certified EHS professionals, the Platform combines decades of expertise and innovation to help companies proactively manage risk, protect lives, cut administrative tasks, drive collaboration and accountability, and deliver actionable insights for peak performance.

    The Accelerate launch is a landmark moment for both VelocityEHS and the industry. More importantly, it’s a game-changer for EHS professionals dedicated to protecting frontline workers and ensuring their safe return home each day, and for senior leaders focused on business continuity and effective risk management across all operations.

    “EHS software can be a matter of life and death. With Accelerate, Velocity provides capabilities that no other single provider can match,” says VelocityEHS CEO Matt Airhart. “Accelerate empowers our customers to streamline safety, chemical management, industrial ergonomics, and operational risk processes into one unified platform.”

    The Platform was built to address the VelocityEHS customers’ need for seamless integration and greater efficiency. It lets organizations protect their workforce, reduce risks, and achieve operational performance like never before.

    “These new enhancements elevate the user experience from great to exceptional. The ability to create reports and integrate data from multiple solutions is revolutionary, putting actionable insights at our customers’ fingertips so they can focus on protecting lives rather than administrative tasks,” concluded Airhart.

    Key Enhancements of the Accelerate Platform

    • Unified Platform: Access a collection of best-in-class EHS solutions with one secure login, featuring a centralized platform for seamless management of hierarchies, locations, and roles.
    • Customizable Dashboards: Tailor dashboards to the individual or organization’s needs, delivering critical, real-time data when and where it is needed.
    • Advanced Reporting: Generate actionable insights through Business Intelligence (BI)-based, pre-built and custom reports that integrate data from all solutions on the platform.
    • User-Friendly Design: Intuitive features accelerate adoption, reduce learning time, and simplify complex tasks for teams at all levels.
    • Scalability: Seamlessly expands initiatives across multiple locations and regions, ensuring consistent performance and compliance globally while maintaining optimal efficiency.

    These enhancements redefine what is possible in EHS management by delivering scalable and highly adaptable solutions and tools to meet the needs of organizations across all sizes and industries.

    “At VelocityEHS, our commitment to innovation in EHS is unwavering,” says Jason Weiss, Chief Technology Officer, VelocityEHS. “Through extensive focus groups with our customers, combined with the rigorous research of our certified experts and machine learning scientists, we ensure the solutions within Accelerate deliver insights you can trust.”

    First launched in 2022, the Accelerate Platform leverages advanced machine learning and AI to drive continuous improvement through prediction, intervention, and measurable outcomes. As one of the first complete EHS platforms on the market, it remains one of the industry’s most comprehensive.

    For more information about the VelocityEHS Accelerate Platform and to learn how it can drive your EHS and operational excellence, visit www.EHS.com.

    About VelocityEHS

    Relied on by more than 10 million users worldwide to drive operational excellence and achieve outstanding outcomes, VelocityEHS is the global leader in true SaaS enterprise EHS & ESG technology. The VelocityEHS Accelerate® Platform is the definitive gold standard, delivering best-in-class software solutions for managing Safety, Ergonomics, Chemical Management, and Operational Risk. In addition, Velocity offers world-class applications for Contractor Safety & Permit to Work, Environmental Compliance, and ESG.

    The VelocityEHS team includes unparalleled industry expertise, with more certified experts in health, safety, industrial hygiene, ergonomics, sustainability, the environment, AI, and machine learning than any other EHS software provider. Recognized by the EHS industry’s top independent analysts as a Leader in the Verdantix 2025 Green Quadrant Analysis, VelocityEHS is committed to industry thought leadership and to accelerating the pace of innovation through its software solutions and vision. Its privacy and security protocols, which include SOC2 Type II attestation, are among the most stringent in the industry.

    VelocityEHS is headquartered in Chicago, Illinois, with locations in Ann Arbor, Michigan; Tampa, Florida; Oakville, Ontario; London, England; Perth, Western Australia; and Cork, Ireland. For more information, visit www.EHS.com. 

    Media Contact
    Jennifer Sinkwitts
    734.277.9366
    jsinkwitts@ehs.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Huddersfield Golf Tech Firm Tees Up for International Success

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    MIA Sports wins Dubai contract with support from HSBC UK and UK Export Finance.

    An MIA Sports studio bay at the Emirates Golf Club, Dubai

    • A Huddersfield-based company which specialises in indoor golf technology has entered the UAE market after it secured a finance package worth £75,000.
    • Financing was provided by HSBC UK, with government backing from UK Export Finance.

    MIA Sports specialises in the design, supply and installation of golf simulators and teaching studios. Though founded only 10 years ago, their products have been adopted as an integral training tool at golf facilities in the UK, Europe, and East Asia.

    MIA Sports has now begun exporting to the United Arab Emirates with the support of UK Export Finance (UKEF), the government export credit agency.

    Faced with the opportunity of supplying its technology to Dubai, MIA Sports had to provide financial guarantees which would have restricted its cashflow – a catch-22 situation. They approached UKEF, who worked with HSBC UK to arrange a finance package for the amount of £75k. This was supported by a government guarantee provided through UKEF’s General Export Facility (GEF), a product specifically tailored to enable SMEs to scale up their exports by giving banks the confidence to lend.

    The finance package, provided by HSBC UK and guaranteed by UKEF, gave MIA Sports the confidence to secure the Dubai contract. This comprised the supply and installation of 5 teaching studio bays for a new academy at the Emirates Golf Club, home to the iconic Dubai Desert Classic tournament.

    Andrew Keast, Managing Director at MIA Sports, said:

    Breaking into the UAE market was a major opportunity for us. Thanks to UKEF and HSBC UK’s support, we were able to access the finance required to bring our technology to a fast-rising capital in the world of golf.

    Alissia Deane, Export Finance Manager for West Yorkshire, said:

    This deal demonstrates how we’re helping Yorkshire businesses reach their export potential. By working closely with HSBC UK, we’ve enabled MIA Sports to bring their innovative golf technology to Dubai’s growing sports market.

    Andy Booth, International Business Manager at HSBC UK, said:

    Working alongside UKEF, we’re committed to helping innovative British businesses like MIA Sports expand internationally. This showcases how effective partnership between banking and government support can boost UK exports.

    The story of MIA Sports shows how UKEF is working towards one of the key objectives in its Business Plan for 2024-2029: to support 1,000 SMEs a year by the end of the decade.

    Contact 

    Media enquiries:

    Updates to this page

    Published 29 January 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI Russia: Partnership of GUU and KubSAU: new prospects for the Russian agro-industry

    Translartion. Region: Russians Fedetion –

    Source: State University of Management – Official website of the State –

    On January 29, 2024, a ceremonial signing of a cooperation agreement between the State University of Management and the Kuban State Agrarian University named after I.T. Trubilin took place.

    On behalf of our university, the signature was put by Rector Vladimir Stroyev, on behalf of KubSAU – by Rector Alexander Trubilin. In addition to them, the meeting was attended by Advisor to the Rector’s Office of the State University of Management Nikolay Mikhailov and Head of the Department for Coordination of Scientific Research of the State University of Management Maxim Pletnev, as well as Dean of the Faculty of Finance and Credit of KubSAU Alexander Adamenko.

    The first step in implementing the agreement will be the opening of a network educational program for bachelor’s degrees in Finance and Business Management. The new educational program provides the opportunity to obtain a bachelor’s degree in economics and management within the framework of one diploma. It provides for alternating study locations: Krasnodar (first and second years) – Moscow (third year) – Krasnodar (fourth year).

    Welcoming the guests, Vladimir Stroyev noted that the meeting had been planned for quite a long time and had finally taken place. The rector briefly spoke about the history of the State University of Management, which is noticeably longer than the official 105 years. During this time, the university has participated and continues to participate in many global state transformations.

    Vladimir Vitalievich spoke in more detail about the main historical areas of the university’s work. He spoke about the first department of personnel management in the country. He shared the successes of the department of state and municipal management. And he placed special emphasis on the approach to management that has changed over time. Fortunately, the State University of Management managed to preserve some areas of industry management, which is again in great demand in the labor market today.

    The rector also particularly noted that GUU has taken the path of developing network programs. In this regard, our university is a leader in Russia. At the moment, eight such programs are being implemented and three more are in development.

    Rector of KubSAU Alexander Trubilin admitted that they also have a task to develop network programs, but so far only one is being implemented, with MGIMO. And since the State University of Management has gone so far ahead, it makes even more sense to cooperate in this direction and adopt experience.

    Aleksandr Ivanovich also spoke about the specifics of working in the Krasnodar Region, a region with the highest population growth in the country and a 50/50 urban-rural ratio. The region’s universities are faced with the task of maintaining this ratio, that is, helping to retain young specialists in the field. For the comprehensive development of rural areas, KubSAU is expanding the range of educational programs and seeking cooperation with other universities.

    In response to this, Vladimir Stroyev spoke about the activities of the Eurasian Network University, which has already gone beyond not only the Eurasian Economic Union, but also the geographical boundaries of Eurasia. The rector invited his colleague to join the consortium if he wished.

    Maxim Pletnev, Head of the Scientific Research Coordination Department of the State University of Management, told the guests about the university’s scientific work, in particular about the digital estate project, which is a core project for KubSAU and is being implemented jointly with the Omsk Agricultural Research Center and the Udmurt State University. He reported on the trip of young scientists from the State University of Management to an internship at the largest agricultural holding company, STEPPE, as a result of which the university received an order to develop import-substituted parts for agricultural machinery. He also mentioned joint projects within the framework of the RosGeoTech Advanced Engineering School.

    The final part of the visit was the excursion program, within the framework of which the guests visited the Pre-University of the State University of Management, asking with interest about the number of students, the conditions for admission, the academic performance of schoolchildren and the number of those entering our university after that. Representatives of KubSAU looked into the Sports Complex and the Information Technology Center. They also visited the Media Center, which they were completely delighted with. They lingered for a long time in the laboratory of the Director of the Engineering Project Management Center Vladimir Filatov, who spoke about the work of the inter-university design bureau, clarified the details of the digital village project and gave examples of joint developments with TMH Engineering. Also, the head of engineering projects of the State University of Management showed on the screen of the work computer a project of an unmanned aerial vehicle, which is currently at the exhibition, and said that flight tests will take place this year. The guests were interested in the development and offered to use their test site for the first flights of the drone from the State University of Management.

    Subscribe to the TG channel “Our GUU” Date of publication: 01/29/2025

    Please note: This information is raw content directly from the source of the information. It is exactly what the source states and does not reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI: Main Street Financial Services Corp. Announces Earnings for Fourth Quarter of 2024

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Business Highlights

    • Financial results reflect the second full quarter following the completed merger of Main Street Financial Services Corp. (Main Street) and Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc. (Wayne) on May 31, 2024.
    • Net income for the fourth quarter of 2024 totaled $3.2 million, or $0.41 per common share
    • Annualized deposit growth of 19.7% for the quarter ended December 31, 2024
    • Reduced reliance on wholesale funding by $40 million during the fourth quarter of 2024
    • Declared cash dividend of $0.14 per share on January 10, 2025

    WOOSTER, Ohio, Jan. 29, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Main Street Financial Services Corp. (OTCQX: MSWV), (the “Company”), the holding company parent of Main Street Bank Corp. reported a net income of $3.2 million, or $0.41 per common share, for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The return on average equity and return on average assets for the fourth quarter of 2024 was 11.69% and 0.90%, compared to 16.90% and 1.02%, for the fourth quarter of 2023.

    The Company announced a merger of equals transaction with Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc. (“Legacy Wayne”) on February 23, 2023. On May 31, 2024 (the “Merger Date”), the Company completed the transaction, forming a financial holding company with assets of $1.4 billion. On the Merger Date, Legacy Wayne merged with and into Main Street, with Main Street surviving the merger (the “Merger”). Immediately following the Merger, Main Street’s wholly owned bank subsidiary, Main Street Bank Corp., merged with and into Wayne Savings Community Bank, with Wayne Savings Community Bank surviving the merger. Upon completion of the Merger, Wayne Savings Community Bank was renamed Main Street Bank Corp.

    The Merger was accounted for as a reverse merger using the acquisition method of accounting, therefore, Legacy Wayne was deemed the acquirer for financial reporting purposes, even though Main Street was the legal acquirer. Accordingly, Legacy Wayne’s historical financial statements are the historical financial statements of the combined company for all periods before the Merger Date. Our consolidated statements of income for the quarters ended June 30, 2024, September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2024, include the results from Main Street on and after May 31, 2024. Results for periods before May 31, 2024, reflect only those of Legacy Wayne and do not include the consolidated statements of income of Main Street. Accordingly, comparisons of our results for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, with those of prior periods may not be meaningful. The number of shares issued and outstanding, earnings per share, dividends paid and all references to share quantities of Main Street have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the equivalent number of shares issued in the Merger.

    President and CEO James R. VanSickle commented, “I am proud of the dedication and hard work displayed by Main Street Bank’s team of community bankers throughout 2024. They have been instrumental in the improvement of our operational efficiencies, enhancement of our customer experience and delivering long-term value for our shareholders. I would like to thank our customers, shareholders and our communities for their confidence in Main Street Bank.”

    Fourth Quarter 2024 Financial Results

    Net interest income was $10.6 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, an increase of 103.4% from $5.2 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2023. The net interest margin of 3.19% for the fourth quarter of 2024 increased 46 basis points from 2.73% for the fourth quarter of 2023. Loan yields were 6.12% for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, an increase of 82 basis points when compared to 5.30% for the quarter ended December 31, 2023. The loan yield increase is the result of variable rate loan repricing, new loan originations at current markets rates and purchase accounting accretion on acquired loans. Investment yields increased 122 basis points to 3.59% as of December 31, 2024 when compared to the quarter ended December 31, 2023. The cost of funds for the fourth quarter of 2024, was 2.66%, an increase of 33 basis points when compared to the fourth quarter of 2023. The cost of funds increase is largely due to shifting deposit composition to higher-yielding product offerings and utilizing higher-cost wholesale funding, such FHLB advances. The cost of total deposits was 2.25% for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, a 21 basis point increase when compared to 2.04% for the quarter ended December 31, 2023. The cost of borrowings for the quarter ended December 31, 2024 totaled 5.64%, an increase of 94 basis points when compared to the quarter ended December 31, 2023.

    A provision for credit losses and unfunded commitments of $79,000 was recorded for the quarter ended December 30, 2024. During the quarter, the Company recognized $20,000 in charge-offs and $5,000 in recoveries, reflecting relatively stable asset quality.

    Noninterest income totaled $1.2 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, an increase of $148,000, or 14.6%, when compared to the quarter ended December 31, 2023. Noninterest income declined by $435,000 when compared to the quarter ended September 30, 2024. During the quarter ended September 30, 2024, the Company recognized a gain on the sale of investments totaling $702,000.

    Noninterest expense totaled $8.0 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, an increase of $4.2 million when compared to the quarter ended December 31, 2023. Noninterest expense increased by $87,000 when compared to the quarter ended September 30, 2024 due to increased incentive compensation and a charge related to the disposition of an REO property. The increase reflects a full quarter of combined expenses after completion of the merger.

    The provision for income taxes for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, decreased by $246,000 compared to the quarter ended September 30, 2024. This reduction was primarily driven by the Company’s reassessment of the West Virginia state income tax impact.

    December 31, 2024 Financial Condition

    At December 31, 2024, the Company had total assets of $1.41 billion with net loan balances totaling $1.11 billion. Loan balances remained relatively unchanged for the quarter ended December 31, 2024. As part of the merger, the Company acquired $430.8 million in loans.

    The allowance for credit losses was $11.8 million at December 31, 2024, compared to $7.3 million at December 31, 2023. The increase is a result of establishing an allowance for credit losses on the acquired non-PCD loan portfolio during the second quarter of 2024. The allowance for credit losses as a percent of total loans was 1.05%, compared to 1.09% as of December 31, 2023. The allowance for credit losses and the related provision for credit losses is based on management’s judgment and evaluation of the loan portfolio. Management believes the current allowance for credit losses is adequate, however, changing economic and other conditions may require future adjustments to the allowance for credit losses.

    Total nonperforming loans (NPLs) was $6.1 million at December 31, 2024, an increase from $0.6 million at December 31, 2023. The NPL to net loan receivable ratio was 0.55% as of December 31, 2024. Past due loan balances of 30 days and more increased from $2.8 million at December 31, 2023, to $13.8 million, or 1.24% of net loans outstanding, at December 31, 2024. The increase in nonperforming and past due loans is due to the impact of the acquired loan portfolio.

    Improvement in Asset Quality Since Merger Announcement: The combined level of classified loans and loans past due 30 or more days for Legacy Wayne and Main Street was $24.4 million and $19.1 as of December 31, 2022. Since the merger announcement on February 23, 2023, the management teams of both Main Street and Wayne invested a great deal of time ensuring our combined organization utilizes strong underwriting standards and proactively monitors credit quality. Main Street sold approximately $15.2 million of loans in August 2023 and April 2024, of which approximately $12.7 million were classified loans. As of December 31, 2024, the resultant Company has $14.8 of classified loans and $13.8 of loans past due 30 or more days.

    Total liabilities increased to $1.30 billion at December 31, 2024 with deposits totaling $1.16 billion and FHLB advances totaling $100.0 million. Deposits grew by $54.3 million, or 19.7% annualized, during the fourth quarter of 2024. As part of the merger, the Company acquired $487.4 million in deposits. As of December 31, 2024, the Company held no brokered deposits compared to $116.7 million at December 31, 2023. The Company leverages FHLB advances for short-term funding needs due to their accessibility and alignment with prevailing market rates. During the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company reduced the reliance on FHLB advances by $40 million.

    Total stockholders’ equity was $110.6 million at December 31, 2024, an increase of $57.7 million when compared to the December 31, 2023 balance. The increase was primarily driven by the merger between Main Street and Wayne. Total stockholders’ equity decreased during the fourth quarter of 2024 primarily from a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income of $4.7 million and dividends of $1.1 million, partially offset by net income of $3.2 million.

    Main Street Financial Services Corp. is a holding company headquartered in Wooster, Ohio. Its primary subsidiary, Main Street Bank Corp. was founded in 1899 and provides full-service banking, commercial lending, and mortgage services across its branch infrastructure. Today, Main Street Bank Corp. operates 19 branch locations in Wooster, Ohio, Wheeling, West Virginia and other surrounding communities in Ohio and West Virginia. Additional information about Main Street Bank Corp. is available at www.mymainstreetbank.bank.

    Non-GAAP Disclosure
    This press release includes disclosures of the Company’s return on average equity, return on average assets, net income, and efficiency ratios which are excluding costs related to merger activities which are financial measures not prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP). A non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flow that excludes or includes amounts that are required to be disclosed by GAAP. The Company believes that these non-GAAP financial measures provide both management and investors a more complete understanding of the underlying operational results and trends and the Company’s marketplace performance. The presentation of this additional information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the numbers prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Forward-LookingStatements
    This release contains forward-looking statements that are not historical facts and that are intended to be “forward-looking statements” as that term is defined by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  These forward-looking statements may include, but are not limited to, statements about the Company’s plans, objectives, expectations and intentions and other statements contained in this release that are not historical facts and pertain to the Company’s future operating results.  When used in this release, the words “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates” and similar expressions are generally intended to identify forward-looking statements.  Actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in these forward-looking statements, because such statements are inherently subject to significant assumptions, risks and uncertainties, many of which are difficult to predict and are generally beyond the Company’s control.  These include but are not limited to: the possibility of adverse economic developments that may, among other things, increase default and delinquency risks in the Company’s loan portfolios; shifts in interest rates; shifts in the rate of inflation; shifts in the demand for the Company’s loan and other products; unforeseen increases in costs and expenses; lower-than-expected revenue or cost savings in connection with acquisitions; changes in accounting policies; changes in the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government; and changes in laws, regulations and the competitive environment.  Unless legally required, the Company disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    Contact Information:
    Matthew Hartzler
    Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
    (330) 264-5767

       
    MAIN STREET FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP.
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (Dollars in thousands, except share data – unaudited)
       
        December 31, 2024   December 31, 2023
    ASSETS            
                 
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 54,422     $ 20,884  
    Securities, net (1)   163,819     86,405  
    Loans receivable, net   1,113,900     669,603  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock   6,445     3,959  
    Premises & equipment, net   10,880     4,904  
    Bank-owned life insurance   22,155     11,706  
    Other assets   37,608     12,486  
    TOTAL ASSETS   $ 1,409,229     $ 809,947  
                 
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY            
                 
    Deposit accounts   $ 1,156,328     $ 693,126  
    Other short-term borrowings   28,308     8,743  
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances   100,000     47,000  
    Accrued interest payable and other liabilities   13,957     8,111  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES   1,298,593     756,980  
                 
                 
    Common stock (7,801,011 shares of $1.00 par value issued)   7,801     398  
    Additional paid-in capital   56,387     36,715  
    Retained earnings   57,356     55,342  
    Treasury Stock, at cost – 0 shares and 1,777,824 shares at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.       (30,330 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (10,908 )   (9,158 )
    TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   110,636     52,967  
                 
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 1,409,229     $ 809,947  
                 
    (1) Includes available-for-sale and held-to-maturity classifications.
    Note: The December 31, 2023 Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet has been derived from the audited Consolidated Balance Sheet as of that date.
    MAIN STREET FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
    (Dollars in thousands, except share data – unaudited)
                     
        Three Months Ended   Twelve Months Ended
        December 31,   December 31,
          2024       2023       2024       2023  
                     
    Interest income   $ 19,138     $ 9,545     $ 60,334     $ 35,095  
    Interest expense     8,531       4,330       27,665       12,920  
    Net interest income     10,607       5,215       32,669       22,175  
    Provision for credit losses     79       4       4,782       530  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses     10,528       5,211       27,887       21,645  
    Non-interest income     1,165       1,017       4,158       3,017  
    Non-interest expense                
    Salaries and employee benefits     3,823       1,782       12,511       7,731  
    Net occupancy and equipment expense     1,430       625       4,399       2,431  
    Federal deposit insurance premiums     197       157       637       531  
    Franchise taxes     107       81       464       380  
    Advertising and marketing     237       44       645       223  
    Legal     143       15       651       45  
    Professional fees     260       74       1,924       239  
    ATM network     84       123       557       443  
    Auditing and accounting     130       60       516       240  
    Other     1,539       787       4,165       2,561  
    Total non-interest expense     7,950       3,748       26,469       14,824  
    Income before federal income taxes     3,743       2,480       5,576       9,838  
    Provision for federal income taxes     558       443       873       2,005  
    Net income   $ 3,185     $ 2,037     $ 4,703     $ 7,833  
                     
    Earnings per share                
    Basic   $ 0.41     $ 0.46     $ 0.76     $ 3.56  
    Diluted   $ 0.41     $ 0.46     $ 0.76     $ 3.54  
    MAIN STREET FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP.
    Selected Condensed Consolidated Financial Data
    (Dollars in thousands, except share data – unaudited)
                     
        December   September   June   March
          2024       2024       2024       2024  
                     
    Interest and dividend income   $ 19,138     $ 18,930     $ 12,572     $ 9,694  
    Interest expense     8,531       8,308       6,185       4,641  
    Net interest income     10,607       10,622       6,387       5,053  
    Provision for credit losses     79       109       4,720       (126 )
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses     10,528       10,513       1,666       5,179  
    Non-interest income     1,165       1,600       716       678  
    Non-interest expense     7,950       7,863       6,723       3,934  
    Income before federal income taxes     3,743       4,251       (4,341 )     1,923  
    Provision for federal income taxes     558       804       (873 )     384  
    Net income   $ 3,185     $ 3,446     $ (3,468 )   $ 1,539  
                     
    Earnings per share – basic   $ 0.41     $ 0.44     $ (0.68 )   $ 0.40  
    Earnings per share – diluted   $ 0.41     $ 0.44     $ (0.67 )   $ 0.40  
    Dividends per share   $ 0.14     $ 0.14     $ 0.14     $ 0.14  
    Return on average assets     0.90 %     1.00 %     -1.38 %     0.76 %
    Return on average equity     11.69 %     12.58 %     -17.16 %     11.63 %
    Shares outstanding at quarter end     7,801,011       7,801,011       7,787,055       3,840,575  
    Book value per share   $ 14.18     $ 14.27     $ 13.60     $ 13.81  
    Tangible equity per share   $ 12.13     $ 12.15     $ 11.49     $ 13.36  
                     
                     
        December   September   June   March
          2023       2023       2023       2023  
                     
    Interest and dividend income   $ 9,545     $ 9,078     $ 8,571     $ 7,901  
    Interest expense     4,330       3,673       2,867       2,050  
    Net interest income     5,215       5,405       5,704       5,851  
    Provision for credit losses     4       138       170       218  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses     5,211       5,267       5,534       5,633  
    Non-interest income     1,017       691       706       603  
    Non-interest expense     3,748       3,733       3,949       3,394  
    Income before federal income taxes     2,480       2,225       2,291       2,842  
    Provision for federal income taxes     443       452       547       563  
    Net income   $ 2,037     $ 1,773     $ 1,744     $ 2,279  
                     
    Earnings per share – basic   $ 0.53     $ 0.46     $ 0.46     $ 0.60  
    Earnings per share – diluted   $ 0.53     $ 0.46     $ 0.45     $ 0.59  
    Dividends per share   $ 0.14     $ 0.14     $ 0.14     $ 0.14  
    Return on average assets     1.02 %     0.91 %     0.92 %     1.23 %
    Return on average equity     16.90 %     14.41 %     14.36 %     19.58 %
    Shares outstanding at quarter end     3,839,702       3,837,609       3,837,085       3,831,939  
    Book value per share   $ 13.80     $ 12.40     $ 12.64     $ 12.51  
    Tangible equity per share   $ 13.35     $ 11.95     $ 12.20     $ 12.06  
    MAIN STREET FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP.
    Non-GAAP reconciliation
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data – unaudited)
         
      For three months ended   For the twelve months ended
      December,   December,
          2024       2023       2024       2023  
                     
    Net Income as reported – GAAP   $ 3,185     $ 2,037     $ 4,703     $ 7,833  
    Effect of merger related expenses (net of tax benefit)     26       353       5,769       950  
    Net Income non-GAAP   $ 3,211     $ 2,390     $ 10,472     $ 8,783  
                     
    Earnings per share – GAAP   $ 0.41     $ 0.93     $ 0.76     $ 3.56  
    Effect of merger related expenses     0.00       0.16       0.94       0.43  
    Earnings per share non-GAAP   $ 0.41     $ 1.09     $ 1.70     $ 3.99  
                     
    Return on average assets – GAAP     0.90 %     1.02 %     0.41 %     1.02 %
    Effect of merger related expenses     0.01 %     0.18 %     0.50 %     0.12 %
    Return on average assets non-GAAP     0.91 %     1.20 %     0.91 %     1.14 %
                     
    Return on average equity – GAAP     11.69 %     16.90 %     5.58 %     16.27 %
    Effect of merger related expenses     0.09 %     2.93 %     6.84 %     1.97 %
    Return on average equity non-GAAP     11.78 %     19.83 %     12.42 %     18.24 %
                     
    Efficiency Ratio – GAAP     67.54 %     60.14 %     71.87 %     58.42 %
    Effect of merger related expenses     -0.22 %     -5.66 %     -6.73 %     -3.77 %
    Efficiency Ratio non-GAAP     67.32 %     54.48 %     65.14 %     55.07 %

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: LPL Financial Welcomes Salient Wealth Planning Group

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SAN DIEGO, Jan. 29, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — LPL Financial LLC announced today that financial advisors John P. Schlatter, CFP®, Robert Rojano, Alec Hoag, CFP®, and Michael Madden, CFA®, have joined LPL Financial’s broker-dealer, RIA and custodial platforms. They reported serving approximately $1 billion in advisory, brokerage and retirement plan assets* and join LPL from Osaic.

    Based in Manhattan Beach, Calif., Schlatter founded Salient Wealth Planning Group to provide clients with customized investment strategies, financial planning and wealth preservation services emphasizing tax efficiency and wealth transfer through multiple generations. The advisors take an interdisciplinary approach to help ensure all aspects of each client’s financial situation are coordinated and reviewed.

    “We take a holistic process to build on the foundations that clients have already laid, and we believe good planning helps the right choices reveal themselves,” Schlatter said, noting they primarily work with high-net-worth clients. “Our services are rooted in developing deep personal relationships to help families navigate the challenges and opportunities of managing generational wealth.”

    The Salient team selected LPL for its advanced capabilities and commitment to providing exceptional customer service experiences.

    “The foundation of our business is built on value-added consulting and meticulous planning,” Schlatter said. “To perpetuate this legacy, we require a stable partner to meet this standard through superior customer service and technology. With LPL, we have a dedicated service team and access to a wide range of innovative capabilities, strategic business solutions and research.”

    Schlatter said he appreciates LPL’s significant technology investment, including approximately $500 million in 2024 for innovation and infrastructure enhancements. He said, “As a Fortune 500 company, LPL is a leading wealth management firm that puts our business and clients in a better position for a more successful future. Most of our clients have been with us for more than 20 years, and we are excited to continue enhancing their experiences over the next 20 years.”

    Scott Posner, LPL Executive Vice President, Business Development, said, “We welcome John, Robert, Alec and Michael to the LPL community. We look forward to supporting their vision by providing elevated services and integrated technology to help them remain competitive in the evolving wealth management landscape. LPL’s sophisticated wealth management platform and robust business tools are designed with advisors in mind, to help them run thriving practices and be successful in serving the needs of their clients.”

    Related

    Advisors, learn how LPL Financial can help take your business to the next level.

    About LPL Financial

    LPL Financial Holdings Inc. (Nasdaq: LPLA) is among the fastest growing wealth management firms in the U.S. As a leader in the financial advisor-mediated marketplace, LPL supports more than 28,000 financial advisors and the wealth management practices of approximately 1,200 financial institutions, servicing and custodying approximately $1.8 trillion in brokerage and advisory assets on behalf of 6 million Americans. The firm provides a wide range of advisor affiliation models, investment solutions, fintech tools and practice management services, ensuring that advisors and institutions have the flexibility to choose the business model, services, and technology resources they need to run thriving businesses. For further information about LPL, please visit www.lpl.com.

    Securities and advisory services offered through LPL Financial (LPL), a registered investment advisor and broker dealer, member FINRA/SIPC. LPL Financial and its affiliated companies provide financial services only from the United States. Salient Wealth Planning Group and LPL are separate entities.

    Throughout this communication, the terms “financial advisors” and “advisors” are used to refer to registered representatives and/or investment advisor representatives affiliated with LPL Financial.

    We routinely disclose information that may be important to shareholders in the “Investor Relations” or “Press Releases” section of our website.

    *Value approximated based on asset and holding details provided to LPL from end of year, 2024.

    Media Contact: 
    Media.relations@LPLFinancial.com 
    (704) 996-1840

    Tracking #685921

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: PLUMAS BANCORP TO ACQUIRE CORNERSTONE COMMUNITY BANCORP

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    RENO, Nev., Jan. 29, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Plumas Bancorp (“Plumas”) (Nasdaq: PLBC) and Cornerstone Community Bancorp (“Cornerstone”) (OTCPK: CRSB) jointly announce the signing of a definitive merger agreement (the “Agreement”) whereby Plumas will acquire Cornerstone in a stock and cash transaction valued at approximately $64.6 million (the “Transaction”) based on the closing price of $47.76 for Plumas shares on January 28, 2025. On a pro forma consolidated basis, the combined company would have approximately $2.3 billion in assets, $2.0 billion in deposits, $1.5 billion in loans, and operate 19 branches throughout Northern California and Western Nevada.

    Cornerstone, headquartered in Red Bluff, California, is the parent company of Cornerstone Community Bank, a 19-year-old bank with approximately $658 million in assets as of December 31, 2024. Cornerstone Community Bank operates through four branches throughout the Northern California counties of Shasta and Tehama.

    “We are thrilled to announce our merger agreement with Cornerstone,” said Andrew J. Ryback, President and Chief Executive Officer, Plumas Bancorp. “Our companies share a connection to the people and businesses who have built their livelihoods throughout Northern California. Bringing together the team of local experts at Cornerstone Community Bank with Plumas Bank’s technology and small business expertise offers even greater services for the markets we serve. We look forward to providing long-term value to our combined shareholders, clients, team members, and the communities we serve.”

    “We are excited about the opportunity to join forces with Plumas, bringing our banks together to carry on our focus of providing our customers, employees and all of our stakeholders with superior products, services and support,” said Matthew B. Moseley, President and Chief Executive Officer of Cornerstone, who will continue with Plumas following the acquisition. “Gaining access to Plumas’ network of offices and extensive product lines allows us to expand our footprint and offerings beyond the Shasta and Tehama communities we have served for the past 19 years. There are many similarities in our institutions and the small communities we serve. This combination will afford the two organizations the opportunity to utilize our combined years of experience to continue to deliver the outstanding experience our customers have come to expect.”

    Under the terms of the Agreement, each issued and outstanding share of common stock of Cornerstone will be converted into the right to receive 0.6608 shares of common stock of Plumas and $9.75 in cash (subject to adjustment under certain circumstances). Based on the closing price of $47.76 for Plumas shares on January 28, 2025, the Transaction would result in an aggregate consideration of $64.6 million (inclusive of the value to Cornerstone stock option holders) and value of $41.31 per Cornerstone share.

    Giving effect to the merger, Cornerstone shareholders will hold, in the aggregate, approximately 14% of Plumas’ outstanding common stock based on December 31, 2024 data. One current member of the Cornerstone board of directors will join the Plumas board of directors upon the merger.

    Plumas expects the acquisition to be approximately 9% accretive to earnings per share in 2025 and 23% accretive in 2026. Plumas expects dilution to tangible book value per share of approximately 13% at close with a tangible book value earn-back period of less than three years. The boards of directors of Plumas and Cornerstone have approved the proposed merger, which is expected to occur in the second half of 2025 and remains subject to customary closing conditions, including obtaining approval by Cornerstone’s shareholders and bank regulatory authorities.

    Plumas was advised in the Transaction by Raymond James & Associates, Inc. as financial advisor and Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP as legal counsel. Cornerstone was advised by Performance Trust Capital Partners as financial advisor and Gary Steven Findley & Associates as legal counsel.

    About Plumas Bancorp

    Plumas Bancorp is headquartered in Reno, Nevada. Plumas Bancorp’s principal subsidiary is Plumas Bank, which was founded in 1980. Plumas Bank is a full-service community bank headquartered in Quincy, California. The bank operates fifteen branches: thirteen located in the California counties of Butte, Lassen, Modoc, Nevada, Placer, Plumas, Shasta and Sutter and two branches located in Nevada in the counties of Carson City and Washoe. The bank also operates two loan production offices located in Auburn, California and Klamath Falls, Oregon. Plumas Bank offers a wide range of financial and investment services to consumers and businesses and has received nationwide Preferred Lender status with the United States Small Business Administration. For more information on Plumas Bancorp and Plumas Bank, please visit our website at www.plumasbank.com.

    About Cornerstone Community Bancorp

    Cornerstone Community Bancorp is a bank holding company headquartered in Red Bluff, California and is the parent company for Cornerstone Community Bank, a California state-chartered bank with four locations across the Northern California counties of Shasta and Tehama. Founded in 2006, Cornerstone Community Bank has a proven track record of contributing to the success of the local economies they serve, contributing to the success of the people who live, work, and play in Shasta and Tehama.

    Additional Information About the Proposed Transaction and Where to Find It

    This press release does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities or a solicitation of any vote or approval.

    Investors and security holders are urged to carefully review and consider each of Plumas’s public filings with the SEC, including but not limited to its Annual Reports on Form 10-K, its Proxy Statements, Current Reports on Form 8-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. The documents filed by Plumas with the SEC may be obtained free of charge at Plumas’s website at www.plumasbank.com or at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. These documents may also be obtained free of charge from Plumas by requesting them in writing to Plumas Bancorp, 5050 Meadowood Mall Circle, Reno, Nevada 89502; Attention: Shareholder Relations, or by telephone at (775) 786-0907.

    Plumas intends to file a registration statement on Form S-4 with the SEC which will include a proxy statement /prospectus which will be distributed to the shareholders of Cornerstone in connection with their vote on the Transaction. Before making any voting or investment decision, investors and security holders of Cornerstone are urged to carefully read the entire proxy statement/prospectus, when it becomes available, as well as any amendments or supplements, because it will contain important information about the proposed Transaction. Investors and security holders will be able to obtain the proxy statement/prospectus free of charge from the SEC’s website or from Plumas by writing to the address provided in the preceding paragraph.

    The directors, executive officers and certain other members of management and employees at Cornerstone and Plumas may be deemed participants in the solicitation of proxies in favor of the Transaction. Information about the directors and executive officers of Cornerstone will be included in the proxy statement/prospectus regarding the proposed Transaction. Information regarding Plumas’s directors and executive officers is available in Plumas’s definitive proxy statement for its 2024 annual meeting of shareholders filed with the SEC on April 4, 2024, which is available free of charge from Plumas upon request as described above.

    Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    This release contains forward-looking statements regarding Plumas Bancorp (“Plumas”), Cornerstone Community Bancorp (“Cornerstone”) and the combined company and the proposed merger that are forward-looking statements subject to the safe harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include but are not limited to plans, expectations, projections and statements about the benefits of the proposed merger, the timing of completion of the merger, and other statements that are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Factors that could cause or contribute to results differing from those in or implied in the forward-looking statements include but are not limited to the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the right of Plumas or Cornerstone to terminate the merger agreement; the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against Plumas or Cornerstone; delays in completing the merger; the failure to obtain necessary regulatory approvals (and the risk that such approvals impose conditions that could adversely affect the combined company or the expected benefits of the merger); the failure of Cornerstone to obtain shareholder approval or Plumas or Cornerstone to satisfy any of the other conditions to the merger on a timely basis or at all; the ability to complete the merger and integration of Plumas and Cornerstone successfully; costs being greater than anticipated; cost savings being less than anticipated; changes in economic conditions; the risk that the merger disrupts the business of the Plumas, Cornerstone or both; difficulties in retaining senior management, employees or customers; and other factors that may affect the future results of Plumas or Cornerstone. Further information regarding Plumas’s risk factors is contained in Plumas’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including its Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023. Forward-looking statement made in this release speak only as of the date of this release. Neither Plumas nor Cornerstone undertake any obligation to revise or publicly release any revision or update to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date on which such statements were made.

    Investor Relations Contact:

    Jamie Huynh
    AVP, Assistant Corporate Secretary and Investor Relations Coordinator
    Plumas Bank
    Phone: 530.283.7305 ext. 8908
    Email: jamie.huynh@plumasbank.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: ES Bancshares, Inc. Announces Fourth Quarter 2024 Results; Continues Trend of Net Interest Margin Expansion and Asset Quality

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    STATEN ISLAND, N.Y., Jan. 29, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — ES Bancshares, Inc. (OTCQX: ESBS) (the “Company”) the holding company for Empire State Bank, (the “Bank”) today reported net income of $466 thousand, or $0.03 per diluted common share, for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, compared to a net income of $582 thousand or $0.08 per diluted common share for the quarter ended September 30, 2024.

     
    Key Quarterly Financial Data 2024 Highlights
    Performance Metrics   4Q24     3Q24     4Q23   •The Cost of Funds for the three months ended December 31, 2024, improved to 3.02% from 3.02% in the prior linked quarter.

    •For 3 months ended December 31, 2024, the Company’s net interest margin increased to 2.50% compared to 2.30% for the 3 months ended September 30, 2024.

    •The Company sold $3 million in SBA 7a loan during the quarter, resulting in a gain on loan sale.

    •The Company has replaced $56 million of higher-costing wholesale funding with lower cost organic deposits over the nine-months in 2024.

    •Total Revenues for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, totaled $8.4 million increasing for a second consecutive quarter.

    Return on average assets (%)   0.29     0.36     0.05  
    Return on average equity (%)   3.94     4.98     0.73  
    Return on average tangible equity (%)   3.99     5.04     0.74  
    Net interest margin (%)   2.50     2.30     2.28  
                       
    Income Statement (a)   4Q24     3Q24     4Q23  
    Net interest income $ 3,876   $ 3,567   $ 3,454  
    Non-interest income $ 372   $ 609   $ 322  
    Net income $ 466   $ 582   $ 84  
    Earnings per diluted common share $ 0.03   $ 0.08   $ 0.01  
                       
    Balance Sheet (a)   4Q24     3Q24     4Q23  
    Average total loans $ 566,031   $ 566,031   $ 569,515  
    Average total deposits $ 512,120   $ 512,120   $ 470,394  
    Book value per share $ 6.89   $ 6.85   $ 6.83  
    Tangible book value per share $ 6.81   $ 6.77   $ 6.74  
    (a) In thousands except for per share amounts              
                   

    Phil Guarnieri, Director, and Chief Executive Officer of ES Bancshares said, “We ended 2024 with positive trends over the last two quarters. The downward turn in interest rates has bolstered our net interest income. The Company’s net interest margin increased by twenty basis points, demonstrating growth for the past three quarters. This coupled with our cost containment program has bolstered our core earnings. The Company’s balance sheet and capital position remain a strength for our Company.”

    Selected Balance Sheet Information:

    December 31, 2024 vs. December 31, 2023

    As of December 31, 2024, total assets were $636.6 million, a decrease of $2.1 million, or 0.3%, as compared to total assets of $638.7 million on December 31, 2023. The decrease can be attributed to a slightly smaller loan portfolio.

    Loans receivable, net of Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans totaled $559.3 million, a decrease of 0.8% from December 31, 2023. As of December 31, 2024, the Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans as a percentage of gross loans was 0.91%.

    Nonperforming assets, which includes nonaccrual loans and foreclosed real estate were $5.3 million or 0.84% of total assets, as of December 31, 2024, increasing from $1.4 million or 0.22% of total assets at December 31, 2023. The ratio of nonaccrual loans to loans receivable was 0.94%, as of December 31, 2024, and 0.22% for December 31, 2023. The increase from December 31, 2023, was primarily due to one Commercial Real Estate and one 1-4 family investor loan being placed on non-accrual status. Both loans are deemed to be well collateralized and in total amount to $4.0 million.

    Total liabilities decreased $3.8 million to $589.1 million at December 31, 2024 from $592.9 million at December 31, 2023. The decrease can be attributed to repayments of brokered deposits and Federal Home Loan (FHLB) borrowings partially offset by growth in core deposits. The growth in deposits was driven by an increase in interest-bearing, non-maturity deposit accounts, as well as interest-bearing deposits.

    As of December 31, 2024, the Bank’s Tier 1 capital leverage ratio, common equity tier 1 capital ratio, Tier 1 capital ratio and total capital ratios were 9.31%, 13.68%, 13.68% and 14.93%, respectively, all in excess of the ratios required to be deemed “well-capitalized.” During the Fourth quarter 2024 the Company did not repurchase shares under its stock repurchase program. Book value per common share was $6.89 at December 31, 2024 compared to $6.83 at December 31, 2023. Tangible common book value per share (which represents common equity less goodwill, divided by the number of shares outstanding) was $6.81 at December 31, 2024 compared to $6.74 at December 31, 2023.

    Financial Performance Overview:

    Three Months Ended December 31, 2024, vs. September 30, 2024

    For the three months ended December 31, 2024, the Company net income totaled $466 thousand compared to a net income of $582 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The decrease can be attributed to lower non-interest income and non-interest expense, partially offset by higher net interest income quarter over quarter.

    Net interest income for the three months ended December 31, 2024, increased $309 thousand, to $3.9 million from $3.6 million at three months ended September 30, 2024. The Company’s net interest margin widened by nine basis points to 2.50% for the three months ended December 31, 2024, as compared to 2.30% for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The increase in margin can be attributed to a reduction in the Company’s average cost for its interest-bearing liabilities.

    There was a $2 thousand provision for credit losses taken for the three months ended December 31, 2024, compared to a reversal for credit losses of $38 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2024.

    Non-interest income decreased $237 thousand, to $372 thousand for the three months ended December 31, 2024, compared with non-interest income of $609 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The majority of the decrease can be attributed to lower service charges and fees and no gain on extinguishment of the Company’s subordinated debt, partially offset by the gain on loan sales.

    Non-interest expenses totaled $3.6 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024, compared to $3.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The largest fluctuations quarter over quarter were due to a $154 thousand increase in other expenses, due to a lack of a recovery of collection expenses that we realized in the September 2024 quarter, an increase in employment search fees, and other expenses. The $92 thousand increase in professional fees, due to higher legal and consulting fees as compared to the quarter ended September 30, 2024.

    Twelve months ended December 31, 2024 vs. December 31, 2023

    For the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, net income totaled $1.1 million in comparison to $1.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023. The decrease can mainly be attributed to higher costs paid on deposits which increased $5.1 million year over year.

    Net interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, decreased 11% or $1.8 million, to $14.1 million from $15.9 million at December 31, 2023. The decrease can be attributed to increased interest expense for deposits, partially offset by increased interest income earned on the loan portfolio.

    Provision for credit losses totaled $12 thousand for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, compared to a $20 thousand provision for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023.

    Non-interest income totaled $1.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, compared with noninterest income of $758 thousand for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023. The increase can be attributed to the gain recorded on extinguishment of sub-debt which is partially offset by decreased in gain on sale of loans period over period.

    Operating expenses totaled $14.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, compared to $15.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023, or a decrease of 7.1%. The decrease in non-interest expense can be attributed to initiatives taking effect from the cost-cutting program launched in 2024.

    About ES Bancshares Inc.
    ES Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) is incorporated under Maryland law and serves as the holding company for Empire State Bank (the “Bank”). The Company is subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System while the Bank is primarily subject to regulation and supervision by the New York State Department of Financial Services. Currently, the Company does not transact any material business other than through the Bank, its subsidiary.

    The Bank was organized under federal law in 2004 as a national bank regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. The Bank’s deposits are insured up to legal limits by the FDIC. In March 2009, the Bank converted its charter to a New York State commercial bank charter. The Bank’s principal business is attracting commercial and retail deposits in New York and investing those deposits primarily in loans, consisting of commercial real estate loans, and other commercial loans including SBA and mortgage loans secured by one-to-four-family residences. In addition, the Bank invests in mortgage-backed securities, securities issued by the U.S. Government and agencies thereof, corporate securities and other investments permitted by applicable law and regulations.

    We operate from our five Banking Center locations, a Loan Production Office and our Corporate Headquarters located in Staten Island, New York. The Company’s website address is www.esbna.com. The Company’s annual report, quarterly earnings releases and all press releases are available free of charge through its website, as soon as reasonably practicable.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This release may contain certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. For this purpose, any statements contained in this release that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Without limiting the foregoing, words such as “may”, “will”, “expect”, “believe”, “anticipate”, “estimate” or “continue” or comparable terminology, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements by their nature involve substantial risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially depending on a variety of factors, many of which are not within ES Bancshares, Inc’s. control. The forward-looking statements included in this release are made only as of the date of this release. We have no intention, and do not assume any obligation, to update these forward-looking statements.

    Investor Contact:
    Peggy Edwards, Corporate Secretary
    (845) 451-7825

     
    ES Bancshares, Inc.
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
    (in thousands)
        December 31,   December 31,
    2024   2023
        |—-(unaudited)—-|    
    Assets        
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 26,713     32,728  
    Securities, net   22,336     15,220  
    Loans receivable, net:        
    Real estate mortgage loans   545,569     551,124  
    Commercial and Lines of Credit   14,418     13,301  
    Home Equity and Consumer Loans 398     349  
    Deferred costs   4,084     4,233  
    Allowance for Loan Credit Losses (5,137 )   (5,086 )
    Total loans receivable, net   559,330     563,920  
    Accrued interest receivable   2,628     2,625  
    Investment in restricted stock, at cost   4,335     5,191  
    Goodwill   581     581  
    Bank premises and equipment, net   4,845     5,600  
    Repossessed assets        
    Right of use lease assets   5,894     6,415  
    Bank Owned Life Insurance   5,489     5,341  
    Other Assets   4,471     1,129  
    Total Assets $ 636,622     638,750  
             
    Liabilities & Stockholders’ Equity        
    Non-Interest-Bearing Deposits   133,268     109,065  
    Interest-Bearing Deposits   359,816     328,479  
    Brokered Deposits   20,750     56,581  
    Total Deposits   513,834     494,125  
    Bond Issue, net of costs   11,787     13,708  
    Borrowed Money   50,084     70,805  
    Lease Liability   6,172     6,672  
    Other Liabilities   7,195     7,578  
    Total Liabilities   589,071     592,888  
    Stockholders’ equity   47,551     45,862  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 636,622     638,750  
     
       
      ES Bancshares, Inc.
      Consolidated Statements of Income
      (in thousands)
                   
      Three Months Ended   Twelve Months Ended
      December 31, 2024 September 30, 2024   December 31, 2023   December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023
      |————–(unaudited)————–|   |—-(unaudited)—-|
    Interest income              
    Loans $ 7,405 $ 7,315     $ 7,059     $ 29,273 $ 26,343
    Securities   224   218       110       678   446
    Other interest-earning assets   373   428       278       1,624   1,418
    Total Interest Income   8,002   7,961       7,447       31,576   28,207
    Interest expense              
    Deposits   3,436   3,674       2,945       14,531   9,052
    Borrowings   690   720       1,048       2,950   3,268
    Total Interest Expense   4,126   4,394       3,993       17,482   12,320
    Net Interest Income   3,876   3,567       3,454       14,094   15,887
    (Rev)Prov for Credit Losses   2   (38 )     (83 )     12   20
    Net Interest Income after (Rev)Prov for Credit Losses   3,874   3,605       3,537       14,082   15,867
    Non-interest income              
    Service charges and fees   192   264       254       828   762
    Gain on loan sales   139         30       140   168
    Gain on extinguishment of Sub-debt     245             245  
    Other   42   100       38       314   149
    Total non-interest income   372   609       322       1,527   1,080
    Non-interest expenses              
    Compensation and benefits   1,662   1,719       1,745       6,830   7,408
    Occupancy and equipment   618   618       646       2,509   2,656
    Data processing service fees   295   315       357       1,253   1,396
    Professional fees   247   155       357       808   1,104
    FDIC & NYS Banking Assessments   132   100       88       428   272
    Advertising   64   84       101       308   406
    Insurance   56   55       51       208   190
    Other   518   365       405       1,622   1,603
    Total non-interest expense   3,592   3,411       3,750       13,966   15,035
    Income prior to tax expense   654   803       109       1,643   1,912
    Income taxes   188   221       25       539   440
    Net Income $ 466 $ 582     $ 84     $ 1,104 $ 1,472
                   
                       
      ES Bancshares, Inc.
      Average Balance Sheet Data
      For the Three Months Ended (dollars in thousands)
      December 31, 2024 September 30, 2024 June 30, 2024
      Avg Bal Interest Average Avg Bal Interest Average Avg Bal Interest Average
      Rolling Rolling Rolling Rolling Rolling Rolling
    Assets  3 Mos.  3 Mos. Yield/Cost  3 Mos.  3 Mos. Yield/Cost  3 Mos.  3 Mos. Yield/Cost
    Interest-earning assets:                  
    Loans receivable $ 564,745 $ 7,405 5.24 % $ 566,031 $ 7,315 5.17 % $ 569,515 $ 7,059 4.96 %
    Investment securities   22,898   224 3.91 %   22,480   218 3.87 %   15,957   110 2.75 %
    Other interest-earning assets   31,135   373 4.69 %   31,656   428 5.29 %   20,128   278 5.40 %
    Total interest-earning assets   618,778   8,002 5.17 %   620,167   7,961 5.13 %   605,600   7,447 4.92 %
    Non-interest earning assets   18,048       17,919       16,840    
    Total assets $ 636,826     $ 638,086     $ 622,440    
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                  
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                  
    Interest-bearing checking $ 32,800 $ 27 0.33 % $ 33,512 $ 55 0.65 % $ 25,368 $ 23 0.36 %
    Savings accounts   217,746   1,695 3.09 %   200,248   1,728 3.42 %   123,641   884 2.84 %
    Certificates of deposit   166,368   1,714 4.09 %   173,577   1,891 4.32 %   207,091   2,037 3.90 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   416,914   3,436 3.27 %   407,337   3,674 3.58 %   356,101   2,945 3.28 %
    Borrowings   50,189   499 3.94 %   52,984   519 3.89 %   76,844   827 4.27 %
    Subordinated debenture   11,784   191 6.43 %   13,726   201 5.81 %   13,705   221 6.41 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   478,887   4,126 3.42 %   474,047   4,394 3.68 %   446,649   3,993 3.55 %
    Non-interest-bearing demand deposits   96,011       104,782       114,293    
    Other liabilities   14,580       13,045       15,803    
    Total non-interest-bearing liabilities   110,591       117,827       130,096    
    Stockholders’ equity   47,347       46,211       45,695    
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 636,826     $ 638,086     $ 622,440    
    Net interest income   $ 3,874     $ 3,567     $ 3,454  
    Average interest rate spread      1.75 %     1.46 %     1.37 %
    Net interest margin      2.50 %     2.30 %     2.28 %
                       
                       
                   
    Five Quarter Performance Ratio Highlights Three Months Ended
    December 31, 2024 September 30, 2024 June 30, 2024 March 31, 2024 December 31, 2023  
    Performance Ratios (%) – annualized            
    Return(loss) on Average Assets   0.29     0.36     0.10     (0.07 )   0.05  
    Return(loss) on Average Equity   3.94     4.98     1.37     (0.90 )   0.73  
    Return(loss) on Average Tangible Equity   3.99     5.04     1.38     (0.91 )   0.74  
    Efficiency Ratio   84.58     81.70     92.86     101.08     99.31  
    Yields / Costs (%)            
    Average Yield – Interest Earning Assets   5.17     5.13     5.16     5.03     4.92  
    Average Cost – Interest-bearing Liabilities   3.42     3.69     3.86     3.82     3.55  
    Net Interest Margin   2.50     2.30     2.21     2.12     2.28  
    Capital Ratios (%)            
    Equity / Assets   7.47     7.44     7.12     7.34     7.18  
    Tangible Equity / Assets   7.38     7.36     7.03     7.26     7.09  
    Tier I leverage ratio (a)   9.31     9.18     9.30     9.52     9.45  
    Common equity Tier I capital ratio (a)   13.68     13.67     13.81     13.63     13.60  
    Tier 1 Risk-based capital ratio (a)   13.68     13.67     13.81     13.63     13.60  
    Total Risk-based capital ratio (a)   14.93     14.92     15.06     14.88     14.85  
    Stock Valuation            
    Book Value $ 6.89   $ 6.85   $ 6.74   $ 6.75   $ 6.83  
    Tangible Book Value $ 6.81   $ 6.77   $ 6.65   $ 6.67   $ 6.74  
    Shares Outstanding (b)   6,900     6,878     6,884     6,834     6,714  
    Asset Quality (%)            
    ACL / Total Loans   0.91     0.90     0.90     0.89     0.89  
    Non Performing Loans / Total Loans   0.94     0.91     0.22     0.24     0.22  
    Non Performing Assets / Total Assets   0.84     0.81     0.19     0.21     0.22  
                   
    (a) Ratios at Bank level                            (b) Shares information presented in thousands        
                   

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: IAM District 8 Donates To Illinois Firefighters Toy Drive

    Source: US GOIAM Union

    The Aurora, Ill.,, Fire Department had help from the IAM this year, delivering toys to deserving children around Aurora, Il. As part of its annual toy drive, firefighters collect toys around the holidays and deliver them to homes, surprising many deserving children.

    Every year, firefighters receive donated toys from several individuals and organizations, including the Aurora-based IAM Local 1202 and IAM District 8. In the days before Christmas, Santa makes his deliveries with firefighters in a firetruck.

    “This is what the holiday season is all about,” said IAM Midwest Territory General Vice President Sam Cicinelli. “The true spirit of the holidays is in giving back, and it’s incredible to see so many people come together to make a difference for local families.”

    “We’re proud to partner with Local 1202 in Aurora for our annual toy drive,” said IAM District 8 Directing Business Representative Ryan Kelly. “This year, we gathered thousands of dollars worth of toys from 17 of our District 8-affiliated locals across the state, bringing joy to many local families. My sincere thanks go out to all the volunteers, as well as District 8 staff for their help in making this the huge success it was.”

    “I’m extremely proud of the efforts of our membership,” said IAM Local 1202 President Dave Dady. “I’m also proud of the efforts of our brothers and sisters from across the IAM Locals in District 8 whose efforts ensured our success.” 

    This year, IAM Local 1202 was also featured on the front page of Labor News for their efforts.

    Share and Follow:

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: Safe Harbor Financial Commences CEO Succession and Strategic Planning Initiative

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Sundie Seefried to Immediately Become Co-CEO and Retire in 30 Days; Will Remain on Board of Directors Post-Transition

    Business Transformation Expert, Terry Mendez, Appointed Co-CEO; Will Become CEO Upon Retirement of Seefried

    GOLDEN, Colo., Jan. 29, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — SHF Holdings, Inc., d/b/a Safe Harbor Financial (“Safe Harbor” or the “Company”) (NASDAQ: SHFS), a fintech leader in facilitating financial services and credit facilities to the regulated cannabis industry, announced today that its current CEO, Sundie Seefried, plans to retire in 30 days. Karl A. Racine, chair of the Safe Harbor’s Nominating and Governance Committee, has been overseeing due diligence activities and advising the executive team and the Governance Committee to evaluate both internal and external candidates as part of the process. This strategic approach and review are part of the Company’s long-term growth strategy, ensuring that Safe Harbor continues to maximize shareholder value and executes its strategic vision.

    Sundie Seefried will serve as co-CEO throughout this transition period. The Company signed a three-year executive employment agreement with Terry Mendez to serve as co-CEO and will be appointed CEO upon Seefried’s retirement. Post-transition, Seefried will remain on the Board of Directors.

    During the transition, Mendez will work closely with Safe Harbor’s leadership team and Board of Directors to capture opportunities for innovation and growth, while Seefried will focus on achieving operational continuity. Seefried and Mendez will be the key decision-makers, ensuring that all strategic recommendations are evaluated and presented to the Board, as needed, for approval.

    “We remain committed to thoughtful succession planning and long-term strategic growth, with the goal of capitalizing on optimizing our market position,” said Sundie Seefried, co-CEO of Safe Harbor Financial. “Terry’s experience in business expansion, transformation and strategic advisory will provide a valuable perspective as we explore ways to enhance our operations and maximize shareholder value. I look forward to working closely with him.”

    “At a time when most financial institutions were unwilling to work with the cannabis industry, Safe Harbor emerged as a pioneer, providing essential banking and financial services to the sector for the past decade. We are now looking at the challenges currently facing the industry and determining how we can leverage our people to develop technology that delivers trusted solutions to the marketplace,” said Terry Mendez, co-CEO of Safe Harbor Financial. “I look forward to diving into the business, learning from Sundie and partnering with my fellow operators to deliver value for our shareholders.”

    Terry Mendez brings extensive experience in strategic planning and operational transformation within the information technology and cannabis industries. In his role as founder of Amos Advisory Solutions, Mr. Mendez served as the CEO of both single-state and multi-state cannabis operators successfully leading turnaround efforts. Terry began his career in public accounting with Arthur Andersen and Deloitte & Touche. Previously, he served as the vice president of Finance and global chief accounting officer for Hitachi Vantara, a subsidiary of Hitachi, overseeing 52 countries.

    About Safe Harbor
    Safe Harbor is among the first service providers to offer compliance, monitoring and validation services to financial institutions, providing traditional banking services to cannabis, hemp, CBD, and ancillary operators, making communities safer, driving growth in local economies, and fostering long-term partnerships. Safe Harbor, through its financial institution clients, implements high standards of accountability, transparency, monitoring, reporting and risk mitigation measures while meeting Bank Secrecy Act obligations in line with FinCEN guidance on cannabis-related businesses. Over the past decade, Safe Harbor has facilitated more than $25 billion in deposit transactions for businesses with operations spanning over 41 states and US territories with regulated cannabis markets. For more information, visit www.shfinancial.org.

    Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
    Certain information contained in this press release may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Statements other than statements of historical facts included herein may constitute forward-looking statements and are not guarantees of future performance or results and involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements may include, but are not limited to, statements with respect to trends in the cannabis industry, including proposed changes in U.S and state laws, rules, regulations and guidance relating to Safe Harbor’s services; Safe Harbor’s growth prospects and Safe Harbor’s market size; Safe Harbor’s projected financial and operational performance, including relative to its competitors and historical performance; new product and service offerings Safe Harbor may introduce in the future; the impact volatility in the capital markets, which may adversely affect the price of Safe Harbor’s securities; the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against Safe Harbor; and other statements regarding Safe Harbor’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “outlook,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would,” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements are predictions, projections and other statements about future events that are based on current expectations and assumptions and, as a result, are subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those described from time to time in Safe Harbor’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Safe Harbor undertakes no duty to update any forward-looking statement made herein. All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this press release.

    Contact Information
    Safe Harbor Investor Relations
    ir@SHFinancial.org

    KCSA Strategic Communications
    Ellen Mellody
    safeharbor@kcsa.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: TAB Bank Expands Lender Finance Portfolio with $12 Million Deal for Steel Capital Management

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    OGDEN, Utah, Jan. 29, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — TAB Bank announces the addition of Steel Capital Management, a New York City-based finance company specializing in e-commerce solutions, to its portfolio of Lender Finance clients. TAB Bank has extended a $12 million credit facility to support Steel Capital Management as they provide capital solutions to accelerate growth for Direct-to-Consumer (DTC) companies.

    Steel Capital Management selected TAB Bank because of its expertise in lender finance, flexible financing structures, competitive cost of capital and scalability. The $12 million credit facility will provide Steel Capital Management with the working capital to continue scaling its business and supporting its clients.

    “TAB Bank is looking forward to helping Steel Capital Management continue driving growth and innovation in the e-commerce space by providing a flexible and scalable financing structure,” said Jerry Clinton, Managing Director of Corporate Underwriting at TAB Bank. “Our ability to tailor loans to fit a company’s market and unique needs demonstrates our mission—unlocking dreams with bold financial solutions that lift and empower.”

    Based in New York City, Steel Capital Management was born out of the necessity to help early to mid-stage consumer brands grow by providing alternative financing options. The firm understands recurring industry problems—seasonality, stale inventory, shipping and fulfillment backlogs, and marketing channels changing how they operate—and aims to tailor its investments to address them.

    “TAB Bank has been a pleasure to work with throughout the due diligence, documentation and closing process,” said Michael Hoffman, co-CEO of Steel Capital Management. “The TAB Bank team’s willingness to fit our flexible financing needs demonstrated their commitment to building a long and successful partnership with Steel Capital. We’re confident we’ve found the right partner to continue Steel’s growth.”

    TAB Bank is committed to empowering businesses with innovative financial solutions, including term loans, lines of credit and accounts receivable financing. By tailoring its offerings to fit each client’s specific needs, TAB Bank ensures consistent cash flow and growth opportunities for small and midsize businesses nationwide.

    About TAB Bank
    At TAB Bank, our mission is to unlock dreams with bold financial solutions that empower individuals and businesses nationwide. We are committed to making financial success accessible to everyone through our innovative banking products. Our dedication drives us to continuously improve, ensuring that we meet the evolving needs of our clients with excellence and agility. For over 25 years, we have remained steadfast in offering tailored, technology-enabled solutions designed to simplify and enhance the banking experience. 

    For more information about how we can help you achieve your financial dreams, visit www.TABBank.com.

    Contact Information:
    Trevor Morris
    Director of Marketing
    801-624-5172
    trevor.morris@tabbank.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Global: Fake papers are contaminating the world’s scientific literature, fueling a corrupt industry and slowing legitimate lifesaving medical research

    Source: The Conversation – USA – By Frederik Joelving, Contributing editor, Retraction Watch

    Assistant professor Frank Cackowski, left, and researcher Steven Zielske at Wayne State University in Detroit became suspicious of a paper on cancer research that was eventually retracted. Amy Sacka, CC BY-ND

    Over the past decade, furtive commercial entities around the world have industrialized the production, sale and dissemination of bogus scholarly research, undermining the literature that everyone from doctors to engineers rely on to make decisions about human lives.

    It is exceedingly difficult to get a handle on exactly how big the problem is. Around 55,000 scholarly papers have been retracted to date, for a variety of reasons, but scientists and companies who screen the scientific literature for telltale signs of fraud estimate that there are many more fake papers circulating – possibly as many as several hundred thousand. This fake research can confound legitimate researchers who must wade through dense equations, evidence, images and methodologies only to find that they were made up.

    Even when the bogus papers are spotted – usually by amateur sleuths on their own time – academic journals are often slow to retract the papers, allowing the articles to taint what many consider sacrosanct: the vast global library of scholarly work that introduces new ideas, reviews other research and discusses findings.

    These fake papers are slowing down research that has helped millions of people with lifesaving medicine and therapies from cancer to COVID-19. Analysts’ data shows that fields related to cancer and medicine are particularly hard hit, while areas like philosophy and art are less affected. Some scientists have abandoned their life’s work because they cannot keep pace given the number of fake papers they must bat down.

    The problem reflects a worldwide commodification of science. Universities, and their research funders, have long used regular publication in academic journals as requirements for promotions and job security, spawning the mantra “publish or perish.”

    But now, fraudsters have infiltrated the academic publishing industry to prioritize profits over scholarship. Equipped with technological prowess, agility and vast networks of corrupt researchers, they are churning out papers on everything from obscure genes to artificial intelligence in medicine.

    These papers are absorbed into the worldwide library of research faster than they can be weeded out. About 119,000 scholarly journal articles and conference papers are published globally every week, or more than 6 million a year. Publishers estimate that, at most journals, about 2% of the papers submitted – but not necessarily published – are likely fake, although this number can be much higher at some publications.

    While no country is immune to this practice, it is particularly pronounced in emerging economies where resources to do bona fide science are limited – and where governments, eager to compete on a global scale, push particularly strong “publish or perish” incentives.

    As a result, there is a bustling online underground economy for all things scholarly publishing. Authorship, citations, even academic journal editors, are up for sale. This fraud is so prevalent that it has its own name: paper mills, a phrase that harks back to “term-paper mills”, where students cheat by getting someone else to write a class paper for them.

    The impact on publishers is profound. In high-profile cases, fake articles can hurt a journal’s bottom line. Important scientific indexes – databases of academic publications that many researchers rely on to do their work – may delist journals that publish too many compromised papers. There is growing criticism that legitimate publishers could do more to track and blacklist journals and authors who regularly publish fake papers that are sometimes little more than artificial intelligence-generated phrases strung together.

    To better understand the scope, ramifications and potential solutions of this metastasizing assault on science, we – a contributing editor at Retraction Watch, a website that reports on retractions of scientific papers and related topics, and two computer scientists at France’s Université Toulouse III–Paul Sabatier and Université Grenoble Alpes who specialize in detecting bogus publications – spent six months investigating paper mills.

    This included, by some of us at different times, trawling websites and social media posts, interviewing publishers, editors, research-integrity experts, scientists, doctors, sociologists and scientific sleuths engaged in the Sisyphean task of cleaning up the literature. It also involved, by some of us, screening scientific articles looking for signs of fakery.

    Problematic Paper Screener: Trawling for fraud in the scientific literature

    What emerged is a deep-rooted crisis that has many researchers and policymakers calling for a new way for universities and many governments to evaluate and reward academics and health professionals across the globe.

    Just as highly biased websites dressed up to look like objective reporting are gnawing away at evidence-based journalism and threatening elections, fake science is grinding down the knowledge base on which modern society rests.

    As part of our work detecting these bogus publications, co-author Guillaume Cabanac developed the Problematic Paper Screener, which filters 130 million new and old scholarly papers every week looking for nine types of clues that a paper might be fake or contain errors. A key clue is a tortured phrase – an awkward wording generated by software that replaces common scientific terms with synonyms to avoid direct plagiarism from a legitimate paper.

    Problematic Paper Screener: Trawling for fraud in the scientific literature

    An obscure molecule

    Frank Cackowski at Detroit’s Wayne State University was confused.

    The oncologist was studying a sequence of chemical reactions in cells to see if they could be a target for drugs against prostate cancer. A paper from 2018 from 2018 in the American Journal of Cancer Research piqued his interest when he read that a little-known molecule called SNHG1 might interact with the chemical reactions he was exploring. He and fellow Wayne State researcher Steven Zielske began a series of experiments to learn more about the link. Surprisingly, they found there wasn’t a link.

    Meanwhile, Zielske had grown suspicious of the paper. Two graphs showing results for different cell lines were identical, he noticed, which “would be like pouring water into two glasses with your eyes closed and the levels coming out exactly the same.” Another graph and a table in the article also inexplicably contained identical data.

    Zielske described his misgivings in an anonymous post in 2020 at PubPeer, an online forum where many scientists report potential research misconduct, and also contacted the journal’s editor. Shortly thereafter, the journal pulled the paper, citing “falsified materials and/or data.”

    “Science is hard enough as it is if people are actually being genuine and trying to do real work,” says Cackowski, who also works at the Karmanos Cancer Institute in Michigan. “And it’s just really frustrating to waste your time based on somebody’s fraudulent publications.”

    Wayne State scientists Frank Cackowski and Steven Zielske carried out experiments based on a paper they later found to contain false data.
    Amy Sacka, CC BY-ND

    He worries that the bogus publications are slowing down “legitimate research that down the road is going to impact patient care and drug development.”

    The two researchers eventually found that SNHG1 did appear to play a part in prostate cancer, though not in the way the suspect paper suggested. But it was a tough topic to study. Zielske combed through all the studies on SNHG1 and cancer – some 150 papers, nearly all from Chinese hospitals – and concluded that “a majority” of them looked fake. Some reported using experimental reagents known as primers that were “just gibberish,” for instance, or targeted a different gene than what the study said, according to Zielske. He contacted several of the journals, he said, but received little response. “I just stopped following up.”

    The many questionable articles also made it harder to get funding, Zielske said. The first time he submitted a grant application to study SNHG1, it was rejected, with one reviewer saying “the field was crowded,” Zielske recalled. The following year, he explained in his application how most of the literature likely came from paper mills. He got the grant.

    Today, Zielske said, he approaches new research differently than he used to: “You can’t just read an abstract and have any faith in it. I kind of assume everything’s wrong.”

    Legitimate academic journals evaluate papers before they are published by having other researchers in the field carefully read them over. This peer review process is designed to stop flawed research from being disseminated, but is far from perfect.

    Reviewers volunteer their time, typically assume research is real and so don’t look for signs of fraud. And some publishers may try to pick reviewers they deem more likely to accept papers, because rejecting a manuscript can mean losing out on thousands of dollars in publication fees.

    “Even good, honest reviewers have become apathetic” because of “the volume of poor research coming through the system,” said Adam Day, who directs Clear Skies, a company in London that develops data-based methods to help spot falsified papers and academic journals. “Any editor can recount seeing reports where it’s obvious the reviewer hasn’t read the paper.”

    With AI, they don’t have to: New research shows that many reviews are now written by ChatGPT and similar tools.

    To expedite the publication of one another’s work, some corrupt scientists form peer review rings. Paper mills may even create fake peer reviewers impersonating real scientists to ensure their manuscripts make it through to publication. Others bribe editors or plant agents on journal editorial boards.

    María de los Ángeles Oviedo-García, a professor of marketing at the University of Seville in Spain, spends her spare time hunting for suspect peer reviews from all areas of science, hundreds of which she has flagged on PubPeer. Some of these reviews are the length of a tweet, others ask authors to cite the reviewer’s work even if it has nothing to do with the science at hand, and many closely resemble other peer reviews for very different studies – evidence, in her eyes, of what she calls “review mills.”

    PubPeer comment from María de los Ángeles Oviedo-García pointing out that a peer review report is very similar to two other reports. She also points out that authors and citations for all three are either anonymous or the same person – both hallmarks of fake papers.
    Screen capture by The Conversation, CC BY-ND

    “One of the demanding fights for me is to keep faith in science,” says Oviedo-García, who tells her students to look up papers on PubPeer before relying on them too heavily. Her research has been slowed down, she adds, because she now feels compelled to look for peer review reports for studies she uses in her work. Often there aren’t any, because “very few journals publish those review reports,” Oviedo-García says.

    An ‘absolutely huge’ problem

    It is unclear when paper mills began to operate at scale. The earliest article retracted due to suspected involvement of such agencies was published in 2004, according to the Retraction Watch Database, which contains details about tens of thousands of retractions. (The database is operated by The Center for Scientific Integrity, the parent nonprofit of Retraction Watch.) Nor is it clear exactly how many low-quality, plagiarized or made-up articles paper mills have spawned.

    But the number is likely to be significant and growing, experts say. One Russia-linked paper mill in Latvia, for instance, claims on its website to have published “more than 12,650 articles” since 2012.

    An analysis of 53,000 papers submitted to six publishers – but not necessarily published – found the proportion of suspect papers ranged from 2% to 46% across journals. And the American publisher Wiley, which has retracted more than 11,300 compromised articles and closed 19 heavily affected journals in its erstwhile Hindawi division, recently said its new paper-mill detection tool flags up to 1 in 7 submissions.

    Day, of Clear Skies, estimates that as many as 2% of the several million scientific works published in 2022 were milled. Some fields are more problematic than others. The number is closer to 3% in biology and medicine, and in some subfields, like cancer, it may be much larger, according to Day. Despite increased awareness today, “I do not see any significant change in the trend,” he said. With improved methods of detection, “any estimate I put out now will be higher.”

    The paper-mill problem is “absolutely huge,” said Sabina Alam, director of Publishing Ethics and Integrity at Taylor & Francis, a major academic publisher. In 2019, none of the 175 ethics cases that editors escalated to her team was about paper mills, Alam said. Ethics cases include submissions and already published papers. In 2023, “we had almost 4,000 cases,” she said. “And half of those were paper mills.”

    Jennifer Byrne, an Australian scientist who now heads up a research group to improve the reliability of medical research, submitted testimony for a hearing of the U.S. House of Representatives’ Committee on Science, Space, and Technology in July 2022. She noted that 700, or nearly 6%, of 12,000 cancer research papers screened had errors that could signal paper mill involvement. Byrne shuttered her cancer research lab in 2017 because the genes she had spent two decades researching and writing about became the target of an enormous number of fake papers. A rogue scientist fudging data is one thing, she said, but a paper mill could churn out dozens of fake studies in the time it took her team to publish a single legitimate one.

    “The threat of paper mills to scientific publishing and integrity has no parallel over my 30-year scientific career …. In the field of human gene science alone, the number of potentially fraudulent articles could exceed 100,000 original papers,” she wrote to lawmakers, adding, “This estimate may seem shocking but is likely to be conservative.”

    In one area of genetics research – the study of noncoding RNA in different types of cancer – “We’re talking about more than 50% of papers published are from mills,” Byrne said. “It’s like swimming in garbage.”

    In 2022, Byrne and colleagues, including two of us, found that suspect genetics research, despite not having an immediate impact on patient care, still informs the work of other scientists, including those running clinical trials. Publishers, however, are often slow to retract tainted papers, even when alerted to obvious signs of fraud. We found that 97% of the 712 problematic genetics research articles we identified remained uncorrected within the literature.

    When retractions do happen, it is often thanks to the efforts of a small international community of amateur sleuths like Oviedo-García and those who post on PubPeer.

    Jillian Goldfarb, an associate professor of chemical and biomolecular engineering at Cornell University and a former editor of the Elsevier journal Fuel, laments the publisher’s handling of the threat from paper mills.

    “I was assessing upwards of 50 papers every day,” she said in an email interview. While she had technology to detect plagiarism, duplicate submissions and suspicious author changes, it was not enough. “It’s unreasonable to think that an editor – for whom this is not usually their full-time job – can catch these things reading 50 papers at a time. The time crunch, plus pressure from publishers to increase submission rates and citations and decrease review time, puts editors in an impossible situation.”

    In October 2023, Goldfarb resigned from her position as editor of Fuel. In a LinkedIn post about her decision, she cited the company’s failure to move on dozens of potential paper-mill articles she had flagged; its hiring of a principal editor who reportedly “engaged in paper and citation milling”; and its proposal of candidates for editorial positions “with longer PubPeer profiles and more retractions than most people have articles on their CVs, and whose names appear as authors on papers-for-sale websites.”

    “This tells me, our community, and the public, that they value article quantity and profit over science,” Goldfarb wrote.

    In response to questions about Goldfarb’s resignation, an Elsevier spokesperson told The Conversation that it “takes all claims about research misconduct in our journals very seriously” and is investigating Goldfarb’s claims. The spokesperson added that Fuel’s editorial team has “been working to make other changes to the journal to benefit authors and readers.”

    That’s not how it works, buddy

    Business proposals had been piling up for years in the inbox of João de Deus Barreto Segundo, managing editor of six journals published by the Bahia School of Medicine and Public Health in Salvador, Brazil. Several came from suspect publishers on the prowl for new journals to add to their portfolios. Others came from academics suggesting fishy deals or offering bribes to publish their paper.

    In one email from February 2024, an assistant professor of economics in Poland explained that he ran a company that worked with European universities. “Would you be interested in collaboration on the publication of scientific articles by scientists who collaborate with me?” Artur Borcuch inquired. “We will then discuss possible details and financial conditions.”

    A university administrator in Iraq was more candid: “As an incentive, I am prepared to offer a grant of $500 for each accepted paper submitted to your esteemed journal,” wrote Ahmed Alkhayyat, head of the Islamic University Centre for Scientific Research, in Najaf, and manager of the school’s “world ranking.”

    “That’s not how it works, buddy,” Barreto Segundo shot back.

    In email to The Conversation, Borcuch denied any improper intent. “My role is to mediate in the technical and procedural aspects of publishing an article,” Borcuch said, adding that, when working with multiple scientists, he would “request a discount from the editorial office on their behalf.” Informed that the Brazilian publisher had no publication fees, Borcuch said a “mistake” had occurred because an “employee” sent the email for him “to different journals.”

    Academic journals have different payment models. Many are subscription-based and don’t charge authors for publishing, but have hefty fees for reading articles. Libraries and universities also pay large sums for access.

    A fast-growing open-access model – where anyone can read the paper – includes expensive publication fees levied on authors to make up for the loss of revenue in selling the articles. These payments are not meant to influence whether or not a manuscript is accepted.

    The Bahia School of Medicine and Public Health, among others, doesn’t charge authors or readers, but Barreto Segundo’s employer is a small player in the scholarly publishing business, which brings in close to $30 billion a year on profit margins as high as 40%. Academic publishers make money largely from subscription fees from institutions like libraries and universities, individual payments to access paywalled articles, and open-access fees paid by authors to ensure their articles are free for anyone to read.

    The industry is lucrative enough that it has attracted unscrupulous actors eager to find a way to siphon off some of that revenue.

    Ahmed Torad, a lecturer at Kafr El Sheikh University in Egypt and editor-in-chief of the Egyptian Journal of Physiotherapy, asked for a 30% kickback for every article he passed along to the Brazilian publisher. “This commission will be calculated based on the publication fees generated by the manuscripts I submit,” Torad wrote, noting that he specialized “in connecting researchers and authors with suitable journals for publication.”

    Excerpt from Ahmed Torad’s email suggesting a kickback.
    Screenshot by The Conversation, CC BY-ND

    Apparently, he failed to notice that Bahia School of Medicine and Public Health doesn’t charge author fees.

    Like Borcuch, Alkhayyat denied any improper intent. He said there had been a “misunderstanding” on the editor’s part, explaining that the payment he offered was meant to cover presumed article-processing charges. “Some journals ask for money. So this is normal,” Alkhayyat said.

    Torad explained that he had sent his offer to source papers in exchange for a commission to some 280 journals, but had not forced anyone to accept the manuscripts. Some had balked at his proposition, he said, despite regularly charging authors thousands of dollars to publish. He suggested that the scientific community wasn’t comfortable admitting that scholarly publishing has become a business like any other, even if it’s “obvious to many scientists.”

    The unwelcome advances all targeted one of the journals Barreto Segundo managed, The Journal of Physiotherapy Research, soon after it was indexed in Scopus, a database of abstracts and citations owned by the publisher Elsevier.

    Along with Clarivate’s Web of Science, Scopus has become an important quality stamp for scholarly publications globally. Articles in indexed journals are money in the bank for their authors: They help secure jobs, promotions, funding and, in some countries, even trigger cash rewards. For academics or physicians in poorer countries, they can be a ticket to the global north.

    Consider Egypt, a country plagued by dubious clinical trials. Universities there commonly pay employees large sums for international publications, with the amount depending on the journal’s impact factor. A similar incentive structure is hardwired into national regulations: To earn the rank of full professor, for example, candidates must have at least five publications in two years, according to Egypt’s Supreme Council of Universities. Studies in journals indexed in Scopus or Web of Science not only receive extra points, but they also are exempt from further scrutiny when applicants are evaluated. The higher a publication’s impact factor, the more points the studies get.

    With such a focus on metrics, it has become common for Egyptian researchers to cut corners, according to a physician in Cairo who requested anonymity for fear of retaliation. Authorship is frequently gifted to colleagues who then return the favor later, or studies may be created out of whole cloth. Sometimes an existing legitimate paper is chosen from the literature, and key details such as the type of disease or surgery are then changed and the numbers slightly modified, the source explained.

    It affects clinical guidelines and medical care, “so it’s a shame,” the physician said.

    Ivermectin, a drug used to treat parasites in animals and humans, is a case in point. When some studies showed that it was effective against COVID-19, ivermectin was hailed as a “miracle drug” early in the pandemic. Prescriptions surged, and along with them calls to U.S. poison centers; one man spent nine days in the hospital after downing an injectable formulation of the drug that was meant for cattle, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. As it turned out, nearly all of the research that showed a positive effect on COVID-19 had indications of fakery, the BBC and others reported – including a now-withdrawn Egyptian study. With no apparent benefit, patients were left with just side effects.

    Research misconduct isn’t limited to emerging economies, having recently felled university presidents and top scientists at government agencies in the United States. Neither is the emphasis on publications. In Norway, for example, the government allocates funding to research institutes, hospitals and universities based on how many scholarly works employees publish, and in which journals. The country has decided to partly halt this practice starting in 2025.

    “There’s a huge academic incentive and profit motive,” says Lisa Bero, a professor of medicine and public health at the University of Colorado Anschutz Medical Campus and the senior research-integrity editor at the Cochrane Collaboration, an international nonprofit organization that produces evidence reviews about medical treatments. “I see it at every institution I’ve worked at.”

    But in the global south, the publish-or-perish edict runs up against underdeveloped research infrastructures and education systems, leaving scientists in a bind. For a Ph.D., the Cairo physician who requested anonymity conducted an entire clinical trial single-handedly – from purchasing study medication to randomizing patients, collecting and analyzing data and paying article-processing fees. In wealthier nations, entire teams work on such studies, with the tab easily running into the hundreds of thousands of dollars.

    “Research is quite challenging here,” the physician said. That’s why scientists “try to manipulate and find easier ways so they get the job done.”

    Institutions, too, have gamed the system with an eye to international rankings. In 2011, the journal Science described how prolific researchers in the United States and Europe were offered hefty payments for listing Saudi universities as secondary affiliations on papers. And in 2023, the magazine, in collaboration with Retraction Watch, uncovered a massive self-citation ploy by a top-ranked dental school in India that forced undergraduate students to publish papers referencing faculty work.

    The root – and solutions

    Such unsavory schemes can be traced back to the introduction of performance-based metrics in academia, a development driven by the New Public Management movement that swept across the Western world in the 1980s, according to Canadian sociologist of science Yves Gingras of the Université du Québec à Montréal. When universities and public institutions adopted corporate management, scientific papers became “accounting units” used to evaluate and reward scientific productivity rather than “knowledge units” advancing our insight into the world around us, Gingras wrote.

    This transformation led many researchers to compete on numbers instead of content, which made publication metrics poor measures of academic prowess. As Gingras has shown, the controversial French microbiologist Didier Raoult, who now has more than a dozen retractions to his name, has an h-index – a measure combining publication and citation numbers – that is twice as high as that of Albert Einstein – “proof that the index is absurd,” Gingras said.

    Worse, a sort of scientific inflation, or “scientometric bubble,” has ensued, with each new publication representing an increasingly small increment in knowledge. “We publish more and more superficial papers, we publish papers that have to be corrected, and we push people to do fraud,” said Gingras.

    In terms of career prospects of individual academics, too, the average value of a publication has plummeted, triggering a rise in the number of hyperprolific authors. One of the most notorious cases is Spanish chemist Rafael Luque, who in 2023 reportedly published a study every 37 hours.

    In 2024, Landon Halloran, a geoscientist at the University of Neuchâtel, in Switzerland, received an unusual job application for an opening in his lab. A researcher with a Ph.D. from China had sent him his CV. At 31, the applicant had amassed 160 publications in Scopus-indexed journals, 62 of them in 2022 alone, the same year he obtained his doctorate. Although the applicant was not the only one “with a suspiciously high output,” according to Halloran, he stuck out. “My colleagues and I have never come across anything quite like it in the geosciences,” he said.

    According to industry insiders and publishers, there is more awareness now of threats from paper mills and other bad actors. Some journals routinely check for image fraud. A bad AI-generated image showing up in a paper can either be a sign of a scientist taking an ill-advised shortcut, or a paper mill.

    The Cochrane Collaboration has a policy excluding suspect studies from its analyses of medical evidence. The organization also has been developing a tool to help its reviewers spot problematic medical trials, just as publishers have begun to screen submissions and share data and technologies among themselves to combat fraud.

    This image, generated by AI, is a visual gobbledygook of concepts around transporting and delivering drugs in the body. For instance, the upper left figure is a nonsensical mix of a syringe, an inhaler and pills. And the pH-sensitive carrier molecule on the lower left is huge, rivaling the size of the lungs. After scientist sleuths pointed out that the published image made no sense, the journal issued a correction.
    Screen capture by The Conversation, CC BY-ND
    This graphic is the corrected image that replaced the AI image above. In this case, according to the correction, the journal determined that the paper was legitimate but the scientists had used AI to generate the image describing it.
    Screen capture by The Conversation, CC BY-ND

    “People are realizing like, wow, this is happening in my field, it’s happening in your field,” said the Cochrane Collaboration’s Bero”. “So we really need to get coordinated and, you know, develop a method and a plan overall for stamping these things out.”

    What jolted Taylor & Francis into paying attention, according to Alam, the director of Publishing Ethics and Integrity, was a 2020 investigation of a Chinese paper mill by sleuth Elisabeth Bik and three of her peers who go by the pseudonyms Smut Clyde, Morty and Tiger BB8. With 76 compromised papers, the U.K.-based company’s Artificial Cells, Nanomedicine, and Biotechnology was the most affected journal identified in the probe.

    “It opened up a minefield,” says Alam, who also co-chairs United2Act, a project launched in 2023 that brings together publishers, researchers and sleuths in the fight against paper mills. “It was the first time we realized that stock images essentially were being used to represent experiments.”

    Taylor & Francis decided to audit the hundreds of articles in its portfolio that contained similar types of images. It doubled Alam’s team, which now has 14.5 positions dedicated to doing investigations, and also began monitoring submission rates. Paper mills, it seemed, weren’t picky customers.

    “What they’re trying to do is find a gate, and if they get in, then they just start kind of slamming in the submissions,” Alam said. Seventy-six fake papers suddenly seemed like a drop in the ocean. At one Taylor & Francis journal, for instance, Alam’s team identified nearly 1,000 manuscripts that bore all the marks of coming from a mill, she said.

    And in 2023, it rejected about 300 dodgy proposals for special issues. “We’ve blocked a hell of a lot from coming through,” Alam said.

    Fraud checkers

    A small industry of technology startups has sprung up to help publishers, researchers and institutions spot potential fraud. The website Argos, launched in September 2024 by Scitility, an alert service based in Sparks, Nevada, allows authors to check if new collaborators are trailed by retractions or misconduct concerns. It has flagged tens of thousands of “high-risk” papers, according to the journal Nature.

    Fraud-checker tools sift through papers to point to those that should be manually checked and possibly rejected.
    solidcolours/iStock via Getty Images

    Morressier, a scientific conference and communications company based in Berlin, “aims to restore trust in science by improving the way scientific research is published”, according to its website. It offers integrity tools that target the entire research life cycle. Other new paper-checking tools include Signals, by London-based Research Signals, and Clear Skies’ Papermill Alarm.

    The fraudsters have not been idle, either. In 2022, when Clear Skies released the Papermill Alarm, the first academic to inquire about the new tool was a paper miller, according to Day. The person wanted access so he could check his papers before firing them off to publishers, Day said. “Paper mills have proven to be adaptive and also quite quick off the mark.”

    Given the ongoing arms race, Alam acknowledges that the fight against paper mills won’t be won as long as the booming demand for their products remains.

    According to a Nature analysis, the retraction rate tripled from 2012 to 2022 to close to .02%, or around 1 in 5,000 papers. It then nearly doubled in 2023, in large part because of Wiley’s Hindawi debacle. Today’s commercial publishing is part of the problem, Byrne said. For one, cleaning up the literature is a vast and expensive undertaking with no direct financial upside. “Journals and publishers will never, at the moment, be able to correct the literature at the scale and in the timeliness that’s required to solve the paper-mill problem,” Byrne said. “Either we have to monetize corrections such that publishers are paid for their work, or forget the publishers and do it ourselves.”

    But that still wouldn’t fix the fundamental bias built into for-profit publishing: Journals don’t get paid for rejecting papers. “We pay them for accepting papers,” said Bodo Stern, a former editor of the journal Cell and chief of Strategic Initiatives at Howard Hughes Medical Institute, a nonprofit research organization and major funder in Chevy Chase, Maryland. “I mean, what do you think journals are going to do? They’re going to accept papers.”

    With more than 50,000 journals on the market, even if some are trying hard to get it right, bad papers that are shopped around long enough eventually find a home, Stern added. “That system cannot function as a quality-control mechanism,” he said. “We have so many journals that everything can get published.”

    In Stern’s view, the way to go is to stop paying journals for accepting papers and begin looking at them as public utilities that serve a greater good. “We should pay for transparent and rigorous quality-control mechanisms,” he said.

    Peer review, meanwhile, “should be recognized as a true scholarly product, just like the original article, because the authors of the article and the peer reviewers are using the same skills,” Stern said. By the same token, journals should make all peer-review reports publicly available, even for manuscripts they turn down. “When they do quality control, they can’t just reject the paper and then let it be published somewhere else,” Stern said. “That’s not a good service.”

    Better measures

    Stern isn’t the first scientist to bemoan the excessive focus on bibliometrics. “We need less research, better research, and research done for the right reasons,” wrote the late statistician Douglas G. Altman in a much-cited editorial from 1994. “Abandoning using the number of publications as a measure of ability would be a start.”

    Nearly two decades later, a group of some 150 scientists and 75 science organizations released the San Francisco Declaration on Research Assessment, or DORA, discouraging the use of the journal impact factor and other measures as proxies for quality. The 2013 declaration has since been signed by more than 25,000 individuals and organizations in 165 countries.

    Despite the declaration, metrics remain in wide use today, and scientists say there is a new sense of urgency.

    “We’re getting to the point where people really do feel they have to do something” because of the vast number of fake papers, said Richard Sever, assistant director of Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, in New York, and co-founder of the preprint servers bioRxiv and medRxiv.

    Stern and his colleagues have tried to make improvements at their institution. Researchers who wish to renew their seven-year contract have long been required to write a short paragraph describing the importance of their major results. Since the end of 2023, they also have been asked to remove journal names from their applications.

    That way, “you can never do what all reviewers do – I’ve done it – look at the bibliography and in just one second decide, ‘Oh, this person has been productive because they have published many papers and they’re published in the right journals,’” says Stern. “What matters is, did it really make a difference?”

    Shifting the focus away from convenient performance metrics seems possible not just for wealthy private institutions like Howard Hughes Medical Institute, but also for large government funders. In Australia, for example, the National Health and Medical Research Council in 2022 launched the “top 10 in 10” policy, aiming, in part, to “value research quality rather than quantity of publications.”

    Rather than providing their entire bibliography, the agency, which assesses thousands of grant applications every year, asked researchers to list no more than 10 publications from the past decade and explain the contribution each had made to science. According to an evaluation report from April, 2024 close to three-quarters of grant reviewers said the new policy allowed them to concentrate more on research quality than quantity. And more than half said it reduced the time they spent on each application.

    Gingras, the Canadian sociologist, advocates giving scientists the time they need to produce work that matters, rather than a gushing stream of publications. He is a signatory to the Slow Science Manifesto: “Once you get slow science, I can predict that the number of corrigenda, the number of retractions, will go down,” he says.

    At one point, Gingras was involved in evaluating a research organization whose mission was to improve workplace security. An employee presented his work. “He had a sentence I will never forget,” Gingras recalls. The employee began by saying, “‘You know, I’m proud of one thing: My h-index is zero.’ And it was brilliant.” The scientist had developed a technology that prevented fatal falls among construction workers. “He said, ‘That’s useful, and that’s my job.’ I said, ‘Bravo!’”

    Learn more about how the Problematic Paper Screener uncovers compromised papers.

    Labbé receives funding from the European Research Council.
    He has also received funding from the French National Research Agency (ANR), and the U.S. Office of Research Integrity.
    Labbé has been in touch with most of the major publishers and their integrity officers, offering pro-bono consulting regarding detection tools to various actors in the field including STM-Hub and Morressier.

    Cabanac receives funding from the European Research Council (ERC) and the Institut Universitaire de France (IUF). He is the administrator of the Problematic Paper Screener, a public platform that uses metadata from Digital Science and PubPeer via no-cost agreements. Cabanac has been in touch with most of the major publishers and their integrity officers, offering pro bono consulting regarding detection tools to various actors in the field including ClearSkies, Morressier, River Valley, Signals, and STM.

    Frederik Joelving does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organization that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. Fake papers are contaminating the world’s scientific literature, fueling a corrupt industry and slowing legitimate lifesaving medical research – https://theconversation.com/fake-papers-are-contaminating-the-worlds-scientific-literature-fueling-a-corrupt-industry-and-slowing-legitimate-lifesaving-medical-research-246224

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI: Blue Foundry Bancorp Reports Fourth Quarter and Year-End 2024 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    RUTHERFORD, N.J., Jan. 29, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Blue Foundry Bancorp (NASDAQ:BLFY) (the “Company”), the holding company for Blue Foundry Bank (the “Bank”), reported a net loss of $11.9 million, or $0.55 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to a net loss of $7.4 million, or $0.31 per diluted common share for the year ended December 31, 2023.

    The Company reported a net loss of $2.7 million, or $0.13 per diluted common share, for the three months ended December 31, 2024 compared to a net loss of $4.0 million, or $0.19 per diluted common share for the three months ended September 30, 2024, and a net loss of $2.9 million, or $0.13 per diluted common share for the three months ended December 31, 2023.

    James D. Nesci, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “We are very pleased with both the deposit and loan growth achieved in the fourth quarter and look to carry this positive momentum into 2025.”

    Mr. Nesci also noted, “Credit quality remained strong and we continue to experience very low charge-offs. Our allowance to credit losses to total loans is 83 basis points and covers non-performing loans by over 2.5 times.”

    Highlights for the fourth quarter of 2024:

    • Loans totaled $1.58 billion, an increase of $32.5 million from the prior quarter end.
    • Deposits increased $24.7 million to $1.34 billion compared to the prior quarter.
    • Uninsured deposits to third-party customers totaled approximately 11% of total deposits at December 31, 2024.
    • Interest income for the quarter was $21.8 million, an increase of $253 thousand, or 1.2%, compared to the prior quarter.
    • Interest expense for the quarter was $12.3 million, a decrease of $133 thousand, or 1.1%, compared to the prior quarter.
    • Net interest margin increased seven basis points from the prior quarter to 1.89%.
    • The release of provision for credit losses of $301 thousand was primarily due to the decrease in unused lines of credit and releases of provision for loans of $37 thousand and for securities of $24 thousand.
    • Tangible book value per share was $14.74. See the “Supplemental Information – Non-GAAP Financial Measures” tables below for additional information regarding our non-GAAP measures.
    • 480,851 shares were repurchased under our share repurchase plans at a weighted average share price of $10.49 per share.
    • Credit metrics remained favorable with non-performing loans to total loans of 0.33%.

    Loans

    The Company continues to diversify its lending portfolio by focusing on growing the higher-yielding commercial portfolio. Gross loans increased $22.8 million during 2024 with increases in commercial real estate loans, construction loans, consumer and other loans, commercial and industrial loans and junior liens of $27.1 million, $25.1 million, $7.2 million, $4.5 million and $2.9 million, respectively, offset in part by reductions in the residential portfolio of $32.7 million and multifamily portfolio of $11.4 million.

    The details of the loan portfolio are below:

        December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
        (Unaudited)   (Audited)
        (In thousands)
    Residential   $ 518,243   $ 516,754   $ 526,453   $ 540,427   $ 550,929
    Multifamily     671,116     666,304     671,185     671,011     682,564
    Commercial real estate     259,633     241,711     241,867     244,207     232,505
    Construction and land     85,546     80,081     71,882     63,052     60,414
    Junior liens     25,422     24,174     23,653     22,052     22,503
    Commercial and industrial     16,311     14,228     12,261     13,372     11,768
    Consumer and other     7,211     7,731     83     56     47
    Total loans     1,583,482     1,550,983     1,547,384     1,554,177     1,560,730
    Allowance for credit losses on loans     12,965     13,012     13,027     13,749     14,154
    Loans receivable, net   $ 1,570,517   $ 1,537,971   $ 1,534,357   $ 1,540,428   $ 1,546,576


    Deposits

    At December 31, 2024, total deposits were $1.34 billion, an increase of $98.4 million or 7.91% from December 31, 2023, mostly due to the increases of $110.7 million and $8.4 million in time deposits and NOW and demand accounts, partially offset by decreases in savings and non-interest bearing deposits of $19.0 million and $1.7 million, respectively. The Company’s strategy is to focus on attracting the full banking relationship of small- to medium-sized businesses through an extensive suite of deposit products. While there is strong competition for deposits in the northern New Jersey market, we were able to increase customer deposits by $78.0 million, or 7.0%, during the year. Brokered deposits increased $30.0 million since year end 2023.

    The details of deposits are below:

        December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
        (Unaudited)   (Audited)
        (In thousands)
    Non-interest bearing deposits   $ 26,001   $ 22,254   $ 24,733   $ 25,342   $ 27,739
    NOW and demand accounts     369,554     357,503     368,386     373,172     361,139
    Savings     240,426     237,651     246,559     250,298     259,402
    Core deposits     635,981     617,408     639,678     648,812     648,280
    Time deposits     707,339     701,262     671,478     642,372     596,624
    Total deposits   $ 1,343,320   $ 1,318,670   $ 1,311,156   $ 1,291,184   $ 1,244,904


    Financial Performance Overview:
            

    Fourth quarter of 2024 compared to the third quarter of 2024

    Net interest income compared to the third quarter of 2024:

    • Net interest income was $9.5 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 compared to $9.1 million for the third quarter of 2024, an increase of $386 thousand.
    • Net interest margin increased by seven basis points to 1.89%.
    • The yield on average interest-earning assets increased five basis points to 4.37%, while the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities decreased six basis points to 2.97% due to a decrease in rates paid on time deposits.
    • Average interest-earning assets increased by $10.1 million and average interest-bearing liabilities increased by $15.4 million.

    Non-interest income compared to the third quarter of 2024:

    • Non-interest income increased $33 thousand primarily due to increase in fees and service charges.

    Non-interest expense compared to the third quarter of 2024:

    • Non-interest expense decreased $386 thousand primarily driven by decreases of $363 thousand in compensation and benefits expenses, $76 thousand in professional fees and $36 thousand in occupancy and equipment, partially offset by an increase in data processing expense of $102 thousand.

    Income tax expense compared to the third quarter of 2024:

    • The Company did not record a tax benefit for the losses incurred during the third or fourth quarter of 2024 due to the full valuation allowance required on its deferred tax assets.
    • The Company’s current tax position reflects the full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets. At December 31, 2024, the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets was $25.1 million.

    Fourth quarter of 2024 compared to the fourth quarter of 2023

    Net interest income compared to the fourth quarter of 2023:

    • Net interest income was $9.5 million, an increase of $277 thousand.
    • Net interest margin increased five basis point to 1.89%.
    • Yield on average interest-earning assets increased 31 basis points to 4.37%.
    • Cost of average interest-bearing deposits increased 38 basis points to 2.90%, reflecting the competitive rate environment in our primary market.
    • Average loans increased by $7.5 million and average interest-bearing deposits increased by $94.2 million.

    Non-interest income compared to the fourth quarter of 2023:

    • Non-interest income decreased $152 thousand, or 26.57%. The prior year period included gains on sales of loans and securities that were not present in the current period. In addition, there was a decline in fees and service charges from the prior period.

    Non-interest expense compared to the fourth quarter of 2023:

    • Non-interest expense was $12.9 million, an increase of $338 thousand driven by increases in professional services expense, compensation and benefit costs and occupancy and equipment expense of $106 thousand, $56 thousand and $54 thousand, respectively, partially offset by a decrease in advertising expense of $39 thousand. In addition, other expense increased $131 thousand when compared to the fourth quarter of 2023 due in part to increases in business development and postage expenses.

    Income tax expense compared to the fourth quarter of 2023:

    • The Company did not record a tax benefit for the loss incurred during the fourth quarter of 2024 or 2023 due to the full valuation allowance required on its deferred tax assets.
    • The Company’s current tax position reflects the full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets. At December 31, 2024, the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets was $25.1 million.

    Year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023

    Net interest income compared to the year ended December 31, 2023:

    • Net interest income was $37.6 million, a decrease of $4.4 million.
    • Net interest margin decreased by 19 basis points to 1.90%.
    • Yield on average interest-earning assets increased 38 basis points to 4.32%.
    • Cost of average interest-bearing deposits increased 92 basis points to 2.89%, due to an increase in higher-cost time deposits and the competitive rate environment in our primary market.
    • Average loans decreased by $16.4 million and average interest-bearing deposits increased by $52.6 million.

    Non-interest income compared to the year ended December 31, 2023:

    • Non-interest income decreased $11 thousand, or 0.61%, largely due to the lack of gain on sale of loans and securities, offset in part by a gain on sale of an REO property in 2024.

    Non-interest expense compared to the year ended December 31, 2023:

    • Non-interest expense was $52.6 million, an increase of $1.0 million, primarily driven by increases in compensation and benefits of $994 thousand, occupancy and equipment of $528 thousand and FDIC premiums of $56 thousand, offset in part by decreases in data processing expense and professional services of $471 thousand and $118 thousand, respectively.

    Income tax expense compared to the year ended December 31, 2023:

    • The Company did not record a tax benefit for the loss incurred during 2024 or 2023 due to the full valuation allowance required on its deferred tax assets.
    • The Company’s current tax position reflects the previously established full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets. At December 31, 2024, the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets was $25.1 million.

    Balance Sheet Summary:

    December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023

    Securities available-for-sale:

    • Securities available-for-sale increased $13.3 million to $297.0 million due to purchases and a $3.3 million improvement in the unrealized loss position on the portfolio, partially offset by amortization, maturities and calls during the year.

    Other investments:

    • Other investments decreased during 2024 by $2.6 million due to a decrease in FHLB stock as a result of a reduction in FHLB borrowings.

    Total loans:

    • Gross loans held for investment increased $22.8 million to $1.58 billion.
    • Commercial real estate loans increased $27.1 million, construction loans increased $25.1 million, consumer and other category increased $7.2 million and commercial and industrial loans increased $4.5 million, while residential and multifamily loans decreased $32.7 million and $11.4 million, respectively.
    • Loan fundings totaled $108.4 million, including fundings of $35.7 million in commercial real estate loans, $33.7 million in construction loans, $12.2 million in multifamily loans and $11.2 million in commercial and industrial loans. In addition, the Company purchased $21.6 million of conforming residential mortgages in New Jersey and participated in a consumer loan participation of $8.0 million during the year.

    Deposits:

    • Deposits totaled $1.34 billion, an increase of $98.4 million since December 31, 2023, largely the result of increases in customer deposits.
    • Core deposits (defined as non-interest bearing checking, NOW and demand accounts and savings accounts) represented 47.3% of total deposits compared to 48.8% at December 31, 2023, as time deposits increased $110.7 million.
    • The increase in time deposits include $30.0 million in brokered deposits, bringing our total brokered deposit balance to $155.0 million at December 31, 2024.
    • Uninsured and uncollateralized deposits to third-party customers were $147.6 million, or 11% of total deposits, at the end of the fourth quarter.

    Borrowings:

    • FHLB borrowings decreased by $58.0 million to $339.5 million as we were able to pay off short-term borrowings with deposit growth that outpaced asset growth.
    • As of December 31, 2024, the Company had $270.6 million of additional borrowing capacity at the FHLB, $107.7 million in secured lines of credit at the Federal Reserve Bank and $30.0 million of other unsecured lines of credit.

    Capital:

    • Shareholders’ equity decreased by $23.4 million to $332.2 million. The decrease was primarily driven by the repurchase of shares at a cost of $19.4 million. Additionally, the year-to-date loss, partially offset by favorable changes in accumulated other comprehensive income, also contributed to the decrease.
    • Tangible equity to tangible assets was 16.11% and 17.37% at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
    • Tangible common equity per share outstanding was $14.74 at December 31, 2024 and $14.49 at December 31, 2023.
    • The Bank’s capital ratios remain above the FDIC’s “well capitalized” standards.

    Asset quality:

    • The allowance for credit losses on loans represented 0.83% of total loans at December 31, 2024 compared to 0.91% at December 31, 2023. The allowance for credit losses on loans was 254.02% of non-performing loans compared to 239.98% at December 31, 2023.
    • The Company recorded a release of provision for credit losses of $301 thousand for the fourth quarter of 2024 and a release of provision for credit losses of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. For the fourth quarter of 2024, there was a release of provision of $240 thousand, $37 thousand and $24 thousand in the ACL for off-balance-sheet commitments, loans and held-to-maturity securities, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2024, there was a release of $1.1 million in the ACL for loans, $146 thousand in the ACL for off-balance-sheet commitments and $60 thousand in the ACL for held-to-maturity securities. The release was driven by the impact of the economic forecasts for the key drivers of our loan segments as well as a decrease in off-balance-sheet commitments.
    • Non-performing loans totaled $5.1 million, or 0.33% of total loans at December 31, 2024 compared to $5.9 million, or 0.38% of total loans at December 31, 2023.
    • Net charge-offs were $10 thousand and $46 thousand for the quarter and year ended December 31, 2024, respectively.

    About Blue Foundry

    Blue Foundry Bancorp is the holding company for Blue Foundry Bank, a place where things are made, purpose is formed, and ideas are crafted. Headquartered in Rutherford NJ, with a presence in Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Middlesex, Morris, Passaic, Somerset and Union counties, Blue Foundry Bank is a full-service, innovative bank serving the doers, movers, and shakers in our communities. We offer individuals and businesses alike the tailored products and services they need to build their futures. With a rich history dating back more than 145 years, Blue Foundry Bank has a longstanding commitment to its customers and communities. To learn more about Blue Foundry Bank visit BlueFoundryBank.com or call (888) 931-BLUE. Member FDIC.

    Conference Call Information

    A conference call discussing Blue Foundry’s fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2024 financial results will be held today, Wednesday, January 29, 2025 at 11:00 a.m. (EST). To listen to the live call, please dial 1-833-470-1428 (toll free) or +1-404-975-4839 (international) and use access code 168429. Participants are encouraged to preregister to listen via webcast at https://events/q4inc.com/attendee/980680589. The conference call will be recorded and will be available on the Company’s website for one month.

    Contact:

    James D. Nesci
    President and Chief Executive Officer
    jnesci@bluefoundrybank.com
    201-972-8900

    Forward Looking Statements

    Certain statements contained herein are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements, which are based on certain current assumptions and describe our future plans, strategies and expectations, can generally be identified by the use of the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “plan,” “potential,” “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “target” and similar expressions.

    Forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements: inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins and yields, the fair value of financial instruments or our level of loan originations, or increase in the level of defaults, losses and prepayments on loans we have made and make; general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected; changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses; our ability to access cost-effective funding; fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions; demand for loans and deposits in our market area; our ability to implement and change our business strategies; competition among depository and other financial institutions; adverse changes in the securities or secondary mortgage markets; changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees, capital requirements and insurance premiums; changes in monetary or fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Federal Reserve Board; changes in the quality or composition of our loan or investment portfolios; technological changes that may be more difficult or expensive than expected; a failure or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, including cyber-attacks; the inability of third party providers to perform as expected; our ability to manage market risk, credit risk and operational risk in the current economic environment; our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities; our ability to successfully integrate into our operations any assets, liabilities, customers, systems and management personnel we may acquire and our ability to realize related revenue synergies and cost savings within expected time frames and any goodwill charges related there to; changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits; changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; our ability to retain key employees; the current or anticipated impact of military conflict, terrorism or other geopolitical events; the ability of the U.S. Government to manage federal debt limits; and changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own.

    Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law or regulation, we do not undertake, and we specifically disclaim any obligation, to release publicly the results of any revisions that may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of the statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

    BLUE FOUNDRY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
     
        December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
        (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)   (Audited)
        (In thousands)
    ASSETS            
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 42,502   $ 76,109   $ 46,025
    Securities available for sale, at fair value     297,028     290,806     283,766
    Securities held to maturity     33,076     33,119     33,254
    Other investments     17,791     18,203     20,346
    Loans, net     1,570,517     1,537,971     1,546,576
    Real estate owned, net             593
    Interest and dividends receivable     8,014     8,386     7,595
    Premises and equipment, net     29,486     30,161     32,475
    Right-of-use assets     23,470     24,190     25,172
    Bank owned life insurance     22,519     22,399     22,034
    Other assets     16,280     13,749     27,127
    Total assets   $ 2,060,683   $ 2,055,093   $ 2,044,963
                 
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY            
    Liabilities            
    Deposits   $ 1,343,320   $ 1,318,670   $ 1,244,904
    Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank     339,500     348,500     397,500
    Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance     9,356     9,909     8,929
    Lease liabilities     25,168     25,870     26,777
    Other liabilities     11,141     12,845     11,213
    Total liabilities     1,728,485     1,715,794     1,689,323
    Shareholders’ equity     332,198     339,299     355,640
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 2,060,683   $ 2,055,093   $ 2,044,963
    BLUE FOUNDRY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (Dollars in thousands except per share data)
     
        Three months ended   Year Ended December 31,
        December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
        2024       2023  
        (unaudited)   (Unaudited)   (Audited)
    Interest income:                    
    Loans   $ 17,777     $ 17,646     $ 16,907     $ 70,185     $ 65,685  
    Taxable investment income     3,972       3,850       3,327       15,122       12,990  
    Non-taxable investment income     36       36       101       144       430  
    Total interest income     21,785       21,532       20,335       85,451       79,105  
    Interest expense:                    
    Deposits     9,573       9,712       7,755       36,830       24,116  
    Borrowed funds     2,739       2,733       3,384       11,071       13,070  
    Total interest expense     12,312       12,445       11,139       47,901       37,186  
    Net interest income     9,473       9,087       9,196       37,550       41,919  
    (Release of ) provision for credit losses     (301 )     248       156       (1,350 )     (441 )
    Net interest income after (release of ) provision for credit losses     9,774       8,839       9,040       38,900       42,360  
    Non-interest income:                    
    Fees and service charges     306       272       331       1,203       1,164  
    Gain on securities, net                 20             20  
    Gain on sale of loans                 72       36       231  
    Other income     114       115       149       555       390  
    Total non-interest income     420       387       572       1,794       1,805  
    Non-interest expense:                    
    Compensation and benefits     6,943       7,306       6,887       29,433       28,439  
    Occupancy and equipment     2,194       2,230       2,140       8,878       8,350  
    Data processing     1,514       1,412       1,510       5,648       6,119  
    Advertising     81       87       120       292       354  
    Professional services     737       813       631       2,903       3,021  
    Federal deposit insurance premiums     226       236       200       855       799  
    Other expense     1,186       1,183       1,055       4,596       4,480  
    Total non-interest expenses     12,881       13,267       12,543       52,605       51,562  
    Loss before income tax expense     (2,687 )     (4,041 )     (2,931 )     (11,911 )     (7,397 )
    Income tax expense                              
    Net loss   $ (2,687 )   $ (4,041 )   $ (2,931 )   $ (11,911 )   $ (7,397 )
    Basic loss per share   $ (0.13 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.13 )   $ (0.55 )   $ (0.31 )
    Diluted loss per share   $ (0.13 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.13 )   $ (0.55 )   $ (0.31 )
    Weighted average shares outstanding-basic     20,826,845       21,263,482       22,845,252       21,477,429       23,925,724  
    Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted     20,826,845       21,263,482       22,845,252       21,477,429       23,925,724  
    BLUE FOUNDRY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Dollars in thousands except for share data) (Unaudited)
     
        Three months ended
        December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
    Performance Ratios (%)                    
    Loss on average assets     (0.52 )     (0.79 )     (0.47 )     (0.56 )     (0.57 )
    Loss on average equity     (3.17 )     (4.68 )     (2.71 )     (3.23 )     (3.25 )
    Interest rate spread (1)     1.40       1.29       1.43       1.40       1.33  
    Net interest margin (2)     1.89       1.82       1.96       1.92       1.84  
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP) (3)     130.20       140.04       130.73       134.19       128.41  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     120.84       121.37       122.28       122.50       122.93  
    Tangible equity to tangible assets (4)     16.11       16.50       16.88       17.25       17.37  
    Book value per share (5)   $ 14.75     $ 14.76     $ 14.70     $ 14.61     $ 14.51  
    Tangible book value per share (5)   $ 14.74     $ 14.74     $ 14.69     $ 14.60     $ 14.49  
                         
    Asset Quality                    
    Non-performing loans   $ 5,104     $ 5,146     $ 6,208     $ 6,691     $ 5,898  
    Real estate owned, net                       593       593  
    Non-performing assets   $ 5,104     $ 5,146     $ 6,208     $ 7,284     $ 6,491  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans to total loans (%)     0.83       0.84       0.84       0.88       0.91  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans to non-performing loans (%)     254.02       252.86       209.84       205.48       239.98  
    Non-performing loans to total loans (%)     0.33       0.33       0.40       0.43       0.38  
    Non-performing assets to total assets (%)     0.25       0.25       0.30       0.36       0.32  
    Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans during the period (%)                              

    (1) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
    (2) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
    (3) Efficiency ratio represents adjusted non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income plus non-interest income.
    (4) Tangible equity equals $332.0 million, which excludes intangible assets ($244 thousand of capitalized software). Tangible assets equal $2.06 billion and exclude intangible assets.
    (5) Per share metrics are computed using 22,522,626 total shares outstanding.

    BLUE FOUNDRY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    Analysis of Net Interest Income
    (Unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended
        December 31, 2024   September 30, 2024   December 31, 2023
        Average Balance   Interest   Average
    Yield/Cost
      Average Balance   Interest   Average
    Yield/Cost
      Average Balance   Interest   Average
    Yield/Cost
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Assets:                                    
    Loans (1)   $ 1,557,342   $ 17,777   4.57 %   $ 1,548,962   $ 17,646   4.53 %   $ 1,564,800   $ 16,907   4.29 %
    Mortgage-backed securities     185,382     1,254   2.71 %     181,596     1,186   2.60 %     165,471     904   2.17 %
    Other investment securities     164,392     1,573   3.83 %     173,008     1,527   3.51 %     190,507     1,486   3.09 %
    FHLB stock     17,153     411   9.58 %     17,666     406   9.15 %     20,970     477   9.02 %
    Cash and cash equivalents     68,536     770   4.50 %     61,507     767   4.96 %     45,895     561   4.85 %
    Total interest-bearing assets     1,992,805     21,785   4.37 %     1,982,739     21,532   4.32 %     1,987,643     20,335   4.06 %
    Non-interest earning assets     61,586             61,787             54,918        
    Total assets   $ 2,054,391           $ 2,044,526           $ 2,042,561        
    Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:                                    
    NOW, savings, and money market deposits   $ 614,623     1,988   1.29 %   $ 598,048     1,925   1.28 %   $ 634,257     1,989   1.24 %
    Time deposits     698,801     7,585   4.32 %     688,570     7,787   4.50 %     584,977     5,766   3.91 %
    Interest-bearing deposits     1,313,424     9,573   2.90 %     1,286,618     9,712   3.00 %     1,219,234     7,755   2.52 %
    FHLB advances     335,686     2,739   3.26 %     347,076     2,733   3.13 %     397,643     3,384   3.38 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,649,110     12,312   2.97 %     1,633,694     12,445   3.03 %     1,616,877     11,139   2.73 %
    Non-interest bearing deposits     24,945             23,421             26,629        
    Non-interest bearing other     43,016             43,713             41,780        
    Total liabilities     1,717,071             1,700,828             1,685,286        
    Total shareholders’ equity     337,320             343,698             357,275        
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 2,054,391           $ 2,044,526           $ 2,042,561        
    Net interest income       $ 9,473           $ 9,087           $ 9,196    
    Net interest rate spread (2)           1.40 %           1.29 %           1.33 %
    Net interest margin (3)           1.89 %           1.82 %           1.84 %

    (1) Average loan balances are net of deferred loan fees and costs, and premiums and discounts, and include non-accrual loans.
    (2) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
    (3) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

    BLUE FOUNDRY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    Analysis of Net Interest Income continued
    (Unaudited)
     
        Year Ended December 31,
          2024       2023  
        Average Balance   Interest   Average
    Yield/Cost
      Average Balance   Interest   Average
    Yield/Cost
        (Dollar in thousands)
    Assets:                        
    Loans (1)   $ 1,553,143   $ 70,185   4.52 %   $ 1,569,590   $ 65,685   4.18 %
    Mortgage-backed securities     173,691     4,276   2.46 %     172,405     3,693   2.14 %
    Other investment securities     174,172     6,440   3.70 %     195,754     6,010   3.07 %
    FHLB stock     18,038     1,756   9.73 %     21,249     1,582   7.45 %
    Cash and cash equivalents     58,261     2,794   4.80 %     46,245     2,135   4.62 %
    Total interest-bearing assets     1,977,305     85,451   4.32 %     2,005,243     79,105   3.94 %
    Non-interest earning assets     59,832             56,297        
    Total assets   $ 2,037,137           $ 2,061,540        
    Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:                        
    NOW, savings, and money market deposits   $ 610,172     7,803   1.28 %   $ 722,149     8,339   1.15 %
    Time deposits     665,740     29,027   4.36 %     501,124     15,777   3.15 %
    Interest-bearing deposits     1,275,912     36,830   2.89 %     1,223,273     24,116   1.97 %
    FHLB advances     348,306     11,071   3.18 %     396,265     13,070   3.30 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,624,218     47,901   2.95 %     1,619,538     37,186   2.30 %
    Non-interest bearing deposits     24,980             25,227        
    Non-interest bearing other     42,345             43,868        
    Total liabilities     1,691,543             1,688,633        
    Total shareholders’ equity     345,594             372,907        
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 2,037,137           $ 2,061,540        
    Net interest income       $ 37,550           $ 41,919    
    Net interest rate spread (2)           1.37 %           1.64 %
    Net interest margin (3)           1.90 %           2.09 %

    (1) Average loan balances are net of deferred loan fees and costs, and premiums and discounts, and include non-accrual loans.
    (2) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
    (3) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

    BLUE FOUNDRY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Loss (Non-GAAP)
    (Dollars in thousands except per share data) (Unaudited)

    This press release contains certain supplemental financial information, described in the table below, which has been determined by methods other than U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) that management uses in its analysis of Blue Foundry’s performance. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide information useful to investors in understanding Blue Foundry’s financial results. These non-GAAP measures should not be considered a substitute for GAAP basis measures and results and Blue Foundry strongly encourages investors to review its consolidated financial statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. Because non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to compare these financial measures with other companies’ non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names.

    Net loss, as presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, includes the provision for credit losses and income tax expense while pre-provision net loss does not.

        Three months ended
        December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
    Pre-provision net loss and efficiency ratio, as adjusted:                
    Net interest income   $ 9,473     $ 9,087     $ 9,573     $ 9,417     $ 9,196  
    Other income     420       387       536       451       572  
          9,893       9,474       10,109       9,868       9,768  
    Operating expenses, as reported     12,881       13,267       13,215       13,242       12,543  
    Pre-provision net loss, as adjusted   $ (2,988 )   $ (3,793 )   $ (3,106 )   $ (3,374 )   $ (2,775 )
    Efficiency ratio     130.2 %     140.0 %     130.7 %     134.2 %     128.4 %
                         
    Core deposits:                    
    Total deposits   $ 1,343,320     $ 1,318,670     $ 1,311,156     $ 1,291,184     $ 1,244,904  
    Less: time deposits     707,339       701,262       671,478       642,372       596,624  
    Core deposits   $ 635,981     $ 617,408     $ 639,678     $ 648,812     $ 648,280  
    Core deposits to total deposits     47.3 %     46.8 %     48.8 %     50.2 %     52.1 %
                         
    Total assets   $ 2,060,683     $ 2,055,093     $ 2,045,452     $ 2,027,787     $ 2,044,963  
    Less: intangible assets     244       300       386       473       557  
    Tangible assets   $ 2,060,439     $ 2,054,793     $ 2,045,066     $ 2,027,314     $ 2,044,406  
                         
    Tangible equity:                    
    Shareholders’ equity   $ 332,198     $ 339,299     $ 345,597     $ 350,156     $ 355,640  
    Less: intangible assets     244       300       386       473       557  
    Tangible equity   $ 331,954     $ 338,999     $ 345,211     $ 349,683     $ 355,083  
                         
    Tangible equity to tangible assets     16.11 %     16.50 %     16.88 %     17.25 %     17.37 %
                         
    Tangible book value per share:                    
    Tangible equity   $ 331,954     $ 338,999     $ 345,211     $ 349,683     $ 355,083  
    Shares outstanding     22,522,626       22,990,908       23,505,357       23,958,888       24,509,950  
    Tangible book value per share   $ 14.74     $ 14.74     $ 14.69     $ 14.60     $ 14.49  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Security: Two Cousins Sentenced for Pandemic-Related Fraud

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    ATLANTA – Johnny Narcisse, and his cousin Johnson Dieujuste, have been sentenced to prison for their scheme to defraud the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) and Economic Injury Disaster Loan (“EIDL”) program of more than $2 million. 

    “These defendants brazenly stole funds from programs designed to help individuals and businesses suffering during the COVID-19 pandemic,” said Acting U.S. Attorney Richard S. Moultrie, Jr. “We are grateful to our law enforcement partners for identifying and investigating these individuals which led to their successful prosecution.”

    According to Acting U.S. Attorney Moultrie, Jr., the charges and other information presented in court: In July 2021, federal agents investigating a Florida resident for suspected tax crimes obtained and executed a search warrant for the home, computer and cellular phone of Johnny Narcisse in Georgia. The search of the computer and phone revealed a large volume of evidence showing that Narcisse and his cousin, Johnson Dieujuste, had been engaged in an extensive conspiracy with each other to recruit small business owners and then file fraudulent applications for COVID-19 relief loans, including both PPP and EIDL loans, on their behalf.

    Narcisse and Dieujuste, after obtaining the names, business names, and employer identification numbers from the would-be borrowers, simply invented the rest of the information needed to apply for the fraudulent loans. If the loan was approved, the borrowers kicked back a percentage of the loan proceeds to Narcisse and/or Dieujuste. Dozens of loans were applied for as part of the scheme, with over $2 million dispersed.

    Johnny Narcisse, 46, of Atlanta, Georgia, was sentenced by U.S. District Judge Eleanor L. Ross to two years, four months in prison followed by three years of supervised release. He was also ordered to pay restitution in the amount of $2,000,332. Narcisse was convicted on October 21, 2024, after he pleaded guilty to one count of conspiracy to commit wire fraud.

    Johnson Dieujuste, 37, of Loganville, Georgia, was sentenced by Judge Ross on January 8, 2025, to two years, eight months in prison followed by three years of supervised release. He was also ordered to pay restitution in the amount of $2,081,559. Dieujuste was convicted on September 24, 2024, after he pleaded guilty to one count of conspiracy to commit wire fraud.

    In addition to their conspiracy to file fraudulent loan applications on behalf of others, the evidence showed that Narcisse and Diejuste each independently filed for fraudulent COVID-19 loans for themselves. Both men were held accountable for those loans as well during the sentencing process, and the losses that resulted from this additional conduct were included in each defendant’s restitution order.

    This case was investigated by the U.S. Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration and Small Business Administration, Office of Inspector General.

    Assistant U.S Attorney Alana R. Black, and Trial Attorneys Jennifer Bilinkas and David A. Peters of the Department of Justice Criminal Division’s Fraud Section, prosecuted the case.

    On May 17, 2021, the Attorney General established the COVID-19 Fraud Enforcement Task Force to marshal the resources of the Department of Justice in partnership with agencies across government to enhance efforts to combat and prevent pandemic-related fraud. The Task Force bolsters efforts to investigate and prosecute the most culpable domestic and international criminal actors and assists agencies tasked with administering relief programs to prevent fraud by, among other methods, augmenting and incorporating existing coordination mechanisms, identifying resources and techniques to uncover fraudulent actors and their schemes, and sharing and harnessing information and insights gained from prior enforcement efforts. For more information on the Department’s response to the pandemic, please visit https://www.justice.gov/coronavirus

    Anyone with information about allegations of attempted fraud involving COVID-19 can report it by calling the Department of Justice’s National Center for Disaster Fraud (NCDF) Hotline at 866-720-5721 or via the NCDF Web Complaint Form at: https://www.justice.gov/disaster-fraud/ncdf-disaster-complaint-form.

    For further information please contact the U.S. Attorney’s Public Affairs Office at USAGAN.PressEmails@usdoj.gov or (404) 581-6016.  The Internet address for the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of Georgia is http://www.justice.gov/usao-ndga.

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Chancellor vows to go further and faster to kickstart economic growth

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    Chancellor of the Exchequer Rachel Reeves spoke at Siemens Healthineers in Oxfordshire on 29 January 2025.

    Thank you everyone. 

    It’s fantastic to be here at Siemens at this amazing facility.  

    Today, I want to talk about economic growth. 

    Why it matters.  

    How we achieve it.  

    And what we are going to do further and faster to deliver it. 

    Before we came into office… 

    … the Prime Minister and I have said loud and clear:  

    Economic growth is the number one mission of this government.  

    Without growth, we cannot cut hospital waiting lists or put more police on the streets.  

    Without growth, we cannot meet our climate goals… 

    … or give the next generation the opportunities that they need to thrive. 

    But most of all… 

    … without economic growth… 

    … we cannot improve the lives of ordinary working people.  

    Because growth isn’t simply about lines on a graph. 

    It’s about the pounds in people’s pockets. 

    The vibrancy of our high streets. 

    And the thriving businesses that create wealth, jobs and new opportunities for us, for our children, and grandchildren.  

    We will have succeeded in our mission when working people are better off. 

    I know that the cost of living crisis is still very real for many families across Britain.  

    The sky high inflation and interest rates of the past few years have left a deep mark… 

    … with too many people still making sacrifices to pay the bills and to pay their mortgages.   

    But we have begun to turn this around.  

    Everything I see as I travel around the country gives me more belief in Britain. 

    And more optimism about our future. 

    Because we as a country have huge potential.  

    A country of strong communities, with small and local businesses at their heart.  

    We are at the forefront of some of the most exciting developments in the world… 

    … like artificial intelligence and life sciences…  

    … with great companies like DeepMind, AstraZeneca, Rolls Royce… and of course Siemens…  

    … delivering jobs and investment across Britain. 

    We have fundamental strengths – in our history, in our language, and in our legal system – to compete in a global economy.  

    But for too long, that potential has been held back.  

    For too long, we have accepted low expectations and accepted decline. 

    We no longer have to do that.  

    We can do so much better. 

    Low growth is not our destiny.  

    But growth will not come without a fight.  

    Without a government willing to take the right decisions now to change our country’s future for the better. 

    That’s what our Plan for Change is all about. 

    That is what drives me as Chancellor.  

    In my Mais lecture in March last year, I set out my approach to achieving economic growth… 

    … and identified the fundamental barriers to realising our full potential.  

    The productive capacity of the UK economy has become far too weak.  

    Productivity, the driver of living standards…   

    …has grown more slowly here than in countries like Germany and the US.  

    The supply side of our economy has suffered due to chronic underinvestment… 

    … and stifling and unpredictable regulation…  

    … not helped by the shocks we have faced in recent years. 

    [redacted political content]

    The strategy that I have consistently set out… 

    … is to grow the supply-side of our economy… 

    … recognising that first and foremost… 

    … it is businesses, investors and entrepreneurs who drive economic growth… 

    … a government that systematically removes the barriers that they face – one by one and has their back 

    This strategy has three essential elements: 

    First, stability in our politics, our public finances and our economy – the basic condition for secure economic growth. 

    Second, reform – reform which makes it easier for businesses to trade, to raise finance and to build.  

    And third, investment, the lifeblood of economic growth. 

    Let me explain each of those in turn.  

    Stability – the first line of our manifesto was a promise to bring stability to the public finances.  

    It is the rock upon which everything else is built. 

    And it is the essential foundation of our Plan for Change.  

    Because economic stability is the precondition for economic growth. 

    That’s why the first piece of legislation that we passed as a government was the Budget Responsibility Act… 

    … so never again will we see our independent forecaster sidelined.

    [redacted political content]

    At my first Budget in October… 

    … it was my duty as Chancellor… 

    … to fix the foundations of our economy, and repair the public finances that we inherited. 

    To restore stability and create the conditions for growth and investment.  

    I set out new fiscal rules which are non-negotiable, and will always be met. 

    We began to rebuild our NHS and our schools – the start of a programme of public service reform.  

    I capped the rate of corporation tax – and I extended our generous capital allowances for the duration of this parliament – as the CBI and the BCC have long called for.  

    And I protected working people after a cost of living crisis… 

    … by freezing fuel duty… 

    … and with no increases in their National Insurance, Income Tax or VAT. 

    But taking the right decisions and the responsible decisions does not always mean taking the easy decisions. 

    The increase in Employers’ National Insurance contributions has consequences on business and beyond.   

    I said that up front in my Budget speech. 

    I accept that there are costs to responsibility. 

    But the costs of irresponsibility would have been far higher. 

    Those who oppose my Budget know that too. 

    That is why, since October, I have seen no alternative put forward [redacted political content].

    No alternatives to deal with the challenges we face.  

    No alternatives to restoring economic stability… 

    … and therefore no plan for driving economic growth. 

    Alongside stability, we need to drive forward the reform which makes investment more likely… 

    … by removing the constraints on the supply side of our economy… 

    … making it easier for businesses to trade… 

    … to raise finance… 

    … and to build.  

    Let me first address our approach to trade.  

    We stand at a moment of global change.  

    In that context, we should be guided by one clear principle above all.  

    To act in the national interest… 

    … for our economy… 

    … for our businesses… 

    … and for the British people. 

    That means building on our special relationship with the United States under President Trump. 

    The Prime Minister discussed the vital importance of growth with the President last weekend…  

    … and I look forward to working with the new Treasury Secretary, Scott Bessent… 

    … to deepen our economic relationship in the months and the years ahead. 

    Acting in our national interest also means resetting our relationship with the EU – our nearest and our largest trading partner – to drive growth and support business.  

    We are pragmatic about the challenges that we have inherited from the last government’s failed Brexit deal.  

    But we are also ambitious in our goals.  

    [redacted political content]

    … we will prioritise proposals that are consistent with our manifesto commitments… 

    … and which contribute to British growth and British prosperity… 

    … because that is what the national interest demands.  

    Our approach to trade also means building stronger relationships with fast-growing economies all around the world. 

    That is why I led a delegation to China for the first Economic and Financial Dialogue since 2019… 

    … alongside world-leading financial service businesses, including HSBC, Standard Chartered and Schroders…  

    … unlocking £600 million of tangible benefits for the UK economy. 

    And I am pleased to confirm that the Business and Trade Secretary will shortly visit India … 

    … to restart talks on the free trade agreement and bilateral investment treaty [redacted political content].  

    Our businesses can only realise these opportunities if they can recruit the skilled staff that they need. 

    So we are reforming our employment system to create a national jobs and careers service. 

    We have created Skills England to meet the skills of the next decade in sectors like construction and engineering.  

    And we will deliver fundamental reform of our welfare system.  

    That includes looking at areas that have been ducked for too long… 

    … like the rising cost of health and disability benefits… 

    … and the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions will set out our plans to address this ahead of the Spring Statement.  

    Next, the Immigration White Paper, that will bring forward concrete proposals to bring the overall levels of net migration down. 

    But we know that the UK is in an international competition for talent in vital growth sectors.    

    That is why last week, I set out plans for attracting global talent. 

    We will look at the visa routes for very highly skilled people…  

    … so the best people in the world choose the UK to live, work and create wealth… 

    … bringing jobs and investment to Britain. 

    To help businesses access the finance and support they need to grow…  

    … we have delivered significant reforms to provide greater flexibility for firms and founders to raise finance on UK capital markets, by rewriting the UK’s listing rules.  

    In my Mansion House speech, I announced a series of reforms to our pensions system…  

    … including the creation of larger, consolidated funds… 

    … which have much greater capacity to invest in high growth British companies at the scale that we need them to.  

    The consultation on these reforms is already complete and the final report will be published in the Spring. 

    Yesterday we confirmed that we have plans to go further, whilst always protecting the important role that pension funds play in the gilt market. 

    We will introduce new flexibilities for well-funded Defined Benefit schemes… 

    … to release surplus funds where it is safe to do so… 

    … generating even more investment into some of our fastest growing industries. 

    I know too that businesses are held back by a complex and unpredictable regulatory system… 

    … and that is a drag on investment and innovation. 

    We have already provided new growth-focused remits to our financial services regulators… 

    … we have announced a new interim Chair of the Competition and Markets Authority…  

    … and we have established the Regulatory Innovation Office, with an initial focus on synthetic biology, space, AI, and connected and autonomous vehicles.  

    But we need to go further and we need to go faster.  

    So earlier this month, I met the Heads of some of our largest regulators. 

    They have already provided a range of options to drive growth in their sectors… 

    … and proposals for how they can be more agile and responsive to businesses… 

    … and we will publish that final action plan in March to make regulation work much better for our economy. 

    To get Britain building again… 

    … we have delivered the most significant reforms to our planning system in a generation.  

    I have been genuinely shocked about how slow our planning system is. 

    By how long it takes to get things done.  

    Take the decision to build a solar farm in Cambridgeshire – a decision the Energy Secretary took only a few weeks into the job in July… 

    [redacted political content]

    The Deputy Prime Minister has already driven significant progress across government in addressing these issues.   

    My colleagues have determined 13 major planning decisions in just six months… 

    … including for airports, data centres and major housing developments.   

    We have significantly raised housing targets across our country and made them mandatory, so that we can build one-and-a-half million homes in this parliament.  

    We have reformed decades-old “green belt” policies, making it easier to build on the “grey belt” land around our major cities. 

    And we have opened up our planning system to build new infrastructure – like onshore wind farms or data centres driving the AI revolution. 

    Having listened closely to calls from business groups like the Institute of Directors… 

    … and businesses across our economy about the need to speed up infrastructure delivery… 

    … including Mace, Skanska and Arup who are here today… 

    … and members of our British Infrastructure Taskforce like Lloyds, Blackrock and Phoenix… 

    … we have now set out plans to go even further. 

    Last week we confirmed our priorities for the Planning and Infrastructure Bill … 

    … to rapidly streamline the process for determining applications… 

    … to make the consultation process far less burdensome… 

    … and to fundamentally reform our approach to environmental regulation. 

    The problems in our economy… 

    … the lack of bold reform that we have seen over decades… 

    … can be summed up by a £100 million bat tunnel built for HS2… 

    … the type of decision that has made delivering major infrastructure in our country far too expensive and far too slow. 

    So we are reducing the environmental requirements placed on developers when they pay into the nature restoration fund that we have created… 

    …so they can focus on getting things built, and stop worrying about bats and newts.  

    And to build our new infrastructure like nuclear power plants, trainlines and windfarms more quickly… 

    … we are changing the rules to stop blockers getting in the way of development… 

    … through excessive use of Judicial Review. 

    This Bill, the Planning and Infrastructure Bill, is a priority for this government. 

    It will be introduced in the Spring… 

    … and we will work tirelessly in parliament to ensure its smooth, and speedy and rapid delivery.  

    By providing a foundation of economic stability… 

    … and by delivering the reforms needed to make it easier for businesses to succeed and grow… 

    … we will create the right conditions to increase investment in our economy – the final key element of our strategy. 

    Investment and innovation go hand in hand.  

    I want to see the sounds and the sights of the future arriving.    

    Delivered by amazing businesses like Wayve and Oxford Nanopore. 

    They are the future. 

    And Britain should be the best place in the world to be an entrepreneur. 

    That is why we protected funding for research and development… 

    … and it is why one of the first decisions I made as Chancellor… 

    … was to extend the Enterprise Investment Scheme and the Venture Capital Trust schemes for a further 10 years… 

    … to get more investment into new companies, driving their innovation and growth.  

    I am determined to make Britain the best place in the world to invest.  

    That was my message in Davos last week.  

    That ambition demands action. 

    The International Investment Summit that we hosted in October delivered £63 billion of investment right across our country… 

    … from Iberdrola doubling its investment in clean energy in places like Suffolk… 

    … Blackstone investing £10 billion in a data centre in Northumberland… 

    … and Eren Holdings investing £1 billion in advanced manufacturing in North Wales.  

    While the lifeblood of growth is business investment, a strategic state has a crucial role to play. 

    That is why we established the National Wealth Fund… 

    … to create that partnership between business, private investors and government to invest in the industries of the future…  

    … like clean energy. 

    Today I can announce two further investments by the National Wealth Fund. 

    First, a £65 million investment for Connected Kerb, to expand their electric vehicle charging network across the UK. 

    And second, a £28 million equity investment in Cornish Metals… 

    … providing the raw materials to be used in solar panels, wind turbines and electric vehicles… 

    … supporting growth and jobs in the South-West of England.  

    There is no trade-off between economic growth and net zero. 

    Quite the opposite. 

    Net zero is the industrial opportunity of the 21st century, and Britain must lead the way. 

    That is why we will publish a refreshed Carbon Budget Delivery Plan later this year, which alongside the Spending Review, will set out our plans to deliver Carbon Budget 6. 

    Today, I can also announce that we are removing barriers to deliver 16 gigawatts of offshore wind…   

    … by designating new Marine Protected Areas to enable the development of this technology in areas like East Anglia and Yorkshire… 

    … crowding in up to £30 billion of investment in homegrown clean power. 

    And there’s more. 

    Our industrial and manufacturing base, brilliantly represented by Make UK, have been banging their heads against the wall for years at the lack of a proper industrial strategy from government. 

    That is why we have launched our modern industrial strategy… 

    … to drive investment into the industries that will define our success in the years ahead. 

    We have already provided funding to unlock investment in sectors like aerospace, automotives and life sciences… 

    … and we have set out reforms to boost financial services, the AI sector and creative industries. 

    We are not wasting any time, and we will move forward with the next stages of the Industrial Strategy ahead of its publication in the Spring.  

    We will work with the private sector to deliver the infrastructure that our country desperately needs.  

    This includes the Lower Thames Crossing, which will improve connectivity at Port of Tilbury and Dover, London Gateway and Medway… 

    … alleviating severe congestion… 

    … as goods destined for export come from the North, and the Midlands and across the country to markets overseas.   

    To drive growth and deliver value for money for taxpayers, we are exploring options to privately finance this important project.  

    And we have changed course on public investment, too… 

    … with a new Investment Rule to ensure that we don’t just count the costs of investment – we count the benefits too.    

    We are now investing 2.6% of GDP on average over the next five years, compared to 1.9% planned by the previous government..  

    … delivering an additional £100 billion of growth-enhancing capital spending… 

    … which catalyses private sector investment… 

    … in more housing… 

    … better transport links… 

    … and clean energy.  

    These are significant steps in just six months… 

    … and we are seeing some encouraging signs in the British economy. 

    The IMF have upgraded our growth prospects for 2025… 

    … the only G7 country outside the US to see this happen.  

    This gives us the fastest growth of any major European economy this year.  

    And a global survey of CEOs by PWC, has shown Britain is now the second most attractive country in the world for businesses looking to invest.  

    The first time the UK has been in that position for 28 years.  

    This is all welcome news.  

    But there is still more that we can and will do.  

    I am not satisfied with the position we are in. 

    While we have huge amounts of potential, the structural problems in our economy run deep. 

    And the low growth of the last 14 years cannot just be turned around overnight. 

    This has to be our focus for the duration of the parliament.  

    Because the situation demands us to do more. 

    And today I will go further and faster in kickstarting economic growth. 

    Our mission to grow our economy is about raising living standards in every single part of the United Kingdom.  

    Manchester is home to the UK’s fastest growing tech sector.  

    Leeds is one of the largest financial services centres outside of London.  

    These great northern cities have so much potential and promise… 

    …which our brilliant metro mayors, Andy Burnham and Tracy Brabin, are working hard to realise…  

    … just like our other metro mayors are doing to deliver new opportunities in their areas.  

    And there is so much more that government can do to support our city regions.    

    To achieve this requires greater focus on two key areas: infrastructure and investment.  

    If we can improve connectivity between towns and cities across the North of England, we can unlock their true growth potential… 

    … by making it easier for people to live, travel and work across the area.  

    At the Budget, I set out funding for the Transpennine Route Upgrade… 

    … a multi-billion-pound programme of improvements that will connect towns and cities from Manchester to York via Stalybridge, Leeds and Huddersfield. 

    We are delivering railway schemes to improve journeys for people across the North… 

    … including upgrades at Bradford Forster Square and by electrifying the Wigan-Bolton line. 

    We have committed to supporting the delivery of a new mass transit system in West Yorkshire.  

    And in Spring, we will publish the Spending Review and a 10-Year Infrastructure Strategy… 

    … which will set out further detail of our plans for infrastructure right across the UK. 

    New transport infrastructure can also act as a catalyst for new housing. 

    We have already seen the benefits that unlocking untapped land around stations can deliver in places like Stockport… 

    … where joint work spearheaded by Andy Burnham and council leaders has delivered new housing and wider commercial opportunities. 

    We will introduce a new approach to planning decisions on land around stations, changing the default answer to yes. 

    We are working with the devolved governments to ensure the benefits of growth can be felt across Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland… 

    … including by partnering with them on the Industrial Strategy to support their considerable sectoral strengths. 

    And in December, I met with Metro Mayors from across England.  

    They told me that more opportunities for investment are vital if their local economies are to grow in the years ahead. 

    We are listening closely to them. 

    As the Metro Mayor of Liverpool, Steve Rotherham, has called for… 

    … we will review the Green Book and how it is being used to provide objective, transparent advice on public investment across the country, including outside London and the Southeast.  

    This means that investment in all regions is given a fair hearing by the Treasury that I lead. 

    The Office for Investment is going to be working hand in hand with local areas… 

    … to develop a commercially attractive pipeline of investment opportunities for a global audience… 

    … starting with the Liverpool City Region and the North East Combined Authority, led by Kim McGuinness. 

    The National Wealth Fund is establishing strategic partnerships to provide deeper, more focused support for city regions, starting in Glasgow, West Yorkshire, the West Midlands, and Greater Manchester. 

    We are supporting key investment opportunities across the UK. 

    The government is backing Andy Burnham’s plans for the redevelopment of Old Trafford, which promises to create new housing and commercial development around a new stadium… 

    … to drive regeneration and growth in the area. 

    We are moving forward with the Wrexham and Flintshire Investment Zone… 

    … focusing on the area’s strengths in advanced manufacturing… 

    … backed by major businesses like Airbus and JCB… 

    … to leverage £1 billion of private investment in the next ten years… 

    … creating up to 6,000 jobs. 

    [redacted political content]

    So I can announce today that we will work with Doncaster Council and the Mayor of South Yorkshire, Oliver Coppard… 

    … to support their efforts to recreate South Yorkshire Airport City as a thriving regional airport.  

    And finally, I am pleased to announce a partnership between Prologis and Manchester Airport Group in the East Midlands, where the Metro Mayor Claire Ward is doing an excellent job growing the local economy there. 

    Prologis and MAG will work together to build a new advanced manufacturing and logistics park at East Midlands Airport … 

    … unlocking up to £1 billion of investment and 2,000 jobs at the site… 

    … a major investment from a global business into our country… 

    … representing a huge vote of confidence in the East Midlands and in the UK. 

    This is just the start of our work to get more investment into every nation and region of Britain. 

    Next, I want to set out further detail for plans for the area we are in today.  

    Oxford and Cambridge offer huge potential for our nation’s growth prospects. 

    Only 66 miles apart… 

    … these cities are home to two of the best universities in the world… 

    … and the area is a hub for globally renowned science and technology firms. 

    This area has the potential to be Europe’s Silicon Valley.  

    To make that a reality, we need a systematic approach to attract businesses to come here and to grow here. 

    At the moment, it takes over two and a half hours to travel between Oxford and Cambridge by train.  

    There is no way to commute directly by rail from places like Bedford and Milton Keynes to Cambridge. 

    And there is a lack of affordable housing right across the region.  

    In other words, the demand is there… 

    … but there are far too many supply side constraints on economic growth here.  

    We are going to fix that.  

    The Ox Cam arc was initially launched in 2003 – over 20 years ago.  

    [redacted political content]

    We are not prepared to miss out on the opportunities here any longer.  

    So working with the Deputy Prime Minister… 

    … who is already driving forward vital work in the region…  

    … we are going further and faster to unlock the potential of the Oxford-Cambridge Growth Corridor.   

    First, we are funding the transport links needed to make the Oxford Cambridge growth corridor a success… 

    … including East-West Rail, with new services between Oxford and Milton Keynes starting this year… 

    … and road upgrades to reduce journey times between Milton Keynes and Cambridge. 

    East West Rail will also support vibrant new and expanded communities along the route. 

    We have already received proposals for New Towns along the new railway… 

    … with 18 submissions for sizeable new developments. 

    At Tempsford – the nexus of the East Coast Mainline, the A1 and East West Rail… 

    …we will move quicker to deliver a mainline station, meaning journey times to London of under an hour…  

    … and to Cambridge in under 30 minutes when East West Rail is operational. 

     Second, we are ensuring that the area has the right infrastructure and public services in place to support the growth corridor as it expands. 

    A new Cambridge Cancer Research Hospital is being prioritised for investment as part of wave 1 of the New Hospital Programme.  

    Water infrastructure has also been a major hindrance to development. 

    So we have now agreed water resources management plans, unlocking £7.9 billion of investment in the next 5 years…  

    …including plans for the new Fens Reservoir serving Cambridge and the South East Strategic Reservoir near Oxford.  

    And I can confirm today that the Environment Agency have now lifted their objections to new development in Cambridge, following this government’s intervention to address water scarcity… 

    … which means 4,500 additional homes, new schools, and new office, retail and laboratory space can be built.  

    Third, I am delighted that Cambridge University have come forward with plans for a new flagship innovation hub at the centre of Cambridge… 

    … to attract global investment and foster a community that catalyses innovation, as other cities around the world like Boston and Paris have done.  

    Just yesterday, Moderna completed the build for their new vaccine production and R&D site in Harwell, right here in Oxfordshire, alongside a commitment to invest a further £1 billion in the UK.  

    And we are creating a new AI Growth Zone in Culham to speed up planning approvals for the rapid build-out of data centres.  

    And finally, to take this project forward at real pace… 

    … and catalyse private sector investment into the region… 

    … I am pleased to announce that the Deputy Prime Minister and I have asked Lord Patrick Vallance to be the champion for the Oxford Cambridge Growth Corridor.  

    Lord Vallance has extensive experience across the sciences, academia, and government. 

    He will work with local leaders and with the Housing and Planning Minister to deliver this exciting project… 

    … including with Peter Freeman, who is already doing excellent work in Cambridge… 

    … and a new Growth Commission for Oxford, which will help to accelerate growth in the city and its surrounding area.   

    This is the government’s modern Industrial Strategy in action. 

    With central government, local leaders and business working together… 

    … the Oxford and Cambridge Growth Corridor could add up to £78 billion to the UK economy by 2035 … 

    … driving investment, innovation and growth. 

    Finally, I come to the decision that perhaps more than any other… 

    … has been delayed… 

    … has been avoided… 

    … has been ducked. 

    The question of whether to give Heathrow … 

    … our only hub airport… 

    … a third runway… 

    … has run on for decades. 

    The last full length runway in Britain was built in the 1940s. 

    No progress in eighty years.  

    Why is this so damaging?  

    It’s because Heathrow is at the heart of the UK’s openness as a country.   

    It connects us to emerging markets all over the world, opening up new opportunities for growth. 

    Around three-quarters of all long-haul flights in the UK go from Heathrow. 

    Over 60% of UK air freight comes through Heathrow. 

    And about 15 million business travellers used Heathrow in 2023. 

    But for decades, its growth has been constrained.  

    Successive studies have shown that this really matters for our economy. 

    According to the most recent study from Frontier Economics, a third runway could increase potential GDP by 0.43% by 2050. 

    Over half – 60% of that boost, would go to areas outside London and the South-East. 

    … increasing trade opportunities for products like Scotch whiskey and Scottish salmon – already two of the biggest British exports out of Heathrow.  

    And a third runway could create over 100,000 jobs. 

    For international investors, persistent delays have cast doubt about our seriousness towards improving our economic prospects. 

    Business groups, like the CBI, the Federation of Small Businesses and the Chambers of Commerce right across the UK… 

    …as well trade unions like GMB and Unite are clear… 

    … a third runway is badly needed. 

    In 2018, the previous government steered its Airports National Policy Statement through parliament.  

    But no action was taken. 

    It simply sat on the shelf. 

    We are taking a totally different approach to airport expansion.  

    This Government has already given its support to expansion at City Airport and at Stansted.  

    And there are two live decisions on Luton and Gatwick which will be made by the Transport Secretary shortly.  

    But as our only hub airport, Heathrow is in a unique position – and we cannot duck the decision any longer.   

    I have always been clear that a third runway at Heathrow would unlock further growth… 

    … boost investment… 

    … increase exports… 

    … and make the UK more open and more connected.   

    And now, the case is stronger than ever… 

    … because our reforms to the economy… 

    … like speeding up the planning system… 

    … and our plans for modernised UK airspace…  

    … mean the delivery of this project is set up for success.  

    So I can confirm today that this Government supports a third runway at Heathrow… 

    … and is inviting proposals to be brought forward by the summer.  

    We will then take forward a full assessment through the Airport National Policy Statement. 

    That will ensure that the project is value for money – and our clear expectation is that any associated surface transport costs will be financed through private funding. 

    And it will ensure that a third runway is delivered in line with our legal, environmental and climate obligations.  

    Heathrow themselves are clear that their proposal for expansion will meet strict rules on noise, air quality and carbon emissions. 

    And we are already making great strides in transitioning to cleaner and greener aviation.  

    Sustainable Aviation Fuel reduces CO2 emissions compared to fossil fuel by around 70%. 

    At the start of this month, the Sustainable Aviation Fuel mandate became law.  

    And today I can announce that we are investing £63 million into the Advanced Fuels Fund over the next year… 

    … and we have today set out the details of how we will deliver a Revenue Certainty Mechanism to encourage investment into this growing industry. 

    These measures will encourage more investors to back production in the UK, bringing good, high-skilled jobs to areas like Teesside… 

    … demonstrating that investment in the right technology can help us deliver both our growth and our clean energy missions. 

    Now is the moment to grasp the opportunity in front of us. 

    By backing a third runway at Heathrow, we can make Britain the world’s best connected place to do business. 

    That is what it takes to make bold decisions in the national interest. 

    That is what I mean by going further and faster to kickstart economic growth. 

    The work of change has begun.  

    We have already made great progress.  

    But I am not satisfied.  

    And I know that there is more to be done.  

    We must go further and faster if we are to build a brighter future.  

    The prize on offer is immense.  

    The next generation with more opportunities than the last. 

    An engineer in Teesside, working in some of the most exciting industries of the future – from carbon capture to sustainable aviation fuel. 

    A scientist in Milton Keynes or Bedford, working in our life sciences industry to solve some of the most important medical challenges in the world.  

    A small business owner in Scotland, knowing that they can expand and export to new markets right across the globe.   

    Wealth created, and wealth shared, in every part of Britain.    

    This is a Government on the side of working people. 

    Taking the right decisions to secure their future, to secure our future. 

    Stepping up to the challenges we face. 

    Ending the era of low expectations. 

    Putting Britain on a different path. 

    Delivering for the British people. 

    And I am determined, this Government is determined, to do just that.  

    Thank you.

    Updates to this page

    Published 29 January 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI: CALIFORNIA BANCORP REPORTS NET INCOME OF $16.8 MILLION FOR THE FOURTH QUARTER AND $5.4 MILLION FOR THE FULL YEAR OF 2024

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    San Diego, Calif., Jan. 29, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — California BanCorp (“us,” “we,” “our,” or the “Company”) (NASDAQ: BCAL), the holding company for California Bank of Commerce, N.A. (the “Bank”) announces its consolidated financial results for the fourth quarter and full year of 2024.

    The Company reported net income of $16.8 million, or $0.51 per diluted share, for the fourth quarter of 2024, compared to a net loss of $16.5 million, or $0.59 per diluted share for the third quarter of 2024, and net income of $4.4 million, or $0.24 per diluted share for the fourth quarter of 2023. The Company reported net income of $5.4 million, or $0.22 per diluted share, for the full year of 2024, compared to net income of $25.9 million, or $1.39 per diluted share for the full year of 2023.

    “I’m pleased to report our strong fourth quarter earnings of $16.8 million, the result of a full quarter of combined operations after our July 31, 2024, merger close,” said David Rainer, Executive Chairman of the Company and Bank. “We continue to derisk our consolidated balance sheet and are making significant headway in reducing our exposure in the Sponsor Finance portfolio. Additionally, we are rapidly reducing our reliance on brokered deposits, which despite the reduction of the high-yielding Sponsor Finance product, has allowed us to maintain a consistent, strong net interest margin. We are focused on building tangible book value, which increased to $11.71 in the fourth quarter, up $0.43 from the prior quarter, and up $0.79 in the five months since the merger close. While we are pleased to report these strong financial results, we, along with all our fellow Southern California residents, have been through a very difficult period due to the recent wildfires and we are working with all our constituents to assist them in any way we can.”

    “On behalf of the Company and the Bank, I want to express our condolences to all our neighbors, clients and employees that have been affected by the recent Southern California wildfires,” said Steven Shelton, CEO of the Company and the Bank. “You are in our thoughts and prayers and will remain so as we work to rebuild and recover going forward. Except for the one-day closure of one branch as a precautionary measure for the safety of our employees, I’m pleased to report there were no other disruptions to our operations and all other offices remained open. We are fortunate to report that the fires are expected to have a minimal impact on our loan portfolio, and we continue to focus on providing outstanding service to our combined client base throughout California, and on building shareholder value.”

    Fourth Quarter 2024 Highlights

    • Net income of $16.8 million or $0.51 diluted earnings per share for the fourth quarter; adjusted net income (non-GAAP1) was $17.2 million or $0.53 per share for the fourth quarter.
    • Net interest margin of 4.61%, compared with 4.43% in the prior quarter; average total loan yield of 6.84% compared with 6.79% in the prior quarter.
    • Reversal of provision for credit losses of $3.8 million for the fourth quarter, compared with a provision for credit losses of $23.0 million for the prior quarter, of which $21.3 million was due to the day one provision for credit losses on non-purchased credit deteriorated (“non-PCD”) loans and unfunded loan commitments related to the merger with California BanCorp (the “Merger”).
    • Return on average assets of 1.60%, compared with (1.82)% in the prior quarter.
    • Return on average common equity of 13.21%, compared with (15.28)% in the prior quarter.
    • Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP1) of 57.4% compared with 98.9% in the prior quarter; excluding Merger related expenses the efficiency ratio was 55.9%, compared with 60.5% in the prior quarter.
    • Tangible book value per common share (“TBV”) (non-GAAP1) of $11.71 at December 31, 2024, up $0.43 from $11.28 at September 30, 2024.
    • Total assets of $4.03 billion at December 31, 2024, compared with $4.36 billion at September 30, 2024.
    • Total loans, including loans held for sale of $3.16 billion at December 31, 2024, compared with $3.23 billion at September 30, 2024.
    • Nonperforming assets to total assets ratio of 0.76% at December 31, 2024, compared with 0.68% at September 30, 2024.
    • Allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) was 1.71% of total loans held for investment at December 31, 2024; allowance for loan losses (“ALL”) was 1.61% of total loans held for investment at December 31, 2024.
    • Total deposits of $3.40 billion at December 31, 2024, decreased $342.2 million or 9.1% compared with $3.74 billion at September 30, 2024.
    • Noninterest-bearing demand deposits of $1.26 billion at December 31, 2024, a decrease of $111.3 million or 8.1% from September 30, 2024; noninterest bearing deposits represented 37.0% of total deposits, compared with $1.37 billion, or 36.6% of total deposits at September 30, 2024.
    • Total brokered deposits of $121.1 million, a decrease of $101.5 million from September 30, 2024.
    • Cost of deposits was 1.87%, compared with 2.09% in the prior quarter.
    • Cost of funds was 1.99%, compared with 2.19% in the prior quarter.
    • The Company’s preliminary capital exceeds minimums required to be “well-capitalized, the highest regulatory capital category.

    Full Year 2024 Highlights

    • Merger closed on July 31, 2024, whereby predecessor California BanCorp (“CALB”) merged with and into the Company and California Bank of Commerce merged with and into the Bank. CALB had total loans of $1.43 billion, total assets of $1.91 billion, and total deposits of $1.64 billion. The Merger created a bank holding company with approximately $4.25 billion in assets and 14 branches across California, with approximately 300 employees serving our communities. Total aggregate consideration paid for the Merger was approximately $216.6 million and resulted in approximately $74.7 million of preliminary goodwill, subject to adjustment in accordance with ASC 805.
    • Net income of $5.4 million, down $20.5 million, or 79.0% from the prior year largely due to the after-tax one-time day one provision for credit losses related to non-PCD loans and unfunded loan commitments of $15.0 million and merger related expenses of $12.0 million; adjusted net income (non-GAAP1) was $32.4 million or $1.32 per share for the year.
    • Diluted earnings per share of $0.22, down $1.17, or 84.2% from the prior year.
    • Total loan interest income increased to $160.0 million, up $46.0 million or 40.4% from the prior year largely due to the Merger.
    • Net interest margin of 4.28% for 2024, compared with 4.33% in the prior year; average loan yield was 6.55%, up from 5.94% in the prior year.
    • Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP1) of 76.6%, compared to 61.3% in the prior year; excluding merger related expenses the efficiency ratio was 63.8%, compared with 61.3% in the prior year.
    • Provision for credit losses of $21.7 million, of which $21.3 million was due to the day one provision for credit losses on non-PCD loans and unfunded loan commitments in connection with the Merger, compared to $915 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023.
    • Total assets of $4.03 billion, up $1.7 billion or 70.8% from December 31, 2023, largely due to the Merger.
    • Total loans, including loans held for sale, increased to $3.16 billion, up $1.2 billion from December 31, 2023, largely due to the Merger, with the fair value of the acquired loans totaling $1.36 billion.
    • Total deposits of $3.40 billion, up $1.46 billion from December 31, 2023, largely due to the $1.64 billion of deposits acquired in the Merger.
    • Noninterest-bearing demand deposits were $1.26 billion, representing 37.0% of total deposits, compared to $675.1 million, or 34.7% of total deposits at December 31, 2023.
    • Cost of deposits was 2.01%, up from 1.37% in the prior year.
    • Tangible book value per common share (“TBV”) (non-GAAP1) of $11.71 at December 31, 2024, down $1.85 from December 31, 2023.

    Fourth Quarter Operating Results

    Net Income

    Net income for the fourth quarter of 2024 was $16.8 million, or $0.51 per diluted share, compared with a net loss of $16.5 million, or a loss of $0.59 per diluted share in the third quarter of 2024. Our third quarter results were negatively impacted by a day one $15.0 million after-tax current expected credit losses (“CECL”)-related provision for credit losses on non-PCD loans and unfunded loan commitments related to the merger, or $0.54 loss per diluted share, and $10.6 million of after-tax merger expenses, or $0.38 loss per diluted share. Pre-tax, pre-provision income (non-GAAP1) for the fourth quarter was $19.4 million, an increase of $19.0 million from the prior quarter. Excluding the merger and related expenses, the adjusted pre-tax, pre-provision income (non-GAAP1) for the fourth quarter was $20.1 million, an increase of $5.0 million from the prior quarter. The net income and diluted earnings per share increases for all of the periods presented were largely driven by the Merger and the operating results since the closing date of the Merger.

    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

    Net interest income for the fourth quarter of 2024 was $44.5 million, compared with $36.9 million in the prior quarter. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to an $8.4 million increase in total interest and dividend income, partially offset by an $832 thousand increase in total interest expense in the fourth quarter of 2024, as compared to the prior quarter. During the fourth quarter of 2024, loan interest income increased $7.3 million, of which $6.1 million was related to accretion income from the net purchase accounting discounts on acquired loans, total debt securities income increased $10 thousand, and interest and dividend income from other financial institutions increased $1.2 million. The increase in interest income was mainly due to reporting a full quarter of combined operations for the fourth quarter of 2024 and primarily driven by the mix of interest-earning assets added by the Merger and the impact of the accretion and amortization of fair value interest rate marks. Average total interest-earning assets increased $526.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, the result of a $401.3 million increase in average total loans, a $260.4 million increase in average deposits in other financial institutions and a $5.8 million increase in average restricted stock investments and other bank stock, partially offset by a $1.3 million decrease in average total debt securities and a $139.8 million decrease in average Fed funds sold/resale agreements. The increase in interest expense for the fourth quarter of 2024 was primarily due to a $466 thousand increase in interest expense on interest-bearing deposits, the result of a $217.9 million increase in average interest-bearing deposits, coupled with a $17.2 million increase in average subordinated debt, partially offset by a 22 basis point decrease in average interest-bearing deposit costs, and a $9 thousand decrease in interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) borrowings, the result of a $611 thousand decrease in average FHLB borrowings in the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Net interest margin for the fourth quarter of 2024 was 4.61%, compared with 4.43% in the prior quarter. The increase was primarily related to a 20 basis point decrease in the cost of funds, partially offset by a one basis point decrease in the total interest-earning assets yield. The yield on total average interest-earning assets in the fourth quarter of 2024 was 6.48%, compared with 6.49% in the prior quarter. The yield on average total loans in the fourth quarter of 2024 was 6.84%, an increase of five basis points from 6.79% in the prior quarter. Accretion income from the net purchase accounting discounts on acquired loans was $6.1 million, increasing the yield on average total loans by 76 basis points; the net amortization expense from the purchase accounting discounts on acquired subordinated debt and acquired time deposits premium increased the interest expense by $467 thousand, the combination of which increased the net interest margin by 58 basis points in the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Cost of funds for the fourth quarter of 2024 was 1.99%, a decrease of 20 basis points from 2.19% in the prior quarter. The decrease was primarily driven by a 22 basis point decrease in the cost of average interest-bearing deposits, and an increase in average noninterest-bearing deposits, partially offset by an increase of 26 basis points in the cost of total borrowings, which was driven primarily by the amortization expense of $559 thousand from the purchase accounting discounts on acquired subordinated debt which increased the cost on total borrowing by 320 basis points. Average noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased $251.7 million to $1.28 billion and represented 36.3% of total average deposits for the fourth quarter of 2024, compared with $1.03 billion and 33.6%, respectively, in the prior quarter; average interest-bearing deposits increased $217.9 million to $2.26 billion during the fourth quarter of 2024. The total cost of deposits in the fourth quarter of 2024 was 1.87%, a decrease of 22 basis points from 2.09% in the prior quarter. The cost of total interest-bearing deposits decreased primarily due to the Company’s deposit repricing strategy and the ongoing pay off of high cost brokered deposits and California State certificates of deposit in the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Average total borrowings increased $16.6 million to $69.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, primarily due to an increase of $17.2 million in average subordinated debt acquired in the Merger, partially offset by a decrease of $611 thousand in average FHLB borrowings during the fourth quarter of 2024. The average cost of total borrowings was 7.97% for the fourth quarter of 2024, up from 7.71% in the prior quarter.

    (Reversal of) Provision for Credit Losses

    The Company recorded a reversal of provision for credit losses of $3.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, compared to a provision for credit losses of $23.0 million in the prior quarter. The decrease was largely related to the third quarter provision for credit losses including the effects of the Merger, and the resulting one-time initial provision for credit losses on acquired non-PCD loans of $18.5 million and unfunded loan commitments of $2.7 million. Total net charge-offs were $154.0 thousand in the fourth quarter of 2024, which included $103 thousand from an acquired consumer solar loan portfolio and $51 thousand from a commercial real-estate loan. The provision for credit losses in the fourth quarter of 2024 included a $1.0 million reversal of provision for unfunded loan commitments related to the decrease in unfunded loan commitments during the fourth quarter of 2024, coupled with lower loss rates, offset by higher average funding rates used to estimate the allowance for credit losses on unfunded commitments. Total unfunded loan commitments decreased $108.6 million to $925.3 million at December 31, 2024, compared to $1.03 billion in unfunded loan commitments at September 30, 2024.

    The reversal of provision for credit losses for loans held for investment in the fourth quarter of 2024 was $2.9 million, a decrease of $22.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 from a provision for credit losses of $19.7 million in the prior quarter. The decrease was driven primarily by the third quarter amount including the one-time initial provision for credit losses on acquired non-PCD loans and decreases in legacy special mention loans and loans held for investment. Additionally, qualitative factors, coupled with changes in the portfolio mix and in the reasonable and supportable forecast, primarily related to the economic outlook for California, which were partially offset by an increase in legacy substandard accruing loans, were factors related to the decrease in the provision for credit losses. The Company’s management continues to monitor macroeconomic variables related to increasing interest rates, inflation and the concerns of an economic downturn, and believes it has appropriately provisioned for the current environment.

    Noninterest Income

    The Company recorded noninterest income of $1.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, a decrease of $170 thousand compared to $1.2 million in the third quarter of 2024. The Company reported a loss on sale of loans of $1.1 million, related to the sale of certain Sponsor Finance loans, in the fourth quarter of 2024, compared to a gain on sale of loans of $8 thousand in the prior quarter. There was no gain on SBA 7A loan sales in the third and fourth quarters of 2024. Bank owned life insurance income of $823 thousand in the fourth quarter of 2024 increased $425 thousand from the prior quarter. Service charges and fees on deposit accounts of $911 thousand in the fourth quarter of 2024 decreased $225 thousand from the prior quarter, related to the one-time waiver of analysis charges for certain deposit accounts in light of the core system conversion. Other charges and fees income increased to $208 thousand in the fourth quarter of 2024, compared to a loss of $450 thousand in the prior quarter, primarily related to a $614 thousand valuation allowance on other real estate owned (“OREO”) due to a decline in the fair value of the underlying property in the third quarter of 2024. No comparable valuation allowance on OREO was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Noninterest Expense

    Total noninterest expense for the fourth quarter of 2024 was $26.1 million, a decrease of $11.6 million from total noninterest expense of $37.7 million in the prior quarter, which was largely due to the decrease in merger related expenses.

    Salaries and employee benefits increased $689 thousand during the quarter to $16.1 million. The increase in salaries and employee benefits was primarily related to the growth in headcount due to the Merger, partially offset by the third quarter amount including the one-time costs associated with non-continuing directors, executives and employees of $1.4 million. Merger and related expenses in connection with the Merger decreased $14.0 million during the quarter to $643 thousand. Data processing and communications of $2.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 increased by $424 thousand, due primarily to increases in transaction volume from both organic growth and the Merger. Intangible assets amortization of $1.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 increased by $373 thousand, due primarily to a full quarter of amortization of the core deposit intangible asset acquired in the Merger, compared with only two months of amortization of the asset in the prior quarter. Other expenses of $2.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 increased by $443 thousand, due primarily to higher loan related expenses, customer service related expenses, travel expenses and insurance expenses.

    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP1) for the fourth quarter of 2024 was 57.4%, compared to 98.9% in the prior quarter. Excluding the merger and related expenses of $643 thousand and $14.6 million, the efficiency ratio (non-GAAP1) for the fourth and third quarters of 2024 would have been 55.9% and 60.5%, respectively.

    Income Tax

    In the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company’s income tax expense was $6.5 million, compared with a $6.1 million income tax benefit in the third quarter of 2024. The effective rate was 27.9% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 26.9% for the third quarter of 2024. The increase in the effective tax rate for the fourth quarter of 2024 was primarily attributable to the impact of the non-tax deductible portion of the merger expenses and the vesting and exercise of equity awards combined with changes in the Company’s stock price over time, partially offset by the impact of the tax on the excess executive compensation.

    Balance Sheet

    Assets

    Total assets at December 31, 2024 were $4.03 billion, a decrease of $331.1 million or 7.6% from September 30, 2024. The decrease in total assets from the prior quarter was primarily related to a decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $226.3 million and a decrease in loans, including loans held for sale, of $77.1 million as compared to the prior quarter. These decreases primarily relate to the decreases in wholesale funding sources and the Sponsor Finance portfolio from loan sales and payoffs.

    Loans

    Total loans held for investment were $3.14 billion at December 31, 2024, a decrease of $60.5 million, compared to September 30, 2024, primarily the result of Sponsor Finance loans sales and loan payoffs in the amount of $90.8 million. During the fourth quarter of 2024, there were new originations of $128.5 million and net advances of $25.6 million, offset by loan sales and payoffs of $214.5 million, and the partial charge-off of loans in the amount of $154 thousand. Total loans secured by real estate decreased by $5.1 million, construction and land development loans decreased by $20.6 million, commercial real estate and other loans increased by $11.8 million, 1-4 family residential loans increased by $11.9 million and multifamily loans decreased by $8.1 million. Commercial and industrial loans decreased by $54.5 million, and consumer loans decreased by $1.0 million. The Company had $17.2 million in loans held for sale at December 31, 2024, compared to $33.7 million at September 30, 2024.

    Deposits

    Total deposits at December 31, 2024 were $3.40 billion, a decrease of $342.2 million from September 30, 2024. The decrease primarily consisted of $111.3 million noninterest-bearing demand deposits, $73.9 million interest-bearing non-maturity deposits, and $157.0 million time deposits. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits at December 31, 2024, were $1.26 billion, or 37.0% of total deposits, compared with $1.37 billion, or 36.6% of total deposits at September 30, 2024. At December 31, 2024, total interest-bearing deposits were $2.14 billion, compared to $2.37 billion at September 30, 2024. At December 31, 2024, total brokered time deposits were $121.1 million, compared to $222.6 million at September 30, 2024. The Company offers the Insured Cash Sweep (ICS) product, Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS), and Reich & Tang Deposit Solutions (R&T) network, all of which provide reciprocal deposit placement services to fully qualified large customer deposits for FDIC insurance among other participating banks. At December 31, 2024, total reciprocal deposits were $754.4 million, or 22.2% of total deposits at December 31, 2024, compared to $839.7 million , or 22.4% of total deposits at September 30, 2024.

    Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and Liquidity

    At December 31, 2024 and September 30, 2024, the Company had no overnight FHLB borrowings. There were no outstanding Federal Reserve Discount Window borrowings at December 31, 2024 or September 30, 2024.

    At December 31, 2024, the Company had available borrowing capacity from an FHLB secured line of credit of approximately $753.9 million and available borrowing capacity from the Federal Reserve Discount Window of approximately $318.5 million. The Company also had available borrowing capacity from four unsecured credit lines from correspondent banks of approximately $90.5 million at December 31, 2024, with no outstanding borrowings. Total available borrowing capacity was $1.16 billion at December 31, 2024. Additionally, the Company had unpledged liquid securities at fair value of approximately $129.4 million and cash and cash equivalents of $388.2 million at December 31, 2024.

    Asset Quality

    Total non-performing assets increased slightly to $30.6 million, or 0.76% of total assets at December 31, 2024, compared with $29.8 million, or 0.68% of total assets at September 30, 2024.

    There were no loans downgraded to nonaccrual during the fourth quarter of 2024. Non-performing assets in the fourth quarter of 2024 included OREO, net of valuation allowance, of $4.1 million related to a multifamily building, the same balance as the prior quarter.

    Total non-performing loans increased slightly to $26.5 million, or 0.85% of total loans held for investment at December 31, 2024, compared with $25.7 million, or 0.80% of total loans held for investment at September 30, 2024.

    Special mention loans decreased by $24.1 million during the fourth quarter of 2024 to $69.3 million, including $25.5 million of non-PCD loans and $10.1 million of purchase credit deteriorated (“PCD”) loans, at December 31, 2024. The decrease in the special mention loans was due mostly to a $9.0 million payoff, $24.5 million in downgrades to substandard accruing loans and $8.4 million in upgrades to Pass loans, partially offset by $18.1 million in downgrades from Pass loans. Substandard loans increased by $13.6 million during the fourth quarter of 2024 to $117.9 million, including $11.0 million of non-PCD loans, $55.9 million PCD loans and $14.1 million nonaccrual PCD loans, at December 31, 2024. The increase in the substandard loans was due primarily to $29.8 million in downgrades and $2.9 million in net advances, partially offset by a $17.3 million in payoffs, $1.7 million in upgrades to Pass and $103 thousand in charge-offs.

    The Company had $150 thousand in consumer solar loans that were over 90 days past due and still accruing interest at December 31, 2024, compared to $37 thousand in such delinquencies at September 30, 2024.

    There were $12.2 million in loan delinquencies (30-89 days past due, excluding nonaccrual loans) at December 31, 2024, compared to $19.1 million in such loan delinquencies at September 30, 2024.

    The allowance for credit losses, which is comprised of the allowance for loan losses (“ALL”) and reserve for unfunded loan commitments, totaled $53.6 million at December 31, 2024, compared to $57.6 million at September 30, 2024. The $4.0 million decrease in the allowance for credit losses included a $2.9 million and $968 thousand reversal of provision for credit losses for the loan portfolio and reserve for unfunded loan commitments, respectively, partially offset by total net charge-offs of $145 thousand for the quarter ended December 31, 2024.

    The ALL was $50.5 million, or 1.61% of total loans held for investment at December 31, 2024, compared with $53.6 million, or 1.67% at September 30, 2024.

    Capital

    Tangible book value (non-GAAP1) per common share at December 31, 2024, was $11.71, compared with $11.28 at September 30, 2024. In the fourth quarter of 2024, tangible book value was primarily impacted by net income of $16.8 million for the fourth quarter, stock-based compensation expense, and an increase in net of tax unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt securities. Other comprehensive losses related to unrealized losses, net of taxes, on available-for-sale debt securities increased by $3.8 million to $6.6 million at December 31, 2024, from $2.9 million at September 30, 2024. The increase in the unrealized losses, net of taxes, on available-for-sale debt securities was attributable to non-credit related factors , including an increase in bond prices at the long end of the yield curve, even as the Federal Reserve decreased the Fed funds rate by 25 basis points in December 2024. Tangible common equity (non-GAAP1) as a percentage of total tangible assets (non-GAAP1) at December 31, 2024, increased to 9.69% from 8.58% in the prior quarter, and unrealized losses, net of taxes, on available-for-sale debt securities as a percentage of tangible common equity (non-GAAP1) at December 31, 2024 increased to 1.8% from 0.8% in the prior quarter.

    The Company’s preliminary capital exceeds minimums required to be “well-capitalized” at December 31, 2024.

    ABOUT CALIFORNIA BANCORP

    California BanCorp (NASDAQ: BCAL) is a registered bank holding company headquartered in San Diego, California. California Bank of Commerce, N.A., a national banking association chartered under the laws of the United States (the “Bank”) and regulated by the Office of Comptroller of the Currency, is a wholly owned subsidiary of California BanCorp. Established in 2001 and headquartered in San Diego, California, the Bank offers a range of financial products and services to individuals, professionals, and small to medium-sized businesses through its 14 branch offices and four loan production offices serving Northern and Southern California. The Bank’s solutions-driven, relationship-based approach to banking provides accessibility to decision makers and enhances value through strong partnerships with its clients. Additional information is available at www.bankcbc.com.

    CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    In addition to historical information, this release includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and other matters that are not historical facts. Examples of forward-looking statements include, among others, statements regarding expectations, plans or objectives for future operations, products or services, loan recoveries, projections, expectations regarding the adequacy of reserves for credit losses and statements about the benefits of the Merger, as well as forecasts relating to financial and operating results or other measures of economic performance. Forward-looking statements reflect management’s current view about future events and involve risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ from those expressed in the forward-looking statement or historical results. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and often include the words or phrases such as “aim,” “can,” “may,” “could,” “predict,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “hope,” “intend,” “plan,” “potential,” “project,” “will likely result,” “continue,” “seek,” “shall,” “possible,” “projection,” “optimistic,” and “outlook,” and variations of these words and similar expressions.

    Factors that could cause or contribute to results differing from those in or implied in the forward-looking statements include but are not limited to risk related to the Merger, including the risks that costs may be greater than anticipated, cost savings may be less than anticipated, and difficulties in retaining senior management, employees or customers, the impact of bank failures or other adverse developments at other banks on general investor sentiment regarding the stability and liquidity of banks, changes in real estate markets and valuations; the impact on financial markets from geopolitical conflicts; inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations and general economic conditions, either nationally or locally in the areas in which the Company conducts business; increases in competitive pressures among financial institutions and businesses offering similar products and services; general credit risks related to lending, including changes in the value of real estate or other collateral, the financial condition of borrowers, the effectiveness of our underwriting practices and the risk of fraud; higher than anticipated defaults in the Company’s loan portfolio; changes in management’s estimate of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses or the factors the Company uses to determine the allowance for credit losses; changes in demand for loans and other products and services offered by the Company; the
    costs and outcomes of litigation; legislative or regulatory changes or changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines and other risk factors discussed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and other documents the Company may file with the SEC from time to time.

    Additional information regarding these and other risks and uncertainties to which our business and future financial performance are subject is contained in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, and other documents the Company files with the SEC from time to time.

    Any forward-looking statement made in this release is based only on information currently available to management and speaks only as of the date on which it is made. The Company does not undertake, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to update any forward-looking statements to reflect occurrences or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to conform such forward-looking statements to actual results or to changes in its opinions or expectations, except as required by law.

    California BanCorp and Subsidiary
    Financial Highlights (Unaudited)

        At or for the
    Three Months Ended
        At or for the
    Year Ended
     
        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        December 31,
    2023
        December 31,
    2024
        December 31,
    2023
     
        ($ in thousands except share and per share data)  
    EARNINGS      
    Net interest income   $ 44,541     $ 36,942     $ 22,559     $ 122,984     $ 94,138  
    (Reversal of) provision for credit losses   $ (3,835 )   $ 22,963     $ 824     $ 21,690     $ 915  
    Noninterest income (expense)   $ 1,004     $ 1,174     $ (102 )   $ 4,760     $ 3,379  
    Noninterest expense   $ 26,125     $ 37,680     $ 15,339     $ 97,791     $ 59,746  
    Income tax expense (benefit)   $ 6,483     $ (6,063 )   $ 1,882     $ 2,830     $ 10,946  
    Net income (loss)   $ 16,772     $ (16,464 )   $ 4,412     $ 5,433     $ 25,910  
    Pre-tax pre-provision income (1)   $ 19,420     $ 436     $ 7,118     $ 29,953     $ 37,771  
    Adjusted pre-tax pre-provision income (1)   $ 20,063     $ 15,041     $ 7,118     $ 46,241     $ 37,771  
    Diluted earnings (loss) per share   $ 0.51     $ (0.59 )   $ 0.24     $ 0.22     $ 1.39  
    Shares outstanding at period end     32,265,935       32,142,427       18,369,115       32,265,935       18,369,115  
                                             
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS                                        
    Return on average assets     1.60 %     (1.82 )%     0.75 %     0.18 %     1.12 %
    Adjusted return on average assets (1)     1.64 %     1.01 %     0.75 %     1.05 %     1.12 %
    Return on average common equity     13.21 %     (15.28 )%     6.21 %     1.43 %     9.48 %
    Adjusted return on average common equity (1)     13.57 %     8.44 %     6.21 %     8.53 %     9.48 %
    Yield on total loans     6.84 %     6.79 %     6.08 %     6.55 %     5.94 %
    Yield on interest earning assets     6.48 %     6.49 %     5.85 %     6.26 %     5.69 %
    Cost of deposits     1.87 %     2.09 %     1.81 %     2.01 %     1.37 %
    Cost of funds     1.99 %     2.19 %     1.95 %     2.12 %     1.46 %
    Net interest margin     4.61 %     4.43 %     4.05 %     4.28 %     4.33 %
    Efficiency ratio (1)     57.36 %     98.86 %     68.30 %     76.55 %     61.27 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio (1)     55.95 %     60.54 %     68.30 %     63.80 %     61.27 %
        As of  
        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        December 31,
    2023
     
        ($ in thousands except share and per share data)  
    CAPITAL      
    Tangible equity to tangible assets (1)     9.69 %     8.58 %     10.73 %
    Book value (BV) per common share   $ 15.86     $ 15.50     $ 15.69  
    Tangible BV per common share (1)   $ 11.71     $ 11.28     $ 13.56  
                             
    ASSET QUALITY                        
    Allowance for loan losses (ALL)   $ 50,540     $ 53,552     $ 22,569  
    Reserve for unfunded loan commitments   $ 3,103     $ 4,071     $ 933  
    Allowance for credit losses (ACL)   $ 53,643     $ 57,623     $ 23,502  
    Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans     1.90 x     2.08 x     1.74 x
    ALL to total loans held for investment     1.61 %     1.67 %     1.15 %
    ACL to total loans held for investment     1.71 %     1.80 %     1.20 %
    30-89 days past due, excluding nonaccrual loans   $ 12,232     $ 19,110     $ 19  
    Over 90 days past due, excluding nonaccrual loans   $ 150     $ 37     $  
    Special mention loans   $ 69,339     $ 93,448     $ 2,996  
    Special mention loans to total loans held for investment     2.21 %     2.92 %     0.15 %
    Substandard loans   $ 117,926     $ 104,298     $ 19,502  
    Substandard loans to total loans held for investment     3.76 %     3.26 %     1.00 %
    Nonperforming loans   $ 26,536     $ 25,698     $ 13,004  
    Nonperforming loans to total loans held for investment     0.85 %     0.80 %     0.66 %
    Other real estate owned, net   $ 4,083     $ 4,083     $  
    Nonperforming assets   $ 30,619     $ 29,781     $ 13,004  
    Nonperforming assets to total assets     0.76 %     0.68 %     0.55 %
                             
    END OF PERIOD BALANCES                        
    Total loans, including loans held for sale   $ 3,156,345     $ 3,233,418     $ 1,964,791  
    Total assets   $ 4,031,654     $ 4,362,767     $ 2,360,252  
    Deposits   $ 3,398,760     $ 3,740,915     $ 1,943,556  
    Loans to deposits     92.9 %     86.4 %     101.1 %
    Shareholders’ equity   $ 511,836     $ 498,064     $ 288,152  
    (1 ) Non-GAAP measure. See – GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliation.

    California BanCorp and Subsidiary
    Financial Highlights (Unaudited)

        At or for the
    Three Months Ended
        At or for the
    Year Ended
     
    ALLOWANCE for CREDIT LOSSES   December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        December 31,
    2023
        December 31,
    2024
        December 31,
    2023
     
        ($ in thousands)  
    Allowance for loan losses                                        
    Balance at beginning of period   $ 53,552     $ 23,788     $ 22,705     $ 22,569     $ 17,099  
    Adoption of ASU 2016-13 (1)                             5,027  
    Initial Allowance for PCD loans           11,216             11,216        
    (Reversal of) provision for credit losses (2)     (2,867 )     19,711       1,131       19,520       1,731  
    Charge-offs     (154 )     (1,163 )     (1,267 )     (2,774 )     (1,303 )
    Recoveries     9                   9       15  
    Net charge-offs     (145 )     (1,163 )     (1,267 )     (2,765 )     (1,288 )
    Balance, end of period   $ 50,540     $ 53,552     $ 22,569     $ 50,540     $ 22,569  
    Reserve for unfunded loan commitments (3)                                        
    Balance, beginning of period   $ 4,071     $ 819     $ 1,240     $ 933     $ 1,310  
    Adoption of ASU 2016-13 (1)                             439  
    (Reversal of) provision for credit losses (4)     (968 )     3,252       (307 )     2,170       (816 )
    Balance, end of period     3,103       4,071       933       3,103       933  
    Allowance for credit losses   $ 53,643     $ 57,623     $ 23,502     $ 53,643     $ 23,502  
                                             
    ALL to total loans held for investment     1.61 %     1.67 %     1.15 %     1.61 %     1.15 %
    ACL to total loans held for investment     1.71 %     1.80 %     1.20 %     1.71 %     1.20 %
    Net charge-offs to average total loans     (0.02 )%     (0.17 )%     (0.26 )%     (0.11 )%     (0.07 )%
    (1 ) Represents the impact of adopting ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses on January 1, 2023. As a result of adopting ASU 2016-13, our methodology to compute our allowance for credit losses is based on a current expected credit loss methodology, rather than the previously applied incurred loss methodology.
    (2 ) Includes $18.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024 and year ended December 31, 2024 related to the initial provision for credit losses for non-PCD loans acquired in the Merger.
    (3 ) Included in “Accrued interest and other liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheet.
    (4 ) Includes $2.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024 and year ended December 31, 2024 related to the initial provision for credit losses on unfunded commitments acquired in the Merger.

    California BanCorp and Subsidiary
    Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        December 31,
    2023
     
        ($ in thousands)  
    ASSETS                  
    Cash and due from banks   $ 60,471     $ 115,165     $ 33,008  
    Federal funds sold & interest-bearing balances     327,691       499,258       53,785  
    Total cash and cash equivalents     388,162       614,423       86,793  
                             
    Debt securities available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $151,429, $163,384 and $136,366 at December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023)     142,001       159,330       130,035  
    Debt securities held-to-maturity, at cost (fair value of $47,823, $49,487 and $50,432 at December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023)     53,280       53,364       53,616  
    Loans held for sale     17,180       33,704       7,349  
    Loans held for investment:                        
    Construction & land development     227,325       247,934       243,521  
    1-4 family residential     164,401       152,540       143,903  
    Multifamily     243,993       252,134       221,247  
    Other commercial real estate     1,767,727       1,755,908       1,024,243  
    Commercial & industrial     710,970       765,472       320,142  
    Other consumer     24,749       25,726       4,386  
    Total loans held for investment     3,139,165       3,199,714       1,957,442  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans     (50,540 )     (53,552 )     (22,569 )
    Total loans held for investment, net     3,088,625       3,146,162       1,934,873  
                             
    Restricted stock at cost     30,829       27,394       16,055  
    Premises and equipment     13,595       13,996       13,270  
    Right of use asset     14,350       15,310       9,291  
    Other real estate owned, net     4,083       4,083        
    Goodwill     111,787       112,515       37,803  
    Intangible assets     22,271       23,031       1,195  
    Bank owned life insurance     66,636       66,180       38,918  
    Deferred taxes, net     43,127       45,644       11,137  
    Accrued interest and other assets     35,728       47,631       19,917  
    Total assets   $ 4,031,654     $ 4,362,767     $ 2,360,252  
                             
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                        
    Deposits:                        
    Noninterest-bearing demand   $ 1,257,007     $ 1,368,303     $ 675,098  
    Interest-bearing NOW accounts     673,589       781,125       381,943  
    Money market and savings accounts     1,182,927       1,149,268       636,685  
    Time deposits     285,237       442,219       249,830  
    Total deposits     3,398,760       3,740,915       1,943,556  
                             
    Borrowings     69,725       69,142       102,865  
    Operating lease liability     18,310       19,211       12,117  
    Accrued interest and other liabilities     33,023       35,435       13,562  
    Total liabilities     3,519,818       3,864,703       2,072,100  
                             
    Shareholders’ Equity:                        
    Common stock – 50,000,000 shares authorized, no par value; issued and outstanding 32,265,935, 32,142,427 and 18,369,115 at December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023)     442,469       441,684       222,036  
    Retained earnings     76,008       59,236       70,575  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss – net of taxes     (6,641 )     (2,856 )     (4,459 )
    Total shareholders’ equity     511,836       498,064       288,152  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 4,031,654     $ 4,362,767     $ 2,360,252  

    California BanCorp and Subsidiary
    Income Statements – Quarterly and Year-to-Date (Unaudited)

        Three Months Ended     Year Ended  
        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        December 31,
    2023
        December 31,
    2024
        December 31,
    2023
     
        ($ in thousands except share and per share data)  
    INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME                                        
    Interest and fees on loans   $ 54,791     $ 47,528     $ 29,968     $ 159,960     $ 113,951  
    Interest on debt securities     1,698       1,687       991       5,827       3,497  
    Interest on tax-exempted debt securities     305       306       353       1,223       1,655  
    Interest and dividends from other institutions     5,764       4,606       1,257       12,788       4,419  
    Total interest and dividend income     62,558       54,127       32,569       179,798       123,522  
                                             
    INTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Interest on NOW, savings, and money market accounts     12,447       11,073       6,606       37,329       20,161  
    Interest on time deposits     4,179       5,087       2,331       15,432       6,704  
    Interest on borrowings     1,391       1,025       1,073       4,053       2,519  
    Total interest expense     18,017       17,185       10,010       56,814       29,384  
    Net interest income     44,541       36,942       22,559       122,984       94,138  
                                             
    (Reversal of) provisions for credit losses (1)     (3,835 )     22,963       824       21,690       915  
    Net interest income after (reversal of) provision for credit losses     48,376       13,979       21,735       101,294       93,223  
                                             
    NONINTEREST INCOME                                        
    Service charges and fees on deposit accounts     911       1,136       507       3,140       1,946  
    (Loss) gain on sale of loans     (1,095 )     8             (672 )     831  
    Bank owned life insurance income     823       398       253       1,748       946  
    Servicing and related income on loans     157       82       17       307       240  
    Loss on sale of debt securities                 (1,008 )           (974 )
    Loss on sale of building and related fixed assets                       (19 )      
    Other charges and fees     208       (450 )     129       256       390  
    Total noninterest income (expense)     1,004       1,174       (102 )     4,760       3,379  
                                             
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Salaries and employee benefits     16,074       15,385       9,598       49,845       39,249  
    Occupancy and equipment expenses     2,314       2,031       1,678       7,242       6,231  
    Data processing     1,960       1,536       1,158       5,832       4,534  
    Legal, audit and professional     817       669       1,161       2,559       3,211  
    Regulatory assessments     436       544       320       1,714       1,508  
    Director and shareholder expenses     458       520       207       1,410       849  
    Merger and related expenses     643       14,605             16,288        
    Intangible assets amortization     1,060       687       80       1,877       389  
    Other real estate owned expense     220       3             5,246        
    Other expense     2,143       1,700       1,137       5,778       3,775  
    Total noninterest expense     26,125       37,680       15,339       97,791       59,746  
    Income (loss) before income taxes     23,255       (22,527 )     6,294       8,263       36,856  
    Income tax expense (benefit)     6,483       (6,063 )     1,882       2,830       10,946  
    Net income (loss)   $ 16,772     $ (16,464 )   $ 4,412     $ 5,433     $ 25,910  
                                             
    Net income (loss) per share – basic   $ 0.52     $ (0.59 )   $ 0.24     $ 0.22     $ 1.42  
    Net income (loss) per share – diluted   $ 0.51     $ (0.59 )   $ 0.24     $ 0.22     $ 1.39  
    Weighted average common shares-diluted     32,698,714       27,705,844       18,727,519       24,623,397       18,656,742  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision income (2)   $ 19,420     $ 436     $ 7,118     $ 29,953     $ 37,771  
    (1 ) Included (reversal of) provision for unfunded loan commitments of $(1.0) million, $3.3 million and $(307) thousand for the three months ended December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively, and $2.2 million and $(816) thousand for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively
    (2 ) Non-GAAP measure. See – GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliation.

    California BanCorp and Subsidiary
    Average Balance Sheets and Yield Analysis
    (Unaudited)

        Three Months Ended  
        December 31, 2024     September 30, 2024     December 31, 2023  
        Average Balance     Income/
    Expense
        Yield/
    Cost
        Average Balance     Income/
    Expense
        Yield/
    Cost
        Average Balance     Income/
    Expense
        Yield/
    Cost
     
        ($ in thousands)  
    Assets                                                      
    Interest-earning assets:                                                                        
    Total loans   $ 3,184,918     $ 54,791       6.84   %   $ 2,783,581     $ 47,528       6.79 %   $ 1,954,396     $ 29,968       6.08 %
    Taxable debt securities     147,895       1,698       4.57   %     149,080       1,687       4.50 %     113,375       991       3.47 %
    Tax-exempt debt securities (1)     53,607       305       2.87   %     53,682       306       2.87 %     58,644       353       3.02 %
    Deposits in other financial institutions     422,032       5,123       4.83   %     161,616       2,215       5.45 %     56,313       759       5.35 %
    Fed funds sold/resale agreements     3,353       38       4.51   %     143,140       1,886       5.24 %     9,008       125       5.51 %
    Restricted stock investments and other bank stock     30,341       603       7.91   %     24,587       505       8.17 %     16,394       373       9.03 %
    Total interest-earning assets     3,842,146       62,558       6.48   %     3,315,686       54,127       6.49 %     2,208,130       32,569       5.85 %
    Total noninterest-earning assets     326,601                       277,471                       137,193                  
    Total assets   $ 4,168,747                     $ 3,593,157                     $ 2,345,323                  
                                                                             
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                                                                        
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                                        
    Interest-bearing NOW accounts   $ 704,017     $ 3,784       2.14   %   $ 617,373     $ 2,681       1.73 %   $ 362,579     $ 1,860       2.04 %
    Money market and savings accounts     1,192,692       8,663       2.89   %     999,322       8,392       3.34 %     669,391       4,746       2.81 %
    Time deposits     359,111       4,179       4.63   %     421,241       5,087       4.80 %     208,700       2,331       4.43 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits     2,255,820       16,626       2.93   %     2,037,936       16,160       3.15 %     1,240,670       8,937       2.86 %
    Borrowings:                                                                        
    FHLB advances                 %       611       9       5.86 %     56,380       802       5.64 %
    Subordinated debt     69,420       1,391       7.97   %     52,246       1,016       7.74 %     17,854       271       6.02 %
    Total borrowings     69,420       1,391       7.97   %     52,857       1,025       7.71 %     74,234       1,073       5.73 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     2,325,240       18,017       3.08   %     2,090,793       17,185       3.27 %     1,314,904       10,010       3.02 %
                                                                             
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                                                        
    Noninterest-bearing deposits (2)     1,283,591                       1,031,844                       721,169                  
    Other liabilities     55,007                       41,962                       27,178                  
    Shareholders’ equity     504,909                       428,558                       282,072                  
    Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity   $ 4,168,747                     $ 3,593,157                     $ 2,345,323                  
                                                                             
    Net interest spread                     3.40   %                     3.22 %                     2.83 %
    Net interest income and margin           $ 44,541       4.61   %           $ 36,942       4.43 %           $ 22,559       4.05 %
    Cost of deposits   $ 3,539,411     $ 16,626       1.87   %   $ 3,069,780     $ 16,160       2.09 %   $ 1,961,839     $ 8,937       1.81 %
    Cost of funds   $ 3,608,831     $ 18,017       1.99   %   $ 3,122,637     $ 17,185       2.19 %   $ 2,036,073     $ 10,010       1.95 %
    (1 ) Tax-exempt debt securities yields are presented on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% tax rate.
    (2 ) Average noninterest-bearing deposits represent 36.27%, 33.61% and 36.76% of average total deposits for the three months ended December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

    California BanCorp and Subsidiary
    Average Balance Sheets and Yield Analysis
    (Unaudited)

        Year Ended  
        December 31, 2024     December 31, 2023  
        Average Balance     Income/
    Expense
        Yield/
    Cost
        Average Balance     Income/
    Expense
        Yield/
    Cost
     
        ($ in thousands)  
    Assets                                    
    Interest-earning assets:                                                
    Total loans   $ 2,443,127     $ 159,960       6.55 %   $ 1,918,443     $ 113,951       5.94 %
    Taxable debt securities     136,984       5,827       4.25 %     107,021       3,497       3.27 %
    Tax-exempt debt securities (1)     53,721       1,223       2.88 %     65,674       1,655       3.19 %
    Deposits in other financial institutions     171,939       8,692       5.06 %     46,826       2,434       5.20 %
    Fed funds sold/resale agreements     43,990       2,319       5.27 %     18,114       923       5.10 %
    Restricted stock investments and other bank stock     22,137       1,777       8.03 %     15,930       1,062       6.67 %
    Total interest-earning assets     2,871,898       179,798       6.26 %     2,172,008       123,522       5.69 %
    Total noninterest-earning assets     224,018                       134,225                  
    Total assets   $ 3,095,916                     $ 2,306,233                  
                                                     
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                                                
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
    Interest-bearing NOW accounts   $ 511,425     $ 10,644       2.08 %   $ 308,537     $ 5,161       1.67 %
    Money market and savings accounts     911,684       26,685       2.93 %     673,176       15,000       2.23 %
    Time deposits     324,249       15,432       4.76 %     180,219       6,704       3.72 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits     1,747,358       52,761       3.02 %     1,161,932       26,865       2.31 %
    Borrowings:                                                
    FHLB advances     19,543       1,103       5.64 %     26,390       1,434       5.43 %
    Subordinated debt     39,479       2,950       7.47 %     17,818       1,085       6.09 %
    Total borrowings     59,022       4,053       6.87 %     44,208       2,519       5.70 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,806,380       56,814       3.15 %     1,206,140       29,384       2.44 %
                                                     
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                                
    Noninterest-bearing deposits (2)     873,043                       801,882                  
    Other liabilities     36,677                       24,865                  
    Shareholders’ equity     379,816                       273,346                  
    Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity   $ 3,095,916                     $ 2,306,233                  
                                                     
    Net interest spread                     3.11 %                     3.25 %
    Net interest income and margin           $ 122,984       4.28 %           $ 94,138       4.33 %
    Cost of deposits   $ 2,620,401     $ 52,761       2.01 %   $ 1,963,814     $ 26,865       1.37 %
    Cost of funds   $ 2,679,423     $ 56,814       2.12 %   $ 2,008,022     $ 29,384       1.46 %
    (1 ) Tax-exempt debt securities yields are presented on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% tax rate.
    (2 ) Average noninterest-bearing deposits represent 33.32%, and 40.83% of average total deposits for the year ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

    California BanCorp and Subsidiary
    GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation
    (Unaudited)

    The following tables present a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP measures for: (1) adjusted net income (loss), (2) efficiency ratio, (3) adjusted efficiency ratio, (4) pre-tax pre-provision income, (5) adjusted pre-tax pre-provision income, (6) average tangible common equity, (7) adjusted return on average assets, (8) adjusted return on average equity, (9) return on average tangible common equity, (10) adjusted return on average tangible common equity, (11) tangible common equity, (12) tangible assets, (13) tangible common equity to tangible asset ratio, and (14) tangible book value per share. We believe the presentation of certain non-GAAP financial measures provides useful information to assess our consolidated financial condition and consolidated results of operations and to assist investors in evaluating our financial results relative to our peers. These non-GAAP financial measures complement our GAAP reporting and are presented below to provide investors and others with information that we use to manage the business each period. Because not all companies use identical calculations, the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies. These non-GAAP measures should be taken together with the corresponding GAAP measures and should not be considered a substitute of the GAAP measures.

        Three Months Ended     Year Ended  
        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        December 31,
    2023
        December 31,
    2024
        December 31,
    2023
     
        ($ in thousands)  
    Adjusted net income                                        
    Net income (loss)   $ 16,772     $ (16,464 )   $ 4,412     $ 5,433     $ 25,910  
    Add: After-tax Day1 provision for non PCD loans and unfunded loan commitments (1)           14,978             14,978        
    Add: After-tax merger and related expenses (1)     453       10,576             11,988        
    Adjusted net income (non-GAAP)   $ 17,225     $ 9,090     $ 4,412     $ 32,399     $ 25,910  
                                             
    Efficiency Ratio                                        
    Noninterest expense   $ 26,125     $ 37,680     $ 15,339     $ 97,791     $ 59,746  
    Deduct: Merger and related expenses     643       14,605             16,288        
    Adjusted noninterest expense     25,482       23,075       15,339       81,503       59,746  
                                             
    Net interest income     44,541       36,942       22,559       122,984       94,138  
    Noninterest income (expense)     1,004       1,174       (102 )     4,760       3,379  
    Total net interest income and noninterest income   $ 45,545     $ 38,116     $ 22,457     $ 127,744     $ 97,517  
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)     57.4 %     98.9 %     68.3 %     76.6 %     61.3 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)     55.9 %     60.5 %     68.3 %     63.8 %     61.3 %
                                             
    Pre-tax pre-provision income                                        
    Net interest income   $ 44,541     $ 36,942     $ 22,559     $ 122,984     $ 94,138  
    Noninterest income (expense)     1,004       1,174       (102 )     4,760       3,379  
    Total net interest income and noninterest income     45,545       38,116       22,457       127,744       97,517  
    Less: Noninterest expense     26,125       37,680       15,339       97,791       59,746  
    Pre-tax pre-provision income (non-GAAP)     19,420       436       7,118       29,953       37,771  
    Add: Merger and related expenses     643       14,605             16,288        
    Adjusted pre-tax pre-provision income (non-GAAP)   $ 20,063     $ 15,041     $ 7,118     $ 46,241     $ 37,771  
    (1 ) After-tax Day 1 provision for non-PCD loans and unfunded commitments and merger and related expenses are presented using a 29.56% tax rate.
        Three Months Ended     Year Ended  
        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        December 31,
    2023
        December 31,
    2024
        December 31,
    2023
     
        ($ in thousands)  
    Return on Average Assets, Equity, and Tangible Equity                              
    Net income (loss)   $ 16,772     $ (16,464 )   $ 4,412     $ 5,433     $ 25,910  
    Adjusted net income (non-GAAP)   $ 17,225     $ 9,090     $ 4,412     $ 32,399     $ 25,910  
                                             
    Average assets   $ 4,168,747     $ 3,593,157     $ 2,345,323     $ 3,095,916     $ 2,306,233  
    Average shareholders’ equity     504,909       428,558       282,072       379,816       273,346  
    Less: Average intangible assets     135,073       104,409       39,035       79,366       39,195  
    Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 369,836     $ 324,149     $ 243,037     $ 300,450     $ 234,151  
                                             
    Return on average assets     1.60 %     (1.82 %)     0.75 %     0.18 %     1.12 %
    Adjusted return on average assets (non-GAAP)     1.64 %     1.01 %     0.75 %     1.05 %     1.12 %
    Return on average equity     13.21 %     (15.28 %)     6.21 %     1.43 %     9.48 %
    Adjusted return on average equity (non-GAAP)     13.57 %     8.44 %     6.21 %     8.53 %     9.48 %
    Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)     18.04 %     (20.21 %)     7.20 %     1.81 %     11.07 %
    Adjusted return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)     18.53 %     11.16 %     7.20 %     10.78 %     11.07 %
        December 31,
    2024
        December 31,
    2023
     
        ($ in thousands except share and per share data)  
    Tangible Common Equity Ratio/Tangible Book Value Per Share                
    Shareholders’ equity   $ 511,836     $ 288,152  
    Less: Intangible assets     134,058       38,998  
    Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 377,778     $ 249,154  
                     
    Total assets   $ 4,031,654     $ 2,360,252  
    Less: Intangible assets     134,058       38,998  
    Tangible assets (non-GAAP)   $ 3,897,596     $ 2,321,254  
                     
    Equity to asset ratio     12.70 %     12.21 %
    Tangible common equity to tangible asset ratio (non-GAAP)     9.69 %     10.73 %
    Book value per share   $ 15.86     $ 15.69  
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)   $ 11.71     $ 13.56  
    Shares outstanding     32,265,935       18,369,115  

    INVESTOR RELATIONS CONTACT
    Kevin Mc Cabe
    California Bank of Commerce, N.A.
    kmccabe@bankcbc.com
    818.637.7065


    1 Reconciliations of non–U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) measures are set forth at the end of this press release.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Scality launches Cloud & Service Provider Program with Pay-as-you-Go licensing for Veeam Partner Ecosystem

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SAN FRANCISCO, Jan. 29, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Scality, a global leader in cyber-resilient storage software for the AI era, today announced the launch of its Pay-as-you-Go licensing model for Scality Cloud & Service Providers (SCSP). Specifically optimized for Veeam cloud service providers, this program features Scality ARTESCA as a 100% software storage backup target for Veeam® Backup-as-a-Service offerings. This groundbreaking initiative delivers scalable, future-proof cloud backup solutions that boost revenue and customer satisfaction.

    ARTESCA for Veeam Cloud & Service Providers provides unmatched scale and cyber resiliency

    Scality ARTESCA’s pricing model is aligned with Veeam’s pay-as-you-go licensing framework and takes customers beyond immutability to deliver a CORE5 cyber-resilient backup with unlimited scale and no performance degradation. The new licensing model minimizes sales friction, streamlines order processing, and enhances backup functionality with reduced complexity, making ARTESCA the premier storage solution for service providers who offer Veeam Backup-as-a-Service.

    “Our joint customers appreciate a bundled Veeam + Scality solution offering, which provides solid data resilience capabilities. It’s exciting to now see Scality launch its own global Cloud Service Provider Program, as it’s a go-to-market model that has seen continuous growth over the years. At Veeam, we are particularly proud of our network of Veeam Cloud & Service Provider (VCSP) partners and the quality of service they offer to hundreds of thousands of customers,” said Amaury Dutilleul-Francoeur, vice president of EMEA channels and alliances at Veeam.

    Empowering Service Providers with Scality’s flexible pay-as-you-go licensing model

    Scality offers a flexible pay-as-you-go software licensing model, designed to help SCSPs keep operations streamlined while boosting Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR). Key features include:

    • Flexible term commitment options: Choose a 1-, 2-, or 3-year ARR commitment.
    • Dynamic monthly billing: Only pay based on utilized storage capacity, allowing costs to align directly with monthly revenue.

    The new Scality ARTESCA pay-as-you-go licensing model is designed specifically for Cloud & Service Providers who integrate Veeam into their offerings. By positioning ARTESCA as the go-to backup target solution, service providers can provide reliable and scalable storage that adapts quickly to their customers’ evolving needs.

    “ARTESCA’s unprecedented growth in 2024 underscored its flexibility, simplicity, and impact. With this launch, we’re enabling Veeam Cloud & Service Providers and partners worldwide to deliver comprehensive security, performance, scalability, and cost efficiency to their customers. This program represents a bold step in redefining Backup-as-a-Service, empowering businesses to protect their data with confidence and thrive in an era of constant change,” said Eric LeBlanc, GM of ARTESCA and Channel Chief.

    Why Cloud & Service Providers will benefit with Scality ARTESCA

    • Peace of mind for customers: Takes solution beyond immutability with CORE5 cyber resiliency.
    • More business revenue: Upsell and modernize with ARTESCA on existing Veeam solution to build a solid ARR model as capacity increases over time.
    • Greater market competitiveness: Benefit from software-defined storage on low-cost servers, reducing expenses by up to 59% over five years (source: IDC Business Review).
    • Usage-based billing aligned to the business: Pay only for the capacity used, aligning expenses directly with revenue.
    • Start small and grow: Start with as little as 50 TB and expand infinitely as customers’ storage needs grow, making ARTESCA ideal for both small and large deployments.

    Autodata, a certified Platinum Veeam Cloud & Service Provider partner, highlighted the benefits they’ve experienced as one of the first Veeam partners to join Scality’s Cloud & Service Provider program.

    “Scality beat out strong competition to become our preferred object-storage solution for truly immutable on-premise backup,” said Ant Bucknor, Head of Data Centre and Cloud Services at Autodata. “ARTESCA offers unlimited scale, unmatched performance, and unbreakable cyber resilience. The flexible pricing model sealed the deal – we only pay for the capacity our customers need. Scality’s software-only solution also helped us maintain strong discounts with our preferred hardware vendor, and its easy deployment with Supermicro servers made implementation seamless. We immediately saw a 50% saving compared to other solutions. We’re also excited to be the first certified Veeam Cloud and Service Provider to join Scality’s Service Provider Program – one of the best revenue-generating programs we’ve seen in a long time!”

    Availability
    The ARTESCA pay-as-you-go software solution for Veeam Cloud & Service Providers and partners is available now globally through select distribution partners. Learn more about our Scality ARTESCA and our new Pay-as-you-Go licensing model here: https://www.artesca.scality.com/scsp/

    About Scality
    Scality solves organizations’ biggest data storage challenges — security, performance, and cost. Designed to provide the strongest form of immutability plus end-to-end cyber resilience, Scality solutions safeguard data at five core levels for unbreakable ransomware protection. Delivering utmost resilience, Scality makes storage infrastructures limitlessly scalable in all critical dimensions. The world’s most discerning companies trust Scality so they can grow faster and execute AI data-driven ideas quicker — while increasing efficiency and avoiding lock-in. Scality S3 object storage software is reliable, secure and sustainable. Follow us on Twitter and LinkedIn. Visit www.scality.com and our blog.

    Media Contact:
    Lisa Williams
    A3 Communications
    +1 339-788-0067
    lisa.williams@a3communicationspr.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Governor Newsom announces appointments 1.28.25

    Source: US State of California 2

    Jan 28, 2025

    SACRAMENTO – Governor Gavin Newsom today announced the following appointments:

    Deborah Hoffman, of Sacramento, has been appointed Chief Deputy Director at the Office of Tax Appeals. Hoffman has been Special Advisor at the California Department of Veterans Affairs since 2020, where she was previously Senior Advisor for Communications from 2019 to 2020. She was Undersecretary of the California Business, Consumer Services, and Housing Agency from 2017 to 2019. Hoffman was Deputy Press Secretary in the Office of Governor Brown from 2015 to 2017. She was Assistant Secretary of Public and Employee Communications at the California Department of Corrections from 2012 to 2015. Hoffman was Deputy Secretary of Communications and External Affairs at the California Environmental Protection Agency from 2011 to 2012. She was Communications Director and Policy Consultant in the Office of Senator Fran Pavley from 2009 to 2011. Hoffman was a Reporter at KXTV ABC10 News Sacramento from 1995 to 2009. She earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in Journalism from California State University, Northridge. This position does not require Senate confirmation, and the compensation is $187,104. Hoffman is registered without party preference.

    Krista Dunzweiler, of Sacramento, has been appointed Chief Deputy General Counsel in the Office of Legal Affairs at the Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, where she has been Chief Deputy General Counsel since 2019. Dunzweiler held several positions at the California Department of Justice from 2014 to 2019 including Deputy Attorney General IV and Deputy Attorney General III. She was an Associate at Locke Lord LLP from 2011 to 2014, Bullivant Houser Bailey from 2008 to 2011, Diepenbrock Harrison from 2006 to 2008, and at Weinstraub Genshlea Chediak from 2004 to 2006. Dunzweiler earned a Juris Doctor degree from the University of the Pacific, McGeorge School of Law, and a Master of Arts degree in Communications and a Bachelor of Arts degree in History and Psychology from the University of the Pacific. This position does not require Senate confirmation, and the compensation is $229,236. Dunzweiler is a Democrat.

    Todd Gloria, of San Diego, has been appointed to the California Air Resources Board. Gloria has been the Mayor of the City of San Diego since 2020. He was an Assemblymember with the California State Assembly from 2016 to 2020. Gloria was a Councilmember, District 3 in the City of San Diego from 2008 to 2016. He was a District Director in the Office of Congresswoman Susan A. Davis from 2001 to 2008. Gloria was a San Diego Housing Commissioner on the San Diego Housing Commission from 2005 to 2008. He was Board Chair at San Diego LGBT Community Center from 2002 to 2007. Gloria earned his Bachelor of the Arts degree in Political Science and History from the University of San Diego. This position requires Senate confirmation, and the compensation is $100 per diem. Gloria is a Democrat.

    Roxanne Messina Captor, of Redondo Beach, has been reappointed to the California Arts Council, where she has been serving since 2022. Captor has been Associate Faculty at Santa Monica College since 1986, an Emmy-nominated Filmmaker at Messina Captor Films Inc. since 1994, and a teacher at the New York Film Academy since 2022. She was a Faculty Member at Emerson College LA and CalArts from 2000 to 2019. Captor was Executive Director for the San Francisco International Film Festival and Society from 2001 to 2006. She is a member of the Academy of Television Arts and Sciences, Who’s Who of America, Greenlight Women, and the National Association of Television Program Executives. Captor earned a Master of Fine Arts degree in Directing for Cinema from Columbia College of Chicago and a Bachelor of Fine Arts degree in Theatre Arts from Julliard School of Music. This position requires Senate confirmation, and the compensation is $100 per diem. Captor is a Democrat.

    Press Releases, Recent News

    Recent news

    News What you need to know: Governor Newsom met today with leaders of the Pacific Palisades synagogue Kehillat Israel, which still stands after the fire. Los Angeles, California – Today, Governor Gavin Newsom met with clergy, staff, and board members of Kehillat…

    News Dodgers Chairman Mark Walter, Mark Walter Family Foundation, and Los Angeles Dodgers Foundation will provide an initial commitment of up to $100 million   LA Rises will support city and county efforts to help accelerate recovery LOS ANGELES — In the wake of one…

    News LOS ANGELES — Scientists, water managers, state leaders, and experts throughout the state are calling out the federal administration’s ongoing misinformation campaign on water management in California. Here is a snapshot of what water leaders and media are saying…

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: Hanover Bancorp, Inc. Reports 2024 Full Year And Fourth Quarter Results Highlighted by Fourth Quarter Robust Margin Expansion and Record Non-interest Income

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Fourth Quarter Performance Highlights

    • Net Income: Net income for the quarter ended December 31, 2024 totaled $3.9 million or $0.52 per diluted share (including Series A preferred shares).
    • Record Non-interest Income: The Company reported record non-interest income of $4.2 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, an increase of $0.2 million or 5.89% from the quarter ended September 30, 2024 and $0.9 million or 28.67% from the quarter ended December 31, 2023.
    • Net Interest Income: Net interest income was $13.8 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, an increase of $0.7 million or 5.39% from the quarter ended September 30, 2024 and $1.1 million, or 9.08% from the quarter ended December 31, 2023.
    • Net Interest Margin: The Company’s net interest margin during the quarter ended December 31, 2024 increased to 2.53% from 2.37% in the quarter ended September 30, 2024 and 2.40% in the quarter ended December 31, 2023.
    • Strong Liquidity Position: At December 31, 2024, undrawn liquidity sources, which include cash and unencumbered securities and secured and unsecured funding capacity, totaled $713.1 million, or approximately 283% of uninsured deposit balances.
    • Deposit Activity: Core deposits, consisting of Demand, NOW, Savings and Money Market, increased $3.1 million or 0.84% annualized from September 30, 2024 and $74.1 million or 5.36% from December 31, 2023. Demand deposits increased $5.3 million or 10.33% annualized from September 30, 2024 and $3.9 million or 1.86% from December 31, 2023. Total deposits increased $49.7 million or 2.61% from December 31, 2023. Insured and collateralized deposits, which include municipal deposits, accounted for approximately 87% of total deposits at December 31, 2024.
    • Loan Diversification Strategy: The continued success in loan diversification resulted in C&I loans increasing by $61.0 million, or 56.52%, year over year, increasing to 8.51% of total loans at December 31, 2024. In addition, the commercial real estate concentration ratio improved, declining from 432% of capital at December 31, 2023 to 385% of capital at December 31, 2024. The Company continues to focus loan growth primarily in residential loan products originated for sale to specific buyers in the secondary market, C&I and SBA loans, which strategically enhances our management of liquidity and capital while producing additional non-interest income.
    • Asset Quality: At December 31, 2024, the Bank’s asset quality remained solid with non-performing loans totaling $16.4 million, representing 0.82% of the total loan portfolio, while the allowance for credit losses was 1.15% of total loans. Loans secured by office space accounted for 2.45% of the total loan portfolio with a total balance of $48.7 million, of which less than 1% is located in Manhattan.
    • Banking Initiatives: At December 31, 2024, the Company’s banking initiatives reflected continuing momentum:
      • SBA & USDA Banking: Gains on sale of SBA loans totaled $2.5 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, representing a 9.76% increase over the comparable 2023 quarter. Total SBA loans sold were $30.9 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, representing a 3.98% increase over the comparable 2023 quarter. Premiums earned on the sale of SBA loans increased to 9.06% for the quarter ended December 31, 2024 from 8.26% for the quarter ended December 31, 2023.
      • C&I Banking/Hauppauge Business Banking Center: The C&I Banking Team and the Hauppauge Business Banking Center increased deposits to $96.4 million as of December 31, 2024 from $44.9 million at December 31, 2023. This growth has continued since year end, with these deposits reaching $104 million at January 27, 2025. Loan originations tied to this office were $33.5 million during the fourth quarter of 2024 and $88.4 million for the full year. Momentum continues to build with deposit and C&I loan pipelines related to this office of $43 million and $112 million, respectively.
      • Residential Lending: The Bank continues to originate loans for its portfolio and for sale in the secondary market under its recently developed flow origination program. Of the $26.1 million in closed loans originated in the quarter ended December 31, 2024, $11.7 million were originated for the Bank’s portfolio and reflected a weighted average yield of 6.88% before origination and other fees, which average 50-100 bps per loan, and a weighted average LTV of 62%. The remaining $14.4 million of closed loans were originated for sale in the secondary market. Under this program, the Bank produced total gains of $0.5 million and a resulting premium of 2.42% in the fourth quarter of 2024.
    • Technology: The Company expects to complete a core processing system conversion from its existing provider to FIS Horizon on or about February 15, 2025. This conversion is expected to deliver immediate and tangible benefits to the Bank’s operations and customers, offering material improvements in user interfaces, functionality and efficiency that will better support our commitment to a digital forward future on better financial terms.
    • Tangible Book Value Per Share: Tangible book value per share (including Series A preferred shares) was $23.86 at December 31, 2024, an increase of 9.97% annualized from $23.28 at September 30, 2024 and 6.00% from $22.51 at December 31, 2023.
    • Quarterly Cash Dividend: The Company’s Board of Directors approved a $0.10 per share cash dividend on both common and Series A preferred shares payable on February 19, 2025 to stockholders of record on February 12, 2025.

    MINEOLA, N.Y., Jan. 29, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Hanover Bancorp, Inc. (“Hanover” or “the Company” – NASDAQ: HNVR), the holding company for Hanover Community Bank (“the Bank”), today reported results for the quarter and year ended December 31, 2024 and the declaration of a $0.10 per share cash dividend on both common and Series A preferred shares payable on February 19, 2025 to stockholders of record on February 12, 2025.

    Earnings Summary for the Quarter Ended December 31, 2024

    The Company reported net income for the quarter ended December 31, 2024 of $3.9 million or $0.52 per diluted share (including Series A preferred shares), versus $3.8 million or $0.51 per diluted share (including Series A preferred shares) in the quarter ended December 31, 2023. Returns on average assets, average stockholders’ equity and average tangible equity were 0.70%, 7.98% and 8.87%, respectively, for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, versus 0.69%, 8.10% and 9.06%, respectively, for the comparable quarter of 2023.

    While net interest income and non-interest income increased during the quarter ended December 31, 2024 compared to the quarter ended December 31, 2023, these gains were partially offset by an increase in non-interest expenses, particularly compensation and benefits. The increase in non-interest income is primarily related to the increases in the gain on sale of loans held-for-sale and loan servicing and fee income. This increase is reflective of the strengthening of secondary market premiums in connection with sales of SBA loans and the gains on the recently developed residential loan flow program. The increase in compensation and benefits expense in the fourth quarter of 2024 versus the comparable 2023 quarter was primarily related to lower deferred loan origination costs that were offset by lower incentive compensation expense resulting from reduced lending activity.

    Net interest income was $13.8 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, an increase of $1.1 million, or 9.08%, versus the comparable 2023 quarter due to improvement of the Company’s net interest margin to 2.53% in the 2024 quarter from 2.40% in the comparable 2023 quarter. The yield on interest earning assets increased to 6.06% in the 2024 quarter from 5.91% in the comparable 2023 quarter, an increase of 15 basis points that was partially offset by a 5 basis point increase in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 4.24% in 2024 from 4.19% in the fourth quarter of 2023. The increase in the net interest margin was a result of the recent reductions in the Fed Funds effective rate and the liability sensitive nature of the Bank’s balance sheet.

    Earnings Summary for the Year Ended December 31, 2024

    For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company reported net income of $12.3 million or $1.66 per diluted share (including Series A preferred shares), versus $13.6 million or $1.84 per diluted share (including Series A preferred shares) a year ago.

    The decrease in net income recorded for the year ended December 31, 2024 from the comparable 2023 period resulted from an increase in the provision for credit losses and an increase in non-interest expense, which were partially offset by an increase in non-interest income. The year-over-year increase in the provision for credit losses was primarily related to the recording of a $4.0 million provision for credit losses in the June 2024 quarter that was mainly attributable to an ACL on an individually evaluated loan of $2.5 million and $1.1 million related to ongoing enhancements to the CECL model. The increase in non-interest income is primarily related to the increases in the gain on sale of loans held-for-sale and loan servicing and fee income which were partially offset by a decrease in other operating income. In September 2023, the Company settled ongoing litigation and received a settlement payment of $975 thousand which was recorded in other operating income. The increase in non-interest expense was primarily attributed to additional staff for the SBA, C&I Banking and Operations teams. The Company’s effective tax rate decreased to 24.62% for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 25.85% in the comparable 2023 period.

    Net interest income was $53.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, an increase of $1.2 million, or 2.32% from the comparable 2023 period. The Company’s net interest margin was 2.44% in 2024 and 2.59% in 2023. The yield on interest earning assets increased to 6.12% in 2024 from 5.67% in 2023, an increase of 45 basis points that was offset by a 72 basis point increase in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 4.40% in 2024 from 3.68% in 2023 due to the rapid and significant rise in market interest rates.

    Our imminent core system conversion is expected to position us to compete more effectively across all lines of business, as customers expect greater convenience and technological capabilities, and will enable the Bank to realize operational efficiencies while maximizing our customer appeal. The substantial improvement in features and functionality expected with the conversion will be achieved on better financial terms than under our current system, enabling us to realize a material gain in performance with no adverse impact to operating expenses.

    Michael P. Puorro, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, commented on the Company’s quarterly results: “We are pleased with fourth-quarter results. Notable increases in net interest margin, tangible book value, returns on average assets and average tangible equity complemented further improvement in our CRE concentration ratio and sound credit quality, bringing 2024 to a well-rounded conclusion. Building on this momentum, we enter 2025 with strong loan and deposit pipelines across our critical verticals, including C&I, SBA and Residential Banking and the benefit of diversified income streams. Ongoing performance will be enhanced by our pending core system conversion, which will deliver tangible operational efficiencies and customer benefits, and could be positively impacted by further Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) rate decreases, an improved yield curve, a favorable banking environment and potential qualification for the Russell 2000, which would increase institutional ownership and enhance the liquidity of our stock. We continue to focus on scaling our key verticals while maintaining prudent expense management, which we believe will increase shareholder value through enhanced performance.”

    Balance Sheet Highlights

    Total assets at December 31, 2024 were $2.31 billion versus $2.27 billion at December 31, 2023. Total securities available for sale at December 31, 2024 were $83.8 million, an increase of $22.3 million from December 31, 2023, primarily driven by growth in U.S. Treasury securities, corporate bonds and mortgage-backed securities.

    Total deposits at December 31, 2024 were $1.95 billion, an increase of $49.7 million or 2.61%, compared to $1.90 billion at December 31, 2023. Our loan to deposit ratio was 102% at December 31, 2024 and 103% at December 31, 2023.

    The Company had $509.3 million in total municipal deposits at December 31, 2024, at a weighted average rate of 3.72% versus $528.1 million at a weighted average rate of 4.62% at December 31, 2023. The Company’s municipal deposit program is built on long-standing relationships developed in the local marketplace. This core deposit business will continue to provide a stable source of funding for the Company’s lending products at costs lower than those of consumer deposits and market-based borrowings. The Company continues to broaden its municipal deposit base and currently services 39 customer relationships.

    Total borrowings at December 31, 2024 were $107.8 million, with a weighted average rate and term of 4.11% and 23 months, respectively. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had $107.8 million and $126.7 million, respectively, of term FHLB advances outstanding. The Company had no FHLB overnight borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2024 and 2023. At December 31, 2024 the Company had no borrowings outstanding from the Federal Reserve’s Paycheck Protection Program Liquidity Facility (“PPPLF”), while at December 31, 2023 the Company had $2.3 million in borrowings from the PPPLF. The Company had no borrowings outstanding under lines of credit with correspondent banks at December 31, 2024 and 2023.

    Stockholders’ equity was $196.6 million at December 31, 2024 compared to $184.8 million at December 31, 2023. The $11.8 million increase was primarily due to an increase of $9.4 million in retained earnings and a decrease of $1.1 million in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The increase in retained earnings was due primarily to net income of $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, which was offset by $2.9 million of dividends declared. The accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2024 was 0.68% of total equity and was comprised of a $1.0 million after tax net unrealized loss on the investment portfolio and a $0.3 million after tax net unrealized loss on derivatives.

    Loan Portfolio

    For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Bank’s loan portfolio grew to $1.99 billion, an increase of $28.3 million or 1.45%. Growth was concentrated primarily in residential, SBA and C&I loans. At December 31, 2024, the Company’s residential loan portfolio (including home equity) amounted to $729.3 million, with an average loan balance of $483 thousand and a weighted average loan-to-value ratio of 57%. Commercial real estate and multifamily loans totaled $1.09 billion at December 31, 2024, with an average loan balance of $1.5 million and a weighted average loan-to-value ratio of 59%. As will be discussed below, approximately 37% of the multifamily portfolio is subject to rent regulation. The Company’s commercial real estate concentration ratio continued to improve, decreasing to 385% of capital at December 31, 2024 from 432% of capital at December 31, 2023, with loans secured by office space accounting for 2.45% of the total loan portfolio and totaling $48.7 million. The Company’s loan pipeline with executed term sheets at December 31, 2024 is approximately $237 million, with approximately 89% being niche-residential, conventional C&I and SBA & USDA lending opportunities.

    The Bank’s investments in diversification continue to deliver results, with the volume of SBA & USDA loans originated for sale and the volume of residential loans originated for sale sustaining momentum. During the quarter ended December 31, 2024, the Company sold $19.1 million of residential loans under this program and recorded gains on sale of loans held-for-sale of $0.5 million. During the quarters ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company sold approximately $30.9 million and $29.7 million, respectively, in the government guaranteed portion of SBA loans and recorded gains on sale of loans held-for-sale of $2.5 million and $2.3 million, respectively. We expect the volume of activity to increase in 2025. Because we continue to prioritize the management of liquidity and capital, new business development with respect to residential and SBA & USDA lending is largely focused on originations for sale over portfolio growth. Conversely, portfolio growth is the primary focus of our C&I Banking initiative, which continues to drive deposit and loan growth at our Hauppauge Business Banking Center and will expand with the pending launch of our Port Jefferson branch.

    Commercial Real Estate Statistics

    A significant portion of the Bank’s commercial real estate portfolio consists of loans secured by Multi-Family and CRE-Investor owned real estate that are predominantly subject to fixed interest rates for an initial period of 5 years. The Bank’s exposure to Land/Construction loans is minor at $13.5 million, all at floating interest rates, and CRE-owner occupied loans have a mix of floating rates. As shown below, 23% of the loan balances in these combined portfolios will mature in 2025 and 2026, with another 55% maturing in 2027.

    Multi-Family Market Rent Portfolio Fixed Rate Reset/Maturity Schedule   Multi-Family Stabilized Rent Portfolio Fixed Rate Reset/Maturity Schedule
    Calendar Period   # Loans   Total O/S ($000’s omitted)   Avg O/S ($000’s omitted)   Avg Interest Rate   Calendar Period   # Loans   Total O/S ($000’s omitted)   Avg O/S ($000’s omitted)   Avg Interest Rate
                                                     
    2025   10   $ 16,416   $ 1,642   4.30 %   2025   14   $ 19,527   $ 1,395   4.82 %
    2026   36     118,503     3,292   3.66 %   2026   20     42,901     2,145   3.67 %
    2027   71     176,490     2,486   4.30 %   2027   53     124,773     2,354   4.22 %
    2028   18     29,858     1,659   6.15 %   2028   12     10,221     852   7.14 %
    2029   6     4,957     826   7.70 %   2029   4     4,346     1,087   6.38 %
    2030+   2     639     320   4.47 %   2030+   4     1,169     292   5.41 %
    Fixed Rate   143     346,863     2,426   4.29 %   Fixed Rate   107     202,937     1,897   4.36 %
    Floating Rate   3     716     239   9.22 %   Floating Rate             %
    Total   146   $ 347,579   $ 2,381   4.30 %   Total   107   $ 202,937   $ 1,897   4.36 %
    CRE Investor Portfolio Fixed Rate Reset/Maturity Schedule
    Calendar Period   # Loans   Total O/S ($000’s omitted)   Avg O/S ($000’s omitted)   Avg Interest Rate
                           
    2025   30   $ 23,439   $ 781   6.12 %
    2026   33     44,679     1,354   4.87 %
    2027   90     163,358     1,815   5.03 %
    2028   30     31,803     1,060   6.63 %
    2029   4     2,378     595   7.03 %
    2030+   12     5,745     479   6.24 %
    Fixed Rate   199     271,402     1,364   5.33 %
    Floating Rate   10     27,103     2,710   8.95 %
    Total CRE-Inv.   209   $ 298,505   $ 1,428   5.66 %


    Rental breakdown of Multi-Family portfolio

    The table below segments our portfolio of loans secured by Multi-Family properties based on rental terms and location. As shown below, 63% of the combined portfolio is secured by properties subject to free market rental terms, which is the dominant tenant type. Both the Market Rent and Stabilized Rent segments of our portfolio present very similar average borrower profiles. The portfolio is primarily located in the New York City boroughs of Brooklyn, the Bronx and Queens.

    Multi-Family Loan Portfolio – Loans by Rent Type
    Rent Type   # of Notes   Outstanding Loan Balance   % of Total Multi-Family   Avg Loan Size   LTV   Current DSCR   Avg # of Units
            ($000’s omitted)         ($000’s omitted)              
                                         
    Market   146   $ 347,579   63 %   $ 2,381   61.6 %   1.39   11
    Location                                    
    Manhattan   7   $ 17,840   3 %   $ 2,549   51.9 %   1.62   15
    Other NYC   93   $ 244,408   44 %   $ 2,628   61.2 %   1.38   10
    Outside NYC   46   $ 85,331   16 %   $ 1,855   64.8 %   1.39   13
                                         
    Stabilized   107   $ 202,937   37 %   $ 1,897   62.4 %   1.39   12
    Location                                    
    Manhattan   6   $ 9,035   2 %   $ 1,506   44.7 %   1.59   17
    Other NYC   89   $ 174,888   32 %   $ 1,965   63.2 %   1.38   11
    Outside NYC   12   $ 19,014   3 %   $ 1,584   64.4 %   1.40   16

    Office Property Exposure

    The Bank’s exposure to the Office market is minor at $49 million. The pool has a 1.28x weighted average DSCR, a 53% weighted average LTV and less than $400,000 of exposure in Manhattan.

    Asset Quality and Allowance for Credit Losses

    At December 31, 2024, the Bank’s asset quality remained solid with non-performing loans totaling $16.4 million which represented 0.82% of total loans outstanding. Non-performing loans were $14.5 million at December 31, 2023 and $15.4 million at September 30, 2024.

    During the fourth quarter of 2024, the Bank recorded a provision for credit losses expense of $0.4 million. The December 31, 2024, allowance for credit losses balance was $22.8 million versus $19.7 million at December 31, 2023 and $23.4 million at September 30, 2024. The allowance for credit losses as a percent of total loans was 1.15% at December 31, 2024 and 1.17% at September 30, 2024, inclusive of a $3.2 million allowance on individually analyzed loans, versus 1.00% at December 31, 2023, which does not include the aforementioned $3.2 million allowance.

    Net Interest Margin

    The Bank’s net interest margin increased to 2.53% for the quarter ended December 31, 2024 compared to 2.37% in the quarter ended September 30, 2024 and 2.40% in the quarter ended December 31, 2023 due to the recent reductions in the Fed Funds effective rate and the liability sensitive nature of the Bank’s balance sheet.

    About Hanover Community Bank and Hanover Bancorp, Inc.

    Hanover Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: HNVR), is the bank holding company for Hanover Community Bank, a community commercial bank focusing on highly personalized and efficient services and products responsive to client needs. Management and the Board of Directors are comprised of a select group of successful local businesspeople who are committed to the success of the Bank by knowing and understanding the metro-New York area’s financial needs and opportunities. Backed by state-of-the-art technology, Hanover offers a full range of financial services. Hanover offers a complete suite of consumer, commercial, and municipal banking products and services, including multi-family and commercial mortgages, residential loans, business loans and lines of credit. Hanover also offers its customers access to 24-hour ATM service with no fees attached, free checking with interest, telephone banking, advanced technologies in mobile and internet banking for our consumer and business customers, safe deposit boxes and much more. The Company’s corporate administrative office is located in Mineola, New York where it also operates a full-service branch office along with additional branch locations in Garden City Park, Hauppauge, Forest Hills, Flushing, Sunset Park, Rockefeller Center and Chinatown, New York, and Freehold, New Jersey, with a new branch opening in Port Jefferson, New York in the first quarter of 2025.

    Hanover Community Bank is a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and is an Equal Housing/Equal Opportunity Lender. For further information, call (516) 548-8500 or visit the Bank’s website at www.hanoverbank.com.

    Non-GAAP Disclosure

    This discussion includes non-GAAP financial measures, including the Company’s tangible common equity (“TCE”) ratio, TCE, tangible assets, tangible book value per share, return on average tangible equity and efficiency ratio. A non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of historical or future performance, financial position or cash flows that excludes or includes amounts that are required to be disclosed in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). The Company’s management believes that the presentation of non-GAAP financial measures provides both management and investors with a greater understanding of the Company’s operating results and trends in addition to the results measured in accordance with GAAP, and provides greater comparability across time periods. While management uses non-GAAP financial measures in its analysis of the Company’s performance, this information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the numbers prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or considered to be more important than financial results determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Company’s non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other financial institutions.

    With respect to the calculations of and reconciliations of TCE, tangible assets, TCE ratio and tangible book value per share, reconciliations to the most comparable U.S. GAAP measures are provided in the tables that follow.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This release may contain certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and may be identified by the use of such words as “may,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “should,” “plan,” “estimate,” “predict,” “continue,” and “potential” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, estimates with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of Hanover Bancorp, Inc. Any or all of the forward-looking statements in this release and in any other public statements made by Hanover Bancorp, Inc. may turn out to be incorrect. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions that Hanover Bancorp, Inc. might make or by known or unknown risks and uncertainties, including those discussed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K under Item 1A – Risk Factors, as updated by our subsequent filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Further, the adverse effect of health emergencies or natural disasters on the Company, its customers, and the communities where it operates may adversely affect the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition for an indefinite period of time. Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed. Hanover Bancorp, Inc. does not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this release or to conform these statements to actual events.

    Investor and Press Contact:
    Lance P. Burke
    Chief Financial Officer
    (516) 548-8500

    HANOVER BANCORP, INC.            
    STATEMENTS OF CONDITION (unaudited)            
    (dollars in thousands)            
                   
                   
        December 31,   September 30,   December 31,  
          2024       2024       2023    
    Assets              
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 162,857     $ 141,231     $ 177,207    
    Securities-available for sale, at fair value   83,755       98,359       61,419    
    Investments-held to maturity   3,758       3,828       4,041    
    Loans held for sale   12,404       16,721       8,904    
                   
    Loans, net of deferred loan fees and costs   1,985,524       2,005,813       1,957,199    
    Less: allowance for credit losses   (22,779 )     (23,406 )     (19,658 )  
    Loans, net   1,962,745       1,982,407       1,937,541    
                   
    Goodwill     19,168       19,168       19,168    
    Premises & fixed assets   15,337       16,373       15,886    
    Operating lease assets   8,337       8,776       9,754    
    Other assets   43,749       40,951       36,140    
      Assets $ 2,312,110     $ 2,327,814     $ 2,270,060    
                   
    Liabilities and stockholders’ equity            
    Core deposits $ 1,456,513     $ 1,453,444     $ 1,382,397    
    Time deposits   497,770       504,100       522,198    
    Total deposits   1,954,283       1,957,544       1,904,595    
                   
    Borrowings   107,805       125,805       128,953    
    Subordinated debentures   24,689       24,675       24,635    
    Operating lease liabilities   9,025       9,472       10,459    
    Other liabilities   19,670       17,979       16,588    
      Liabilities   2,115,472       2,135,475       2,085,230    
                   
    Stockholders’ equity   196,638       192,339       184,830    
      Liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 2,312,110     $ 2,327,814     $ 2,270,060    
                   
    HANOVER BANCORP, INC.                
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited)              
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)                
                       
        Three Months Ended   Year Ended  
        12/31/2024   12/31/2023   12/31/2024   12/31/2023  
                       
    Interest income $ 33,057   $ 31,155   $ 133,022   $ 113,626  
    Interest expense   19,249     18,496     79,930     61,739  
      Net interest income   13,808     12,659     53,092     51,887  
    Provision for credit losses   400     200     4,940     2,132  
      Net interest income after provision for credit losses   13,408     12,459     48,152     49,755  
                       
    Loan servicing and fee income   981     778     3,690     2,809  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   136     85     469     297  
    Gain on sale of loans held-for-sale   3,014     2,326     10,940     5,841  
    Gain on sale of investments   27         31      
    Other operating income   29     65     209     1,744  
      Non-interest income   4,187     3,254     15,339     10,691  
                       
    Compensation and benefits   6,699     5,242     25,600     21,562  
    Occupancy and equipment   1,810     1,746     7,222     6,628  
    Data processing   536     530     2,096     2,063  
    Professional fees   782     729     3,079     3,191  
    Federal deposit insurance premiums   375     375     1,418     1,476  
    Other operating expenses   2,198     2,048     7,697     7,200  
      Non-interest expense   12,400     10,670     47,112     42,120  
                       
      Income before income taxes   5,195     5,043     16,379     18,326  
    Income tax expense   1,293     1,280     4,033     4,737  
                       
      Net income $ 3,902   $ 3,763   $ 12,346   $ 13,589  
                       
    Earnings per share (“EPS”):(1)                
    Basic $ 0.53   $ 0.51   $ 1.67   $ 1.85  
    Diluted $ 0.52   $ 0.51   $ 1.66   $ 1.84  
                       
    Average shares outstanding for basic EPS (1)(2)   7,427,583     7,324,133     7,403,758     7,326,903  
    Average shares outstanding for diluted EPS (1)(2)   7,456,471     7,383,529     7,432,741     7,386,299  
                       
    (1) Calculation includes common stock and Series A preferred stock.              
    (2) Average shares outstanding before subtracting participating securities.              
                       
    Note: Prior period information has been adjusted to conform to current period presentation.          
    HANOVER BANCORP, INC.                    
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited)                  
    QUARTERLY TREND                    
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)                    
                           
        Three Months Ended  
        12/31/2024   9/30/2024   6/30/2024   3/31/2024   12/31/2023  
                           
    Interest income $ 33,057   $ 34,113   $ 33,420   $ 32,432   $ 31,155  
    Interest expense   19,249     21,011     20,173     19,497     18,496  
      Net interest income   13,808     13,102     13,247     12,935     12,659  
    Provision for credit losses   400     200     4,040     300     200  
      Net interest income after provision for credit losses   13,408     12,902     9,207     12,635     12,459  
                           
    Loan servicing and fee income   981     960     836     913     778  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   136     123     114     96     85  
    Gain on sale of loans held-for-sale   3,014     2,834     2,586     2,506     2,326  
    Gain on sale of investments   27         4          
    Other operating income   29     37     82     61     65  
      Non-interest income   4,187     3,954     3,622     3,576     3,254  
                           
    Compensation and benefits   6,699     6,840     6,499     5,562     5,242  
    Occupancy and equipment   1,810     1,799     1,843     1,770     1,746  
    Data processing   536     547     495     518     530  
    Professional fees   782     762     717     818     729  
    Federal deposit insurance premiums   375     360     365     318     375  
    Other operating expenses   2,198     1,930     1,751     1,818     2,048  
      Non-interest expense   12,400     12,238     11,670     10,804     10,670  
                           
      Income before income taxes   5,195     4,618     1,159     5,407     5,043  
    Income tax expense   1,293     1,079     315     1,346     1,280  
                           
      Net income $ 3,902   $ 3,539   $ 844   $ 4,061   $ 3,763  
                           
    Earnings per share (“EPS”):(1)                    
    Basic $ 0.53   $ 0.48   $ 0.11   $ 0.55   $ 0.51  
    Diluted $ 0.52   $ 0.48   $ 0.11   $ 0.55   $ 0.51  
                           
    Average shares outstanding for basic EPS (1)(2)   7,427,583     7,411,064     7,399,816     7,376,227     7,324,133  
    Average shares outstanding for diluted EPS (1)(2)   7,456,471     7,436,068     7,449,110     7,420,926     7,383,529  
                           
    (1) Calculation includes common stock and Series A preferred stock.                  
    (2) Average shares outstanding before subtracting participating securities.                  
                           
    Note: Prior period information has been adjusted to conform to current period presentation.              
    HANOVER BANCORP, INC.                
    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited)              
    (dollars in thousands)                
                     
                     
      Three Months Ended   Year Ended  
      12/31/2024   12/31/2023   12/31/2024   12/31/2023  
    Profitability:                
    Return on average assets   0.70 %     0.69 %     0.55 %     0.66 %  
    Return on average equity (1)   7.98 %     8.10 %     6.45 %     7.44 %  
    Return on average tangible equity (1)   8.87 %     9.06 %     7.18 %     8.33 %  
    Pre-provision net revenue to average assets   1.00 %     0.97 %     0.95 %     0.99 %  
    Yield on average interest-earning assets   6.06 %     5.91 %     6.12 %     5.67 %  
    Cost of average interest-bearing liabilities   4.24 %     4.19 %     4.40 %     3.68 %  
    Net interest rate spread (2)   1.82 %     1.72 %     1.72 %     1.99 %  
    Net interest margin (3)   2.53 %     2.40 %     2.44 %     2.59 %  
    Non-interest expense to average assets   2.21 %     1.97 %     2.11 %     2.04 %  
    Operating efficiency ratio (4)   69.01 %     67.05 %     68.88 %     67.31 %  
                     
    Average balances:                
    Interest-earning assets $ 2,169,595     $ 2,090,839     $ 2,174,000     $ 2,004,634    
    Interest-bearing liabilities   1,804,700       1,751,330       1,818,110       1,678,464    
    Loans   2,003,686       1,910,409       2,005,524       1,829,586    
    Deposits   1,853,828       1,767,753       1,840,378       1,675,913    
    Borrowings   153,126       170,793       174,327       182,307    
                     
                     
    (1) Includes common stock and Series A preferred stock.              
    (2) Represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
    (3) Represents net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.          
    (4) Represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income excluding gain on sale of securities available for sale.
    HANOVER BANCORP, INC.                
    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited)                
    (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)              
                     
      At or For the Three Months Ended  
      12/31/2024   9/30/2024   6/30/2024   3/31/2024  
    Asset quality:                
    Provision for credit losses – loans (1) $ 400     $ 200     $ 3,850     $ 300    
    Net (charge-offs)/recoveries   (1,027 )     (438 )     (79 )     (85 )  
    Allowance for credit losses   22,779       23,406       23,644       19,873    
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans (2)   1.15 %     1.17 %     1.17 %     0.99 %  
    Non-performing loans $ 16,368     $ 15,365     $ 15,828     $ 14,878    
    Non-performing loans/total loans   0.82 %     0.77 %     0.79 %     0.74 %  
    Non-performing loans/total assets   0.71 %     0.66 %     0.68 %     0.64 %  
    Allowance for credit losses/non-performing loans   139.17 %     152.33 %     149.38 %     133.57 %  
                     
    Capital (Bank only):                
    Tier 1 Capital $ 201,744     $ 198,196     $ 195,703     $ 195,889    
    Tier 1 leverage ratio   9.13 %     8.85 %     8.89 %     8.90 %  
    Common equity tier 1 capital ratio   13.32 %     12.99 %     12.78 %     12.99 %  
    Tier 1 risk based capital ratio   13.32 %     12.99 %     12.78 %     12.99 %  
    Total risk based capital ratio   14.58 %     14.24 %     14.21 %     14.19 %  
                     
    Equity data:                
    Shares outstanding (3)   7,427,127       7,428,366       7,402,163       7,392,412    
    Stockholders’ equity $ 196,638     $ 192,339     $ 190,072     $ 189,543    
    Book value per share (3)   26.48       25.89       25.68       25.64    
    Tangible common equity (3)   177,220       172,906       170,625       170,080    
    Tangible book value per share (3)   23.86       23.28       23.05       23.01    
    Tangible common equity (“TCE”) ratio (3)   7.73 %     7.49 %     7.38 %     7.43 %  
                     
    (1) Excludes $0, $0, $190 thousand and $0 provision for credit losses on unfunded commitments for the quarters ended 12/31/24,
    9/30/24, 6/30/24 and 3/31/24, respectively.                
    (2) Calculation excludes loans held for sale.                
    (3) Includes common stock and Series A preferred stock.                
                     
    Note: Prior period information has been adjusted to conform to current period presentation.          
    HANOVER BANCORP, INC.                
    STATISTICAL SUMMARY                
    QUARTERLY TREND                
    (unaudited, dollars in thousands, except share data)              
                       
        12/31/2024   9/30/2024   6/30/2024   3/31/2024  
                       
    Loan distribution (1):                
    Residential mortgages $ 702,832     $ 719,037     $ 733,040     $ 730,017    
    Multifamily     550,570       557,634       562,503       568,043    
    Commercial real estate   536,288       529,948       549,725       556,708    
    Commercial & industrial   168,909       171,899       139,209       123,419    
    Home equity   26,422       26,825       27,992       26,879    
    Consumer     503       470       485       449    
                       
    Total loans $ 1,985,524     $ 2,005,813 $ 2,012,954     $ 2,005,515    
                       
    Sequential quarter growth rate   -1.01 %     -0.35 %     0.37 %     2.47 %  
                       
    CRE concentration ratio   385 %     397 %     403 %     416 %  
                       
    Loans sold during the quarter $ 53,499     $ 43,537     $ 35,302     $ 26,735    
                       
    Funding distribution:                
    Demand   $ 211,656     $ 206,327     $ 199,835     $ 202,934    
    N.O.W.     692,890       621,880       661,998       708,897    
    Savings     48,885       53,024       44,821       48,081    
    Money market   503,082       572,213       571,170       493,123    
    Total core deposits   1,456,513       1,453,444       1,477,824       1,453,035    
    Time     497,770       504,100       464,105       464,227    
    Total deposits   1,954,283       1,957,544       1,941,929       1,917,262    
    Borrowings   107,805       125,805       148,953       148,953    
    Subordinated debentures   24,689       24,675       24,662       24,648    
                       
    Total funding sources $ 2,086,777     $ 2,108,024 $ 2,115,544     $ 2,090,863    
                       
    Sequential quarter growth rate – total deposits   -0.17 %     0.80 %     1.29 %     0.67 %  
                       
    Period-end core deposits/total deposits ratio   74.53 %     74.25 %     76.10 %     75.79 %  
                       
    Period-end demand deposits/total deposits ratio   10.83 %     10.54 %     10.29 %     10.58 %  
                       
    (1) Excluding loans held for sale                
    HANOVER BANCORP, INC.                    
    RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (1)(unaudited)          
    (dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)              
                         
                         
      12/31/2024   9/30/2024   6/30/2024   3/31/2024   12/31/2023  
    Tangible common equity                    
    Total equity (2) $ 196,638     $ 192,339     $ 190,072     $ 189,543     $ 184,830    
    Less: goodwill   (19,168 )     (19,168 )     (19,168 )     (19,168 )     (19,168 )  
    Less: core deposit intangible   (250 )     (265 )     (279 )     (295 )     (311 )  
    Tangible common equity (2) $ 177,220     $ 172,906     $ 170,625     $ 170,080     $ 165,351    
                         
    Tangible common equity (“TCE”) ratio                  
    Tangible common equity (2) $ 177,220     $ 172,906     $ 170,625     $ 170,080     $ 165,351    
    Total assets   2,312,110       2,327,814       2,331,098       2,307,508       2,270,060    
    Less: goodwill   (19,168 )     (19,168 )     (19,168 )     (19,168 )     (19,168 )  
    Less: core deposit intangible   (250 )     (265 )     (279 )     (295 )     (311 )  
    Tangible assets $ 2,292,692     $ 2,308,381     $ 2,311,651     $ 2,288,045     $ 2,250,581    
    TCE ratio (2)   7.73 %     7.49 %     7.38 %     7.43 %     7.35 %  
                         
    Tangible book value per share                    
    Tangible equity (2) $ 177,220     $ 172,906     $ 170,625     $ 170,080     $ 165,351    
    Shares outstanding (2)   7,427,127       7,428,366       7,402,163       7,392,412       7,345,012    
    Tangible book value per share (2) $ 23.86     $ 23.28     $ 23.05     $ 23.01     $ 22.51    
                         
    (1) A non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flows that excludes or includes amounts that are required to be disclosed in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). The Company’s management believes the presentation of non-GAAP financial measures provide investors with a greater understanding of the Company’s operating results in addition to the results measured in accordance with U.S. GAAP. While management uses non-GAAP measures in its analysis of the Company’s performance, this information should not be viewed as a substitute for financial results determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP or considered to be more important than financial results determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  
                         
    (2) Includes common stock and Series A preferred stock.  
    HANOVER BANCORP, INC.                      
    NET INTEREST INCOME ANALYSIS                      
    For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023                    
    (unaudited, dollars in thousands)                      
                           
                           
        2024       2023  
      Average       Average   Average       Average
      Balance   Interest   Yield/Cost Balance   Interest   Yield/Cost
                           
    Assets:                      
    Interest-earning assets:                      
    Loans $ 2,003,686   $ 30,753   6.11 %   $ 1,910,409   $ 28,394   5.90 %
    Investment securities   94,886     1,381   5.79 %     56,834     940   6.56 %
    Interest-earning cash   62,850     747   4.73 %     114,033     1,570   5.46 %
    FHLB stock and other investments   8,173     176   8.57 %     9,563     251   10.41 %
    Total interest-earning assets   2,169,595     33,057   6.06 %     2,090,839     31,155   5.91 %
    Non interest-earning assets:                      
    Cash and due from banks   8,973             7,429        
    Other assets   50,068             50,677        
    Total assets $ 2,228,636           $ 2,148,945        
                           
    Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:                      
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Savings, N.O.W. and money market deposits $ 1,152,755   $ 11,916   4.11 %   $ 1,039,062   $ 11,547   4.41 %
    Time deposits   498,819     5,642   4.50 %     541,475     5,231   3.83 %
    Total savings and time deposits   1,651,574     17,558   4.23 %     1,580,537     16,778   4.21 %
    Borrowings   128,446     1,365   4.23 %     146,167     1,392   3.78 %
    Subordinated debentures   24,680     326   5.25 %     24,626     326   5.25 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   1,804,700     19,249   4.24 %     1,751,330     18,496   4.19 %
    Demand deposits   202,254             187,216        
    Other liabilities   27,168             26,031        
    Total liabilities   2,034,122             1,964,577        
    Stockholders’ equity   194,514             184,368        
    Total liabilities & stockholders’ equity $ 2,228,636           $ 2,148,945        
    Net interest rate spread         1.82 %           1.72 %
    Net interest income/margin     $ 13,808   2.53 %       $ 12,659   2.40 %
                           
    HANOVER BANCORP, INC.                      
    NET INTEREST INCOME ANALYSIS                      
    For the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023                    
    (unaudited, dollars in thousands)                      
                           
                           
        2024       2023  
      Average       Average   Average       Average
      Balance   Interest   Yield/Cost Balance   Interest   Yield/Cost
                           
    Assets:                      
    Interest-earning assets:                      
    Loans $ 2,005,524   $ 122,970 6.13 %   $ 1,829,586   $ 103,975 5.68 %
    Investment securities   98,238     5,992   6.10 %     26,171     1,534   5.86 %
    Interest-earning cash   60,868     3,191   5.24 %     139,006     7,243   5.21 %
    FHLB stock and other investments   9,370     869   9.27 %     9,871     874   8.85 %
    Total interest-earning assets   2,174,000     133,022   6.12 %     2,004,634     113,626   5.67 %
    Non interest-earning assets:                      
    Cash and due from banks   8,567             8,034        
    Other assets   50,461             52,953        
    Total assets $ 2,233,028           $ 2,065,621        
                           
    Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:                      
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Savings, N.O.W. and money market deposits $ 1,160,115   $ 51,457   4.44 %   $ 1,029,415   $ 39,430   3.83 %
    Time deposits   483,668     21,060   4.35 %     466,742     14,888   3.19 %
    Total savings and time deposits   1,643,783     72,517   4.41 %     1,496,157     54,318   3.63 %
    Borrowings   149,667     6,109   4.08 %     157,701     6,124   3.88 %
    Subordinated debentures   24,660     1,304   5.29 %     24,606     1,297   5.27 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   1,818,110     79,930   4.40 %     1,678,464     61,739   3.68 %
    Demand deposits   196,595             179,756        
    Other liabilities   27,000             24,701        
    Total liabilities   2,041,705             1,882,921        
    Stockholders’ equity   191,323             182,700        
    Total liabilities & stockholders’ equity $ 2,233,028           $ 2,065,621        
    Net interest rate spread         1.72 %           1.99 %
    Net interest income/margin     $ 53,092   2.44 %       $ 51,887   2.59 %
                           

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Russia: Meeting of the Academic Council of the State University of Management: preparations for the 2025 admissions campaign begin

    Translartion. Region: Russians Fedetion –

    Source: State University of Management – Official website of the State –

    On January 28, a meeting of the Academic Council was held at the State University of Management.

    The meeting traditionally began with a congratulatory part. Rector of the State University of Management Vladimir Stroyev presented the medal of the Ministry of Science and Higher Education of the Russian Federation “For impeccable work and distinction” to Associate Professor of the Department of Management in International Business and Tourism Industry Elena Frolova, honorary certificates of the Ministry of Education and Science “For significant merits in the field of education, scientific activity and conscientious work” to Associate Professor of the Department of Advertising and Public Relations Galina Dovzhik and Senior Lecturer of the Department of Project Management Artem Geokchakyan.

    The rector also presented a first-degree diploma of the international startup competition “Business Generation 2024” to 3rd-year students of the Institute of Economics and Finance Victoria Kostikova and Yulia Popova and their consultant, professor of the Department of Theory and Organization of Management at the State University of Management Nadezhda Psareva.

    In addition, Vladimir Stroyev presented a Letter of Gratitude from the IEF for providing humanitarian aid in the conditions of the SVO, after which he congratulated the birthday people of the month.

    Director of the Institute of Marketing Gennady Azoev made a report on the activities of the Institute of Marketing in 2024 and on development prospects for 2025.

    “We exceeded the recruitment plan for the 2024 admission campaign, in 2025 it will be a bit more difficult, since both the control figures and the cost of education are higher, but still more profitable than competitors. This year we will participate in the network program “Development and Marketing of Digital Products” together with the Mari State University. I would also like to note the high interest of foreign students in the tournaments and competitions for bachelors and masters held by the institute, it is worth expanding this area,” shared Gennady Azoev.

    Also, at his suggestion, a new educational program, “International Marketing and Brand Management,” taught in English, was approved.

    Vice-Rector Pavel Pavlovsky spoke about the successes of work in the field of educational activities and proposed opening a Center for the implementation of projects in the social and humanitarian profile at the State University of Management.

    “We closely cooperate with centers engaged in the development of key traditional values and ways of communicating them to young people. One of them is the Digoria Center. The Ministry of Education and Science proposes to place part of this project on the territory of the State University of Management. Our university has long had the right to be called the ideological center of the state agenda, let me remind you that all the heads of Rosmolodezh are connected with the State University of Management in one way or another. Today, the issues of educating the younger generation and interacting with young people are extremely important for the country, and we can help in this direction,” concluded Pavel Vladimirovich.

    The Academic Council also considered issues of assigning recommendation stamps to educational publications, assigning employees to departments to prepare candidate dissertations, approving the Russian language as the language of education at the university, and other working issues.

    At the end of the meeting, Vladimir Stroyev recalled the start of work within the framework of the 2025 admissions campaign.

    “A new admission campaign has begun and everyone needs to actively participate. The work is not easy every year, the number of applicants will increase and we need to prepare properly so that as many children as possible come to GUU. To strengthen this work, we have created an entire operational headquarters that will make decisions collectively. I am personally present there and have already seen that it was not created in vain, since there are moments that require coordinated actions and systematic work that we can improve,” the GUU rector concluded.

    Subscribe to the TG channel “Our GUU” Date of publication: 01/29/2025

    Please note: This information is raw content directly from the source of the information. It is exactly what the source states and does not reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI: First Northwest Bancorp Reports Fourth Quarter 2024 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    PORT ANGELES, Wash., Jan. 29, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — First Northwest Bancorp (Nasdaq: FNWB) (“First Northwest” or the “Company”) today reported a net loss of $2.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2024, compared to a net loss of $2.0 million for the third quarter of 2024 and a net loss of $5.5 million for the fourth quarter of 2023. Basic and diluted loss per share were $0.32 for the fourth quarter of 2024, compared to basic and diluted loss per share of $0.23 for the third quarter of 2024 and basic and diluted loss per share of $0.62 for the fourth quarter of 2023.

    In the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company recorded adjusted pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue (“PPNR”)(1) of $1.2 million, compared to a $49,000 adjusted PPNR loss for the preceding quarter and adjusted PPNR of $327,000 for the fourth quarter of 2023.

    The Board of Directors of First Northwest declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.07 per common share, payable on February 28, 2025, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on February 14, 2025.

    Quote from First Northwest President and CEO, Matthew P. Deines:
    “Although financial results in 2024 were adversely impacted by elevated credit costs, we are optimistic for continued improvement in asset quality in early 2025. During the fourth quarter, our pre-provision net revenue (1) grew to $1.2 million with modest margin improvement as we successfully reduced FHLB borrowings. As we look ahead to 2025, we are laser focused on growing core commercial and retail customer relationships while resolving problem assets, improving profitability and maintaining our strong capital position. Highlights for 2024 include the termination of our compliance Consent Order with the FDIC, reduction of core operating expenses and improvement in our liquidity position with the loan to deposit ratio below 100% at year-end. I’d like to thank all our employees for their efforts and contributions in 2024, and for making a positive impact in the communities we serve.”

    Key Points for Fourth Quarter and Going Forward

    Provision for credit losses:

    • The Company recorded a $3.8 million provision for credit losses on loans in the fourth quarter of 2024, primarily due to charge-offs of six commercial business loans. This compares to loan credit loss provisions of $3.1 million for the preceding quarter and $1.2 million for the fourth quarter of 2023. 
    • We believe the reserve on individually analyzed loans does not represent a universal decline in the collectability of all loans in the portfolio. We continue to work on resolution plans for all troubled borrowers. The provision for credit losses on loans had a significant negative impact on net income for the fourth quarter of 2024.

    First Fed Bank’s (“First Fed” or the “Bank”) balance sheet restructure continues to have a positive impact:

    • The fair value hedge on loans, tied to the compounded overnight index swap using the secured overnight financing rate index, which was established in the first quarter of 2024, added $1.1 million to interest income for the year. The hedge successfully reduced the Bank’s liability sensitivity, and lowered the overall interest rate risk profile. The hedge also enhanced earnings due to a favorable contract position during the 2024 interest rate environment. The Bank expects to maintain a positive carry on its derivative for up to an additional 25-basis points of rate cuts. 
    • During 2024, bank-owned life insurance policies (“BOLI”) were reinvested into higher yielding products. In the fourth quarter of 2024, a $8.5 million policy was surrendered and reinvested into a policy earning 6.01% and a $922,000 policy earning 1.64% was exchanged and reinvested into a policy earning 3.99%. Total policy conversions during 2024 increased the annual pre-tax net yield earned on the total BOLI portfolio by 74-basis points. The remaining surrender transaction is expected to be completed during the first quarter of 2025. 
    • Investment security purchases during the fourth quarter of 2024 totaled $47.1 million, carrying a weighted-average yield of 6.7% at purchase and a weighted-average life of 3.1 years. The annualized interest income on these securities is anticipated to provide $2.6 million in revenue for 2025.

    (1) See reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures later in this release.

    Selected Quarterly Financial Ratios:

      As of or For the Quarter Ended  
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
     
    Performance ratios: (1)                              
    Return on average assets   -0.51 %   -0.36 %   -0.40 %   0.07 %   -1.03 %
    Adjusted PPNR return on average assets (2)   0.22     -0.01     0.10     0.34     -0.06  
    Return on average equity   -6.92     -4.91     -5.47     0.98     -14.05  
    Net interest margin (3)   2.73     2.70     2.76     2.76     2.84  
    Efficiency ratio (4)   92.2     100.3     72.3     88.8     150.8  
    Equity to total assets   6.89     7.13     7.17     7.17     7.42  
    Book value per common share $ 16.45   $ 17.17   $ 16.81   $ 17.00   $ 16.99  
    Tangible performance ratios: (1)                              
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (2)   6.83 %   7.06 %   7.10 %   7.10 %   7.35 %
    Return on average tangible common equity (2)   -6.99     -4.96     -5.53     0.99     -14.20  
    Tangible book value per common share (2) $ 16.29   $ 17.00   $ 16.64   $ 16.83   $ 16.83  
    Capital ratios (First Fed): (5)                              
    Tier 1 leverage   9.4 %   9.4 %   9.4 %   9.7 %   9.9 %
    Common equity Tier 1 capital   12.4     12.2     12.4     12.6     13.1  
    Total risk-based   13.6     13.4     13.5     13.6     14.1  
    (1 ) Performance ratios are annualized, where appropriate.
    (2 ) See reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures later in this release.
    (3 ) Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
    (4 ) Total noninterest expense as a percentage of net interest income and total other noninterest income.
    (5 ) Current period capital ratios are preliminary and subject to finalization of the FDIC Call Report.


    Adjusted Pre-tax, Pre-Provision Net Revenue 
    (1)

    Adjusted PPNR for the fourth quarter of 2024 increased $1.3 million to $1.2 million, compared to an adjusted PPNR loss of $49,000 for the preceding quarter, and increased $1.5 million from an adjusted PPNR $327,000 loss in the fourth quarter one year ago.

        For the Quarter Ended   For the Year Ended  
    (Dollars in thousands)   December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      December 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
     
    Net interest income   $ 14,137   $ 14,020   $ 14,235   $ 13,928   $ 14,195   $ 56,320   $ 61,432  
    Total noninterest income     1,300     1,779     7,347     2,188     (2,929 )   12,614     4,020  
    Total revenue     15,437     15,799     21,582     16,116     11,266     68,934     65,452  
    Total noninterest expense     14,233     15,848     15,609     14,303     16,990     59,993     61,454  
    PPNR (1)     1,204     (49 )   5,973     1,813     (5,724 )   8,941     3,998  
    Selected nonrecurring adjustments to PPNR                                            
    Less: Net gain on sale of premises and equipment             7,919             7,919      
    Sale leaseback taxes and assessments included in occupancy and equipment             (359 )           (359 )    
    Net loss on sale of investment securities             (2,117 )       (5,397 )   (2,117 )   (5,397 )
    Adjusted PPNR (1)   $ 1,204   $ (49 ) $ 530   $ 1,813   $ (327 ) $ 3,498   $ 9,395  

    (1) See reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures later in this release.

    • Total interest income was relatively unchanged at $28.2 million for the fourth quarter of 2024, compared to the previous quarter, and increased $1.9 million compared to $26.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2023. Interest income decreased in the fourth quarter of 2024 primarily due to a decrease in the income earned on the securities derivative combined with lower FHLB dividends and reduced interest income received on Company deposit accounts. Higher yields on performing loans during the fourth quarter of 2024 were partially offset by nonaccrual interest adjustments totaling $46,000. Interest and fees on loans increased year-over-year as the loan portfolio grew. Loan yields increased over the prior year due to higher rates on new originations as well as the repricing of variable and adjustable-rate loans.
    • The net interest margin increased to 2.73% for the fourth quarter of 2024, from 2.70% for the prior quarter, and decreased 11-basis points from 2.84% for the fourth quarter of 2023. The Company reported reduced rates and declining volume of borrowings during the quarter which lowered costs; however, these savings were partially offset by an increase in cost due to a higher volume of customer deposits. The decrease in net interest margin from the same quarter one year ago is due to higher funding costs for deposits and borrowed funds. 
    • Noninterest income included a $1.8 million write down on an equity investment in an organization that is involved in a lawsuit, partially offset by a $1.5 million BOLI death benefit payment received due to the passing of an employee. 
    • Noninterest expense for the fourth quarter of 2024 decreased mainly due to a $1.2 million reduction in compensation related to nonrecurring payouts in the previous quarter combined with a reduced incentive accrual and lower headcount in the fourth quarter of 2024. FDIC assessment, state taxes, advertising and other discretionary spending also decreased from the previous quarter.

    Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans (“ACLL”) and Credit Quality

    The allowance for credit losses on loans (“ACLL”) decreased $1.5 million to $20.5 million at December 31, 2024, from $22.0 million at September 30, 2024. The ACLL as a percentage of total loans was 1.21% at December 31, 2024, a decrease from 1.27% at September 30, 2024, and an increase from 1.05% one year earlier. The pooled loan reserve decreased $1.5 million during the fourth quarter of 2024, primarily due to the decreases in multi-family, construction, and consumer loan balances combined with decreases resulting from lower loss factors applied to commercial business and commercial real estate loans, partially offset by higher loss factors applied to one-to-four family and other consumer loans.

    Nonperforming loans totaled $30.5 million at December 31, 2024, an increase of $139,000 from September 30, 2024. ACLL to nonperforming loans decreased to 67% at December 31, 2024, from 72% at September 30, 2024, and 94% at December 31, 2023. This ratio continued to decline as higher balances of real estate loans are included in nonperforming assets with no significant corresponding increase to the ACLL as these collateral dependent loans were considered adequately reserved for based on information available at each period end.

    Classified loans decreased $4.4 million to $42.5 million at December 31, 2024, from $46.9 million at September 30, 2024, primarily due to charge-offs totaling $3.9 million on six commercial business loans during the fourth quarter. An $11.4 million construction loan relationship, which became a classified loan in the fourth quarter of 2022; an $8.1 million commercial construction loan relationship, which became classified in the second quarter of 2024; and a $6.2 million commercial loan relationship, which became classified in the fourth quarter of 2023, account for 61% of the classified loan balance at December 31, 2024. The Bank has exercised legal remedies, including the appointment of a third-party receiver and foreclosure actions, to liquidate the underlying collateral to satisfy the real estate loans in two of these three collateral-dependent relationships. The Bank is also closely monitoring a group of commercial business loans that have similar collateral, with 15 loans totaling $2.2 million included in classified loans at December 31, 2024, and an additional eight loans totaling $2.8 million included in the special mention risk grading category.

      For the Quarter Ended  
    ACLL ($ in thousands) December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
     
    Balance at beginning of period $ 21,970   $ 19,343   $ 17,958   $ 17,510   $ 16,945  
    Charge-offs:                              
    Construction and land   (411 )       (3,978 )        
    Home equity                   1  
    Auto and other consumer   (364 )   (492 )   (832 )   (806 )   (655 )
    Commercial business   (4,596 )   (24 )   (2,643 )   (33 )    
    Total charge-offs   (5,371 )   (516 )   (7,453 )   (839 )   (654 )
    Recoveries:                              
    One-to-four family       42         2     5  
    Commercial real estate   2                  
    Home equity                   10  
    Auto and other consumer   52     24     198     46     42  
    Commercial business   36                  
    Total recoveries   90     66     198     48     57  
    Net loan charge-offs   (5,281 )   (450 )   (7,255 )   (791 )   (597 )
    Provision for credit losses   3,760     3,077     8,640     1,239     1,162  
    Balance at end of period $ 20,449   $ 21,970   $ 19,343   $ 17,958   $ 17,510  
                                   
    Average total loans   1,708,232     1,718,402     1,717,830     1,678,656     1,645,418  
    Annualized net charge-offs to average outstanding loans   1.23 %   0.10 %   1.70 %   0.19 %   0.14 %
    Asset Quality ($ in thousands) December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
     
    Nonaccrual loans:                              
    One-to-four family $ 1,477   $ 1,631   $ 1,750   $ 1,237   $ 1,844  
    Multi-family           708     708      
    Commercial real estate   5,598     5,634     14     22     28  
    Construction and land   19,544     19,382     19,292     14,440     14,986  
    Home equity   55     116     118     121     123  
    Auto and other consumer   700     894     746     1,012     786  
    Commercial business   3,141     2,719     1,003     1,941     877  
    Total nonaccrual loans   30,515     30,376     23,631     19,481     18,644  
    Other real estate owned                    
    Total nonperforming assets $ 30,515   $ 30,376   $ 23,631   $ 19,481   $ 18,644  
                                   
    Nonaccrual loans as a % of total loans (1)   1.80 %   1.75 %   1.39 %   1.14 %   1.12 %
    Nonperforming assets as a % of total assets (2)   1.37     1.35     1.07     0.87     0.85  
    ACLL as a % of total loans   1.21     1.27     1.14     1.05     1.05  
    ACLL as a % of nonaccrual loans   67.01     72.33     81.85     92.18     93.92  
    Total past due loans to total loans   1.98     1.92     1.45     1.91     0.94  
    (1 ) Nonperforming loans consists of nonaccruing loans and accruing loans more than 90 days past due.
    (2 ) Nonperforming assets consists of nonperforming loans (which include nonaccruing loans and accruing loans more than 90 days past due), real estate owned and repossessed assets.


    Financial Condition and Capital

    Investment securities increased $29.5 million, or 9.5%, to $340.3 million at December 31, 2024, compared to $310.9 million three months earlier, and increased $44.7 million compared to $295.6 million at December 31, 2023. The market value of the portfolio decreased $5.8 million during the fourth quarter of 2024. The estimated average life of the securities portfolio was approximately 6.9 years at December 31, 2024, 7.4 years at the prior quarter end and 7.7 years at the end of the fourth quarter of 2023. The effective duration of the portfolio was approximately 3.9 years at December 31, 2024, compared to 3.9 years at the prior quarter end and 4.8 years at the end of the fourth quarter of 2023. Investment purchases at the beginning of 2024 were primarily floating rate securities to take advantage of higher short-term rates above those offered on cash at that time and to reduce our liability sensitivity. Purchases in the fourth quarter were primarily fixed to rebalance our securities portfolio position for 2025.

    Investment Securities ($ in thousands)  December 31,
    2024
       September 30,
    2024
       December 31,
    2023
      Three Month
    % Change
      One Year
    % Change
     
    Available for Sale at Fair Value                          
    Municipal bonds $ 77,876   $ 81,363   $ 87,761   -4.3 % -11.3 %
    U.S. government agency issued asset-backed securities (ABS agency)   12,876     13,296     11,782   -3.2   9.3  
    Corporate issued asset-backed securities (ABS corporate)   16,122     16,391     5,286   -1.6   205.0  
    Corporate issued debt securities (Corporate debt)   54,491     54,058     51,454   0.8   5.9  
    U.S. Small Business Administration securities (SBA)   8,666     9,317       -7.0   100.0  
    Mortgage-backed securities:                          
    U.S. government agency issued mortgage-backed securities (MBS agency)   98,697     78,549     63,247   25.7   56.1  
    Non-agency issued mortgage-backed securities (MBS non-agency)   71,616     57,886     76,093   23.7   -5.9  
    Total securities available for sale $ 340,344   $ 310,860   $ 295,623   9.5   15.1  

    Net loans, excluding loans held for sale, decreased $39.2 million, or 2.3%, to $1.68 billion at December 31, 2024, from $1.71 billion at September 30, 2024, and increased $32.7 million, or 2.0%, from $1.64 billion one year prior. Construction loans that converted into fully amortizing loans during the quarter totaled $18.3 million. Loan payoffs of $73.9 million, regular payments of $35.3 million and charge-offs totaling $5.3 million outpaced new loan funding totaling $55.6 million and draws on existing loans totaling $19.7 million.

    Loans ($ in thousands)  December 31,
    2024
       September 30,
    2024
       December 31,
    2023
      Three Month
    % Change
      One Year
    % Change
     
    Real Estate:                          
    One-to-four family $ 395,315   $ 395,792   $ 378,432   -0.1 % 4.5 %
    Multi-family   332,596     353,813     333,094   -6.0   -0.1  
    Commercial real estate   390,379     376,008     387,983   3.8   0.6  
    Construction and land   78,110     95,709     129,691   -18.4   -39.8  
    Total real estate loans   1,196,400     1,221,322     1,229,200   -2.0   -2.7  
    Consumer:                          
    Home equity   79,054     76,960     69,403   2.7   13.9  
    Auto and other consumer   268,876     281,198     249,130   -4.4   7.9  
    Total consumer loans   347,930     358,158     318,533   -2.9   9.2  
    Commercial business   151,493     155,327     112,295   -2.5   34.9  
    Total loans receivable   1,695,823     1,734,807     1,660,028   -2.2   2.2  
    Less:                          
    Derivative basis adjustment   188     (1,579 )     111.9   100.0  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans   20,449     21,970     17,510   -6.9   16.8  
    Total loans receivable, net $ 1,675,186   $ 1,714,416   $ 1,642,518   -2.3   2.0  

    Total deposits decreased $23.6 million to $1.69 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $1.71 billion at September 30, 2024, and increased $11.1 million, or 0.7%, compared to $1.68 billion one year ago. During the fourth quarter of 2024, total customer deposit balances decreased $2.8 million and brokered deposit balances decreased $20.8 million. Overall, the current rate environment continues to contribute to greater competition for deposits. As a result, the Bank continues offering deposit rate specials to attract new funds.

    Deposits ($ in thousands)  December 31,
    2024
       September 30,
    2024
       December 31,
    2023
      Three Month
    % Change
      One Year
    % Change
     
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits $ 256,416   $ 252,999   $ 252,083   1.4 % 1.7 %
    Interest-bearing demand deposits   164,891     167,202     169,418   -1.4   -2.7  
    Money market accounts   413,822     433,307     362,205   -4.5   14.3  
    Savings accounts   205,055     212,763     242,148   -3.6   -15.3  
    Certificates of deposit, customer   464,928     441,665     443,412   5.3   4.9  
    Certificates of deposit, brokered   182,914     203,705     207,626   -10.2   -11.9  
    Total deposits $ 1,688,026   $ 1,711,641   $ 1,676,892   -1.4   0.7  

    Total shareholders’ equity decreased to $153.9 million at December 31, 2024, compared to $160.8 million three months earlier, due to a decrease in the after-tax fair market values of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio of $4.5 million, a net loss of $2.8 million and dividends declared of $656,000, partially offset by an increase in the after-tax fair market values of derivatives of $952,000.

    Capital levels for both the Company and its operating bank, First Fed, remain in excess of applicable regulatory requirements and the Bank was categorized as “well-capitalized” at December 31, 2024. Preliminary calculations of Common Equity Tier 1 and Total Risk-Based Capital Ratios at December 31, 2024, were 12.4% and 13.6%, respectively.

    First Northwest continued to return capital to our shareholders through cash dividends during the fourth quarter of 2024. The Company paid cash dividends totaling $656,000 in the fourth quarter of 2024. No shares of common stock were repurchased under the Company’s April 2024 Stock Repurchase Plan (“Repurchase Plan”) during the quarter ended December 31, 2024. There are 846,123 shares that remain available for repurchase under the Repurchase Plan.

    Awards/Recognition
    The Company received several accolades as a leader in the community in the last year.

    In September 2024, the First Fed team was recognized in the 2024 Best of Olympic Peninsula surveys, winning Best Bank and Best Lender in Clallam County; Best Bank and Best Financial Advisor in the West End; and Best Lender in Jefferson County. First Fed was also a finalist for Best Bank, Best Customer Service, Best Employer and Best Financial Advisor in Jefferson County; Best Customer Service, Best Employer and Best Financial Advisor in Clallam County; and Best Customer Service and Best Employer in the West End.
    In May 2024, First Fed, along with the First Fed Community Foundation, were honored to be ranked second on the Puget Sound Business Journal Midsize Corporate Philanthropists list.
    In October 2023, the First Fed team was honored to bring home the Gold for Best Bank in the Best of the Northwest survey hosted by Bellingham Alive for the second year in a row.
    In September 2023, the First Fed team was recognized in the 2023 Best of Olympic Peninsula surveys as a finalist for Best Employer in Kitsap County and Best Bank and Best Financial Institution in Bainbridge.


    We recommend reading this earnings release in conjunction with the Fourth Quarter 2024 Investor Presentation, located at http://investor.ourfirstfed.com/quarterly-reports and included as an exhibit to our January 29, 2025, Current Report on Form 8-K.

    About the Company
    First Northwest Bancorp (Nasdaq: FNWB) is a financial holding company engaged in investment activities including the business of its subsidiary, First Fed Bank. First Fed is a Pacific Northwest-based financial institution which has served its customers and communities since 1923. Currently First Fed has 16 locations in Washington state including 12 full-service branches. First Fed’s business and operating strategy is focused on building sustainable earnings by delivering a full array of financial products and services for individuals, small businesses, non-profit organizations and commercial customers. In 2022, First Northwest made an investment in The Meriwether Group, LLC, a boutique investment banking and accelerator firm. Additionally, First Northwest focuses on strategic partnerships to provide modern financial services such as digital payments and marketplace lending. First Northwest Bancorp was incorporated in 2012 and completed its initial public offering in 2015 under the ticker symbol FNWB. The Company is headquartered in Port Angeles, Washington.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    Certain matters discussed in this press release may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements relate to, among other things, expectations of the business environment in which we operate, projections of future performance, perceived opportunities in the market, potential future credit experience, including our ability to collect, the outcome of litigation and statements regarding our mission and vision, and include, but are not limited to, statements about our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions that are not historical facts, and other statements often identified by words such as “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” or similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are based upon current management beliefs and expectations and may, therefore, involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. Our actual results, performance, or achievements may differ materially from those suggested, expressed, or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of a wide variety of factors including, but not limited to: increased competitive pressures; changes in the interest rate environment; the credit risks of lending activities; pressures on liquidity, including as a result of withdrawals of deposits or declines in the value of our investment portfolio; changes in general economic conditions and conditions within the securities markets; legislative and regulatory changes; and other factors described in the Companys latest Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q under the section entitled “Risk Factors,” and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”),which are available on our website at www.ourfirstfed.com and on the SECs website at www.sec.gov.

    Any of the forward-looking statements that we make in this press release and in the other public statements we make may turn out to be incorrect because of the inaccurate assumptions we might make, because of the factors illustrated above or because of other factors that we cannot foresee. Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements made by or on our behalf and the Company’s operating and stock price performance may be negatively affected. Therefore, these factors should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements, and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. We do not undertake and specifically disclaim any obligation to revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements. These risks could cause our actual results for 2024 and beyond to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements by, or on behalf of, us and could negatively affect the Companys operations and stock price performance.

    For More Information Contact:
    Matthew P. Deines, President and Chief Executive Officer
    Geri Bullard, EVP, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer
    IRGroup@ourfirstfed.com
    360-457-0461

    FIRST NORTHWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (Dollars in thousands, except share data) (Unaudited)
     
        December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
     
    ASSETS                                
    Cash and due from banks   $ 16,811   $ 17,953   $ 19,184   $ 15,562   $ 19,845  
    Interest-earning deposits in banks     55,637     64,769     63,995     61,784     103,324  
    Investment securities available for sale, at fair value     340,344     310,860     306,714     325,955     295,623  
    Loans held for sale     472     378     1,086     988     753  
    Loans receivable (net of allowance for credit losses on loans $20,449, $21,970, $19,343, $17,958, and $17,510)     1,675,186     1,714,416     1,677,764     1,692,774     1,642,518  
    Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock, at cost     14,435     14,435     13,086     15,876     13,664  
    Accrued interest receivable     8,159     8,939     9,466     8,909     7,894  
    Premises held for sale, net                 6,751     18,049  
    Premises and equipment, net     10,129     10,436     10,714     11,028      
    Servicing rights on sold loans, at fair value     3,281     3,584     3,740     3,820     3,793  
    Bank-owned life insurance, net     41,150     41,429     41,113     34,681     40,578  
    Equity and partnership investments     13,229     14,912     15,085     15,121     14,794  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     1,082     1,083     1,084     1,085     1,086  
    Deferred tax asset, net     13,738     10,802     12,216     12,704     13,001  
    Right-of-use (“ROU”) asset, net     17,001     17,315     17,627     5,841     6,047  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     21,352     24,175     23,088     27,141     20,828  
    Total assets   $ 2,232,006   $ 2,255,486   $ 2,215,962   $ 2,240,020   $ 2,201,797  
                                     
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                                
    Deposits   $ 1,688,026   $ 1,711,641   $ 1,708,288   $ 1,666,624   $ 1,676,892  
    Borrowings     336,014     334,994     302,575     371,455     320,936  
    Accrued interest payable     3,295     2,153     3,143     2,830     3,396  
    Lease liability, net     17,535     17,799     18,054     6,227     6,428  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     31,770     25,625     23,717     29,980     29,545  
    Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance     1,484     2,485     1,304     2,398     1,260  
    Total liabilities     2,078,124     2,094,697     2,057,081     2,079,514     2,038,457  
                                     
    Shareholders’ Equity                                
    Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 5,000,000 shares, no shares issued or outstanding                      
    Common stock, $0.01 par value, 75,000,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding at each period end: 9,353,348; 9,365,979; 9,453,247; 9,442,796; and 9,611,876     93     94     94     94     96  
    Additional paid-in capital     93,357     93,218     93,985     93,763     95,784  
    Retained earnings     97,198     100,660     103,322     106,202     107,349  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax     (30,172 )   (26,424 )   (31,597 )   (32,465 )   (32,636 )
    Unearned employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) shares     (6,594 )   (6,759 )   (6,923 )   (7,088 )   (7,253 )
    Total shareholders’ equity     153,882     160,789     158,881     160,506     163,340  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 2,232,006   $ 2,255,486   $ 2,215,962   $ 2,240,020   $ 2,201,797  
    FIRST NORTHWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) (Unaudited)
     
        For the Quarter Ended   For the Year Ended  
        December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      December 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
     
    INTEREST INCOME                                            
    Interest and fees on loans receivable   $ 23,716   $ 23,536   $ 23,733   $ 22,767   $ 22,083   $ 93,752   $ 84,614  
    Interest on investment securities     3,658     3,786     3,949     3,632     3,393     15,025     13,279  
    Interest on deposits in banks     550     582     571     645     581     2,348     2,126  
    FHLB dividends     273     302     358     282     252     1,215     880  
    Total interest income     28,197     28,206     28,611     27,326     26,309     112,340     100,899  
    INTEREST EXPENSE                                            
    Deposits     11,175     10,960     10,180     10,112     8,758     42,427     27,019  
    Borrowings     2,885     3,226     4,196     3,286     3,356     13,593     12,448  
    Total interest expense     14,060     14,186     14,376     13,398     12,114     56,020     39,467  
    Net interest income     14,137     14,020     14,235     13,928     14,195     56,320     61,432  
    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES                                            
    Provision for credit losses on loans     3,760     3,077     8,640     1,239     1,162     16,716     2,357  
    (Recapture of) provision for credit losses on unfunded commitments     (105 )   57     99     (269 )   (10 )   (218 )   (1,034 )
    Provision for credit losses     3,655     3,134     8,739     970     1,152     16,498     1,323  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses     10,482     10,886     5,496     12,958     13,043     39,822     60,109  
    NONINTEREST INCOME                                            
    Loan and deposit service fees     1,054     1,059     1,076     1,102     1,068     4,291     4,341  
    Sold loan servicing fees and servicing rights mark-to-market     (115 )   10     74     219     276     188     676  
    Net gain on sale of loans     52     58     150     52     33     312     438  
    Net loss on sale of investment securities             (2,117 )       (5,397 )   (2,117 )   (5,397 )
    Net gain on sale of premises and equipment             7,919             7,919      
    Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance     328     315     293     243     260     1,179     928  
    Income from death benefit on bank-owned life insurance, net     1,536                     1,536      
    Other (loss) income     (1,555 )   337     (48 )   572     831     (694 )   3,034  
    Total noninterest income     1,300     1,779     7,347     2,188     (2,929 )   12,614     4,020  
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                                            
    Compensation and benefits     7,367     8,582     8,588     8,128     7,397     32,665     31,209  
    Data processing     2,065     2,085     2,008     1,944     2,107     8,102     8,170  
    Occupancy and equipment     1,559     1,553     1,799     1,240     1,262     6,151     4,858  
    Supplies, postage, and telephone     296     360     317     293     351     1,266     1,433  
    Regulatory assessments and state taxes     460     548     457     513     376     1,978     1,635  
    Advertising     362     409     377     309     235     1,457     2,706  
    Professional fees     813     698     684     910     1,119     3,105     3,738  
    FDIC insurance premium     491     533     473     386     418     1,883     1,357  
    Other expense     820     1,080     906     580     3,725     3,386     6,348  
    Total noninterest expense     14,233     15,848     15,609     14,303     16,990     59,993     61,454  
    Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes     (2,451 )   (3,183 )   (2,766 )   843     (6,876 )   (7,557 )   2,675  
    Provision (benefit) for income taxes     359     (1,203 )   (547 )   447     (1,354 )   (944 )   549  
    Net (loss) income   $ (2,810 ) $ (1,980 ) $ (2,219 ) $ 396   $ (5,522 ) $ (6,613 ) $ 2,286  
                                                 
    Basic and diluted (loss) earnings per common share   $ (0.32 ) $ (0.23 ) $ (0.25 ) $ 0.04   $ (0.62 ) $ (0.75 ) $ 0.26  
                                                 
    FIRST NORTHWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
    (Dollars in thousands) (Unaudited)
     
    Selected Loan Detail   December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
     
    Construction and land loans breakout                                
    1-4 Family construction   $ 39,319   $ 43,125   $ 56,514   $ 69,075   $ 68,029  
    Multifamily construction     15,407     29,109     43,341     45,776     50,431  
    Nonresidential construction     16,857     17,500     1,015     3,374     3,756  
    Land and development     6,527     5,975     6,403     7,122     7,475  
    Total construction and land loans   $ 78,110   $ 95,709   $ 107,273   $ 125,347   $ 129,691  
                                     
    Auto and other consumer loans breakout                                
    Triad Manufactured Home loans   $ 128,231   $ 129,600   $ 110,510   $ 105,525   $ 105,057  
    Woodside auto loans     117,968     126,129     131,151     128,072     124,401  
    First Help auto loans     14,283     15,971     17,427     8,326     4,516  
    Other auto loans     1,647     2,064     2,690     3,313     4,158  
    Other consumer loans     6,747     7,434     23,845     23,598     10,998  
    Total auto and other consumer loans   $ 268,876   $ 281,198   $ 285,623   $ 268,834   $ 249,130  
                                     
    Commercial business loans breakout                                
    Northpointe Bank MPP   $ 36,230   $ 38,155   $ 9,150   $ 15,047   $ 9,502  
    Secured lines of credit     35,701     37,686     28,862     41,014     35,815  
    Unsecured lines of credit     1,717     1,571     1,133     1,001     456  
    SBA loans     7,044     7,219     7,146     8,944     9,115  
    Other commercial business loans     70,801     70,696     70,803     70,291     57,407  
    Total commercial business loans   $ 151,493   $ 155,327   $ 117,094   $ 136,297   $ 112,295  
    Loans by Collateral and Unfunded Commitments   December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
     
    One-to-four family construction   $ 44,468   $ 51,607   $ 49,440   $ 70,100   $ 60,211  
    All other construction and land     34,290     45,166     58,346     55,286     69,484  
    One-to-four family first mortgage     466,046     469,053     434,840     436,543     426,159  
    One-to-four family junior liens     15,090     14,701     13,706     12,608     12,250  
    One-to-four family revolving open-end     51,481     48,459     44,803     45,536     42,479  
    Commercial real estate, owner occupied:                                
    Health care     29,129     29,407     29,678     29,946     22,523  
    Office     17,756     17,901     19,215     17,951     18,468  
    Warehouse     14,948     11,645     14,613     14,683     14,758  
    Other     78,170     64,535     56,292     55,063     61,304  
    Commercial real estate, non-owner occupied:                                
    Office     49,417     49,770     50,158     53,099     53,548  
    Retail     49,591     49,717     50,101     50,478     51,384  
    Hospitality     61,919     62,282     62,628     66,982     67,332  
    Other     81,640     82,573     84,428     93,040     94,822  
    Multi-family residential     333,419     354,118     350,382     339,907     333,428  
    Commercial business loans     77,381     86,904     79,055     90,781     76,920  
    Commercial agriculture and fishing loans     21,833     15,369     14,411     10,200     5,422  
    State and political subdivision obligations     369     404     405     405     405  
    Consumer automobile loans     133,789     144,036     151,121     139,524     132,877  
    Consumer loans secured by other assets     131,429     132,749     129,293     122,895     108,542  
    Consumer loans unsecured     3,658     4,411     5,209     6,415     7,712  
    Total loans   $ 1,695,823   $ 1,734,807   $ 1,698,124   $ 1,711,442   $ 1,660,028  
                                     
    Unfunded commitments under lines of credit or existing loans   $ 163,827   $ 166,446   $ 155,005   $ 148,736   $ 149,631  
    FIRST NORTHWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    NET INTEREST MARGIN ANALYSIS
    (Dollars in thousands) (Unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended December 31,  
        2024   2023  
        Average   Interest         Average   Interest        
        Balance   Earned/   Yield/   Balance   Earned/   Yield/  
        Outstanding   Paid   Rate   Outstanding   Paid   Rate  
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Interest-earning assets:                                      
    Loans receivable, net (1) (2)   $ 1,688,239   $ 23,716     5.59 % $ 1,628,718   $ 22,083     5.38 %
    Investment securities     313,759     3,658     4.64     297,020     3,393     4.53  
    FHLB dividends     11,762     273     9.23     12,514     252     7.99  
    Interest-earning deposits in banks     45,358     550     4.82     41,974     581     5.49  
    Total interest-earning assets (3)     2,059,118     28,197     5.45     1,980,226     26,309     5.27  
    Noninterest-earning assets     146,384                 147,429              
    Total average assets   $ 2,205,502               $ 2,127,655              
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                      
    Interest-bearing demand deposits   $ 162,954   $ 210     0.51   $ 172,013   $ 197     0.45  
    Money market accounts     442,481     2,773     2.49     362,366     1,351     1.48  
    Savings accounts     206,605     721     1.39     247,744     963     1.54  
    Certificates of deposit, customer     461,136     4,925     4.25     424,722     4,197     3.92  
    Certificates of deposit, brokered     192,018     2,546     5.27     172,214     2,050     4.72  
    Total interest-bearing deposits (4)     1,465,194     11,175     3.03     1,379,059     8,758     2.52  
    Advances     236,576     2,491     4.19     256,560     2,962     4.58  
    Subordinated debt     39,504     394     3.97     39,425     394     3.96  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,741,274     14,060     3.21     1,675,044     12,114     2.87  
    Noninterest-bearing deposits (4)     256,715                 259,845              
    Other noninterest-bearing liabilities     45,953                 36,795              
    Total average liabilities     2,043,942                 1,971,684              
    Average equity     161,560                 155,971              
    Total average liabilities and equity   $ 2,205,502               $ 2,127,655              
                                           
    Net interest income         $ 14,137               $ 14,195        
    Net interest rate spread                 2.24                 2.40  
    Net earning assets   $ 317,844               $ 305,182              
    Net interest margin (5)                 2.73                 2.84  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     118.3 %               118.2 %            

    (1) The average loans receivable, net balances include nonaccrual loans.
    (2) Interest earned on loans receivable includes net deferred fees (costs) of $103,000 and ($151,000) for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
    (3) Includes interest-earning deposits (cash) at other financial institutions.
    (4) Cost of all deposits, including noninterest-bearing demand deposits, was 2.58% and 2.12% for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
    (5) Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

    FIRST NORTHWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
    (Dollars in thousands) (Unaudited)

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    This press release contains financial measures that are not in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Non-GAAP measures are presented where management believes the information will help investors understand the Company’s results of operations or financial position and assess trends. Where non-GAAP financial measures are used, the comparable GAAP financial measure is also provided. These disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for operating results determined in accordance with GAAP, and are not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. Other banking companies may use names similar to those the Company uses for the non-GAAP financial measures the Company discloses, but may calculate them differently. Investors should understand how the Company and other companies each calculate their non-GAAP financial measures when making comparisons. Reconciliations of the GAAP and non-GAAP measures are presented below.

    Calculations Based on PPNR and Adjusted PPNR:

        For the Quarter Ended   For the Year Ended  
    (Dollars in thousands)   December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      December 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
     
    Net (loss) income   $ (2,810 ) $ (1,980 ) $ (2,219 ) $ 396   $ (5,522 ) $ (6,613 ) $ 2,286  
    Plus: provision for credit losses     3,655     3,134     8,739     970     1,152     16,498     1,323  
    Provision (benefit) for income taxes     359     (1,203 )   (547 )   447     (1,354 )   (944 )   549  
    PPNR (1)     1,204     (49 )   5,973     1,813     (5,724 )   8,941     4,158  
    Selected nonrecurring adjustments to PPNR                                            
    Less: Net gain on sale of premises and equipment             7,919             7,919      
    Sale leaseback taxes and assessments included in occupancy and equipment             (359 )           (359 )    
    Net loss on sale of investment securities             (2,117 )       (5,397 )   (2,117 )   (5,397 )
    Adjusted PPNR (1)   $ 1,204   $ (49 ) $ 530   $ 1,813   $ (327 ) $ 3,498   $ 9,555  
                                                 
    Average total assets   $ 2,205,502   $ 2,209,333   $ 2,219,370   $ 2,166,187   $ 2,127,655   $ 2,200,138   $ 2,109,200  
    Return on average assets (GAAP)     -0.51 %   -0.36 %   -0.40 %   0.07 %   -1.03 %   -0.30 %   0.11 %
    Adjusted PPNR return on average assets (Non-GAAP) (1)     0.22 %   -0.01 %   0.10 %   0.34 %   -0.06 %   0.16 %   0.45 %
    (1) We believe these non-GAAP metrics are useful to evaluate the relative strength of the Company’s performance.
    FIRST NORTHWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
    (Dollars in thousands) (Unaudited)
     
    Calculations Based on Tangible Common Equity:
     
        For the Quarter Ended   For the Year Ended  
        December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      December 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
     
        (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
    Total shareholders’ equity   $ 153,882   $ 160,789   $ 158,881   $ 160,506   $ 163,340   $ 153,882   $ 163,340  
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets     1,082     1,083     1,084     1,085     1,086     1,082     1,086  
    Disallowed non-mortgage loan servicing rights     423     489     517     489     481     423     481  
    Total tangible common equity   $ 152,377   $ 159,217   $ 157,280   $ 158,932   $ 161,773   $ 152,377   $ 161,773  
                                                 
    Total assets   $ 2,232,006   $ 2,255,486   $ 2,215,962   $ 2,240,020   $ 2,201,797   $ 2,232,006   $ 2,201,797  
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets     1,082     1,083     1,084     1,085     1,086     1,082     1,086  
    Disallowed non-mortgage loan servicing rights     423     489     517     489     481     423     481  
    Total tangible assets   $ 2,230,501   $ 2,253,914   $ 2,214,361   $ 2,238,446   $ 2,200,230   $ 2,230,501   $ 2,200,230  
                                                 
    Average shareholders’ equity   $ 161,560   $ 160,479   $ 163,079   $ 161,867   $ 155,971   $ 161,742   $ 159,413  
    Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets     1,083     1,084     1,085     1,085     1,086     1,084     1,087  
    Average disallowed non-mortgage loan servicing rights     489     517     489     481     608     494     670  
    Total average tangible common equity   $ 159,988   $ 158,878   $ 161,505   $ 160,301   $ 154,277   $ 160,164   $ 157,656  
                                                 
    Net (loss) income   $ (2,810 ) $ (1,980 ) $ (2,219 ) $ 396   $ (5,522 ) $ (6,613 ) $ 2,286  
    Common shares outstanding     9,353,348     9,365,979     9,453,247     9,442,796     9,611,876     9,353,348     9,611,876  
    GAAP Ratios:                                            
    Equity to total assets     6.89 %   7.13 %   7.17 %   7.17 %   7.42 %   6.89 %   7.42 %
    Return on average equity     -6.92 %   -4.91 %   -5.47 %   0.98 %   -14.05 %   -4.09 %   1.43 %
    Book value per common share   $ 16.45   $ 17.17   $ 16.81   $ 17.00   $ 16.99   $ 16.45   $ 16.99  
    Non-GAAP Ratios:                                            
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (1)     6.83 %   7.06 %   7.10 %   7.10 %   7.35 %   6.83 %   7.35 %
    Return on average tangible common equity (1)     -6.99 %   -4.96 %   -5.53 %   0.99 %   -14.20 %   -4.13 %   1.45 %
    Tangible book value per common share (1)   $ 16.29   $ 17.00   $ 16.64   $ 16.83   $ 16.83   $ 16.29   $ 16.83  
    (1 ) We believe these non-GAAP metrics provide an important measure with which to analyze and evaluate financial condition and capital strength. In addition, we believe that use of tangible equity and tangible assets improves the comparability to other institutions that have not engaged in acquisitions that resulted in recorded goodwill and other intangibles.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Visitor Levy Consultation – Public encouraged to have their say

    Source: Scotland – Highland Council

    A series of engagement events have been set up so members of the public can take part in the current consultation process on the proposed Visitor Levy Scheme for Highland.

    The events come in a number of formats, including face-to-face informal drop-in sessions held in libraries and other civic spaces, to make it as convenient for people as possible to get involved and have their say.

    The Highland Council Convener, Councillor Bill Lobban said: “We are getting feedback from businesses in the tourism sector but we also need to hear the voices of individual members of the public. It is very important that the consultation is as encompassing as possible and all voices are heard.

    “We have set up these sessions in different formats at different times of day, to make it as easy as possible for people to have their say. We have also put together helpful FAQs on our website which explain aspects of the the proposal and are a good starting point for anyone wanting to find out more before filling in the on-line consultation document.”

    The Public Library Community Drop-in Events will  be an informal in-person drop-in opportunity to chat with Council staff on the proposed Visitor Levy Scheme and ask questions about the proposal or the consultation process. Public access computers will also be available on-site for members of the public to fill in the online consultation document, if required.

    • Nairn Library – 7 February 2025, 10:30-12:30
    • Thurso Library – 18 February 2025, 14:00-19:30 (As part of a place-based planning event)
    • Fortrose Community Library – 19 February 2025, 10:00-12:00
    • Fort William Library – 26 February 2025, 11:00-13:00
    • Ullapool Community Library – 27 February 2025, 11:00 – 13:00
    • Brora Library – 28 February 2025, 10:30 – 12:30

    The Community Drop-in Events are as follows:

    • Inverness Archive Centre – 11 February 2025, 13:00 – 15:00
    • Wick (Pulteney Centre) – 12 February 2025, 10:30 – 15:30 (As part of a place-based planning event)
    • Kingussie Courthouse – 13 February 2025, 1:30-3:00
    • Kyle of Lochalsh Service Point – 20 February 2025, 11:00 – 13:00

    They too will provide an informal in-person drop-in opportunity for members of the public to chat with Council staff on the proposed Visitor Levy Scheme and ask questions about the proposal or the consultation process.

    As well as these face-to-face events, two Community Webinars will take place. These will all begin with a formal online presentation from Council staff on the proposed Visitor Levy Scheme followed by the opportunity to ask questions about the proposal or the consultation process.

    • 25 February 2025, 16:00-17:00
    • 13 March 2025, 11:00-12:00

    The Council is asking people to regularly check the Visitor Levy website as further details and additional venues will be confirmed and registration links to online events will be published.In addition to these public engagement events, the Council will be hosting a Webinar specifically for Community Council members and will be taking part in a series of Chambers of Commerce Business Events.

    Councillor Lobban added: “We want the consultation to be as inclusive as possible, ensuring that it fairly and accurately captures opinion and feedback from across all communities. This is why I encourage people to take up this opportunity to drop-in and have an informal chat with staff on the proposals and then pass on their views via the on-line consultation.”

    The consultation runs up until 31 March 2025. In addition to the online survey, there is  a phoneline to request a paper copy of the consultation 01349 781020 and a dedicated email address to answer any queries and provide support: visitorlevyconsultation@highland.gov.uk

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Decade-long ban for director of London bakery who abused Covid support scheme

    Source: United Kingdom – Government Statements

    Director disqualified for Bounce Back Loan abuse

    • Azizullrahman Akbari overstated his company’s turnover when he applied for a £50,000 Bounce Back Loan – the maximum amount businesses could receive under the scheme 
    • His New Watan Bakery Limited company did not have a turnover of more than £200,000 as he falsely claimed 
    • Akbari has been banned as a company director until January 2035 following investigations by the Insolvency Service 

    The former boss of a west London bakery who overstated his company’s turnover to secure a maximum-value Covid loan has been banned from acting as a director for 10 years. 

    Azizullrahman Akbari, 60, obtained a £50,000 Bounce Back Loan just weeks into the pandemic, claiming the turnover for his New Watan Bakery Limited company was more than £200,000. 

    In reality, the company, which ran the Watan Bakery on South Road in Southall, never had such a high turnover. 

    Elizabeth Pigney, Chief Investigator at the Insolvency Service, said: 

    Azizullrahman Akbari exaggerated his company’s turnover to secure a £50,000 Bounce Back Loan, the most businesses were entitled to under the rules of the scheme. 

    From our analysis of the accounts, the company did not deserve anywhere near this amount. 

    Tackling Bounce Back Loan misconduct remains a key priority for the Insolvency Service and we will continue to take action against directors like Akbari who made false declarations when applying for financial support from the government.

    New Watan Bakery began trading in June 2016, with Akbari as its sole director. 

    Akbari, of The Broadway, Southall, applied for a Bounce Back Loan in May 2020, declaring his company had a turnover of £214,010. 

    Businesses established before the start of January 2019 could apply for a Bounce Back Loan of up to a quarter of their annual turnover, with a maximum amount of £50,000. 

    Insolvency Service analysis of the company’s accounts revealed a turnover of £62,584 for the period up until the end of June 2019. 

    For the period ending June 2020, the turnover was smaller at £52,370. 

    New Watan Bakery entered liquidation in July 2023 owing more than £53,000. 

    The Secretary of State for Business and Trade accepted a disqualification undertaking from Akbari, and his ban started on Wednesday 29 January.  

    The undertaking prevents him from being involved in the promotion, formation or management of a company, without the permission of the court. 

    A separate company now runs the bakery. Akbari is not listed as a director of this company. 

    Further information

    Updates to this page

    Published 29 January 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Government backs Heathrow expansion to kickstart economic growth

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    Lift-off for growth as government backs expansion at Britain’s busiest and only hub airport.

    • Plan could create over 100,000 direct jobs, boost a better-connected British economy by billions, and lead to cheaper fares and fewer delays for families as part of Plan for Change.
    • Expansion must be delivered in line with UK’s legal, environmental and climate obligations.

    Working people and businesses across Britain will benefit from a government going “further and faster” to kickstart economic growth, as the Chancellor today [29 January] announced the government’s support for a third runway at Heathrow.

    Speaking to an audience of business chiefs at Siemens in North Oxfordshire this morning, the Chancellor set out the government’s latest set of reforms to kickstart economic growth and drive up living standards across the UK by driving investment, getting Britain building and tackling regulatory barriers. This included the announcement that the government supports and is inviting proposals for a third runway at Heathrow.

    The Chancellor confirmed that the government will move at speed to review the Airports National Policy Statement (ANPS). This provides the basis for decision making on granting development consent for a new runway at Heathrow, to ensure that any scheme is delivered in line with our legal, environmental and climate obligations.

    In her speech, Chancellor of the Exchequer Rachel Reeves said:

    I have always been clear that a third runway at Heathrow would unlock further growth, boost investment, increase exports, and make the UK more open and more connected as part of our Plan for Change.

    And now the case is stronger than ever because our reforms to the economy – like speeding up our planning system, and our strengthened plans to modernise UK airspace – mean the delivery of this project is set up for success.

    So I can confirm today that this Government supports a third runway at Heathrow and is inviting proposals to be brought forward by the summer.

    As well as creating over 100,000 jobs in the local area and many more indirectly, research published today by Frontier Economics finds that 60% of the economic boost from a third runway would be felt by areas outside of London and the South East – putting more money in the pockets of working people across the UK through lower fares and greater choice for passengers as part of our Plan for Change.

    During the speech, Reeves announced that the Transport Secretary Heidi Alexander is expected to take decisions on expansion plans at Gatwick and Luton shortly, and that the government will work with Doncaster Council and the Mayor of South Yorkshire to support their efforts to reopen Doncaster Sheffield Airport as a thriving regional airport.

    The Chancellor also announced that a new partnership between global logistics giant Prologis and East Midlands Airport to build a new advanced manufacturing park within the East Midlands Freeport zone to unlock £1 billion of investment and 2,000 jobs. It follows this government’s swift approval of similarly stalled plans for London City Airport to expand to nine million passengers per year by 2031 and a £1.1 billion investment at Stansted Airport to extend its terminal and create 5,000 jobs.

    After delivering stability to the public finances and wider economy as the basic precondition for economic growth, the pace of investment and reform demonstrates the government’s willingness to secure the future of the UK’s world-class aviation sector and the sustainable growth it can provide. Air freight represented 57% of the UK’s non-EU exports by value in 2023, with over 60% of freight coming through the UK doing so through Heathrow. International connectivity also supports vital tourism and business links, with overseas visitors spending £31 billion on their visits to the UK in 2023 and 15 million business travellers using Heathrow in the same year.

    It comes after reforms to speed up the planning system and a presumption to ‘back the builders over the blockers’ were set out by the Prime Minister Keir Starmer last week. The government has committed to making decisions on 150 major economic infrastructure applications over this Parliament, having already made decisions on multiple significant projects within its first six months spanning airports, data centres, energy farms, and major housing developments. The Planning and Infrastructure Bill to be introduced in Spring will enact further sweeping reforms and take an axe to the red tape that slows down approval of infrastructure projects.

    Alongside these reforms and plans to modernise UK airspace, the government is taking great strides in transitioning to greener aviation. Sustainable Aviation Fuel reduces CO2 emissions compared to fossil jet fuel by around 70% and the Chancellor announced that the government is supporting UK producers by investing £63 million in 2025-26 into the Advanced Fuels Fund and setting out details of a Revenue Certainty Mechanism. This will support investment and high-skilled green jobs in plants across the UK – with previous winners of the Fund ranging from across the north of England to South Wales – and follows the Sustainable Aviation Fuel Mandate coming into law at the start of 2025. Taken together, our commitments to SAF will support thousands of jobs in places like Teesside and Humberside, bring down our transport emissions, and help make the UK a clean energy superpower as part of our Plan for Change.

    The government is also assessing options for privately financing the Lower Thames Crossing, which will improve connectivity across vital ports and alleviate congestion as goods to be exported come from across the country to markets overseas. 

    In further recognition that the Government’s clean energy superpower mission is helping to drive the UK’s economic growth mission, Reeves announced that the government will designate new Marine Protected Areas to enable offshore wind, whilst protecting our marine environment. In doing so, barriers to 16 gigawatts of offshore wind will be unblocked – as much electricity as was produced by all gas power plants in 2024 – and up to £30 billion of private investment in homegrown clean power will be unlocked, creating thousands of good clean energy jobs in the offshore wind sector in areas like East Anglia and Yorkshire.

    A new approach to the Oxford-Cambridge Growth Corridor – a centre of innovation which could become Europe’s answer to Silicon Valley – will be spearheaded by Sir Patrick Vallance as a Ministerial Champion. The economic potential of this region will be unlocked through leveraging the strengths it boasts in sectors across Britain’s new modern Industrial Strategy, from life sciences and tech to advanced manufacturing.

    The Chancellor set out the government’s plans to increase investment across the whole of the UK. She stressed that the government would do more to support city regions and local leaders outside of London and the South East, in recognition that bringing the productivity of major cities like Manchester, Birmingham and Leeds to the national average would deliver an extra £33 billion in output for the UK economy.

    Reeves confirmed the backing of the Mayor of Greater Manchester’s plans for the regeneration of the area around Old Trafford, including new housing and commercial development, and the new approach to planning decisions on land around stations, changing the default to yes. The Office for Investment is expanding its support to local leaders across the UK to help develop and promote their investment plans, and new strategic partnerships from the National Wealth Fund (NWF) will provide deeper, more focused support for city regions starting in Glasgow, West Yorkshire, the West Midlands, and Greater Manchester.

    NWF and Aviva have today invested £65 million in Connected Kerb to back plans for the electric vehicle smart charging infrastructure company to expand its UK EV charging network towards 40,000 sockets – up from 9,000 as of the end of 2024. This substantial investment into the UK’s public charging infrastructure – one of the NWF’s priority sectors – is crucial for delivering the forecast requirement of at least 300,000 public EV chargers by 2030. NWF is also investing £28 million in Cornish Metals to provide the raw materials to be used in solar panels, wind turbines and electric vehicles, supporting growth and jobs in the South West of England.

    Reeves announced that the Treasury will review the Green Book and how it is being used to provide objective, transparent advice on public investment across the country, including outside London and the South East. There were also further details announced on Investment Zones, with the Wrexham and Flintshire Investment Zone to focus on the area’s strengths in advanced manufacturing. Backed by the likes of Airbus and JCB, this is expected to crowd in £1 billion of private investment over a decade and create up to 6,000 jobs.

    The Chancellor said that the Business and Trade Secretary Jonathan Reynolds will visit India next month to relaunch talks on a free-trade agreement and bilateral investment treaty, She set out that the guiding principle the government will take in its approach to trade is acting in the national interest of Britain’s economy, its businesses and working people. A trade deal with India, as one of the fastest growing economies in the world and one which is projected to be the fourth largest global importer by 2035, is in line with this approach.

    Notes to Editors

    • The Chancellor’s speech can be found on gov.uk later today here.
    • As part of the ANPS review, government will engage the Climate Change Committee on how aviation expansion can be made consistent with our net zero framework.

    Stakeholder reaction

    Kenton Jarvis, CEO of easyJet, said:

    I welcome the Government’s pro-growth agenda and their recognition of the importance of aviation and the crucial role it plays as an enabler of economic growth. As an island nation, this industry provides much-needed connectivity as well as creating many skilled jobs which contribute to the wider prosperity of the country. 

    Expansion at Heathrow will provide consumer and economic benefits and represents a unique opportunity for easyJet to operate from the airport at scale for the first time and bring with it lower fares for consumers.

    Paul Weston, Regional Head of Prologis UK said:

    The Chancellor’s announcements reflect a drive to support enhanced UK economic growth, which underscores Prologis’ global partnership with East Midlands Airport to unlock investment at the nation’s only inland Freeport site.

    We are focused on delivering a new Advanced Manufacturing and Logistics park at pace and in partnership, harnessing the site’s unique potential.

    Prologis, as a partner of choice, continues to commit to opportunities across the UK that underpin growth, building the foundations that support economic opportunities and on-the-ground benefits, with central, regional and local government.

    Gordon Sanghera, Chief Executive Officer, Oxford Nanopore Technologies said:

    The attention given to the innovation potential in the Oxford-Cambridge Growth Corridor is welcome. This is an opportunity to strengthen the UK’s tech infrastructure, expand access to talent, and attract investment—the foundations of innovation—so we can turn more pioneering UK life science start-ups into global scale-ups. The UK can be the best place in the world for breakthrough technologies.

    Tim Knowles, Founder and Managing Director of FI Real Estate Management, said:

    As an investor in Wrexham for almost 20 years, we’re delighted to see the announcement that Wrexham and Flintshire will receive Advanced Manufacturing Investment Zone status, with three of our schemes on Wrexham Industrial Estate – Wrexham 1M, Wrexham 152, and Bridgeway Centre – forming part of the designated zone.

    Across these sites, we’ll be investing £115m to create new, high-quality industrial accommodation, supporting the creation of over 1,000 new jobs and delivering an estimated economic value of £1.2bn in Wrexham over the next 10 years.

    Mark Turner, JCB’s Chief Operating Officer said:

    JCB has been a prominent feature of the industrial and economic landscape in Wrexham and Flintshire for over 45 years. Innovation is the lifeblood of our business and we welcome the creation of an Investment Zone in North Wales and hope that it will attract many other businesses to the area. As an advanced manufacturer of precision engineering components, JCB Transmissions looks forward to other advanced manufacturing businesses coming to the area. This could go a long way towards building the supply chain resilience of existing manufacturing businesses in the area, such as JCB.

    We place a lot of values on skills in our business and we look forward to the Investment Zone positively supporting skills development in the future. JCB continues to invest in our business in Wrexham and today’s IZ announcement bodes well for the economic development of the area in the future.

    Updates to this page

    Published 29 January 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI: 180 Degree Capital Corp. Responds to Non-Binding Proposal from Source Capital

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MONTCLAIR, N.J., Jan. 29, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — 180 Degree Capital Corp. (NASDAQ:TURN) (“180 Degree Capital”) notes that its Board of Directors (the “Board”), including the Special Committee of the Board, has evaluated the non-binding proposal from Source Capital issued on January 24, 2025 (the “Source Proposal”), pursuant to the requirements of Section 7.10 of the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among 180 Degree Capital Corp., Mount Logan Capital Inc. (“Mount Logan”), Yukon New Parent, Inc., Polar Merger Sub, Inc. and Moose Merger Sub, LLC, dated January 16, 2025 (the “Merger Agreement”). Based on this assessment, the Board has determined that the Source Proposal does not constitute a TURN Superior Proposal (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and does not, at this time, otherwise satisfy the criteria set forth in Section 7.10(a) of the Merger Agreement.

    The Board takes its fiduciary responsibilities seriously and is deeply committed to value creation for all of 180 Degree Capital shareholders. The Board unanimously reaffirms its support of the proposed strategic business combination with Mount Logan as contemplated by the Merger Agreement as being in the best interests of all 180 Degree Capital shareholders. The Board believes that the proposed merger with Mount Logan would provide unique and value-creating benefits as described in the joint investor presentation previously publicly filed by 180 Degree Capital on January 17, 2025, and available on its website at https://ir.180degreecapital.com/ir-calendar/detail/2908/180-degree-capital-and-mount-logan-capital-proposed-merger.

    About 180 Degree Capital Corp.

    180 Degree Capital Corp. is a publicly traded registered closed-end fund focused on investing in and providing value-added assistance through constructive activism to what we believe are substantially undervalued small, publicly traded companies that have potential for significant turnarounds. 180 Degree Capital’s goal is that the result of its constructive activism leads to a reversal in direction for the share price of these investee companies, i.e., a 180-degree turn. Detailed information about 180 Degree Capital and its holdings can be found on its website at www.180degreecapital.com.

    Press Contact:
    Daniel B. Wolfe
    Robert E. Bigelow
    180 Degree Capital Corp.
    973-746-4500
    ir@180degreecapital.com

    About Mount Logan Capital Inc.

    Mount Logan Capital Inc. is an alternative asset management and insurance solutions company that is focused on public and private debt securities in the North American market and the reinsurance of annuity products, primarily through its wholly owned subsidiaries Mount Logan Management LLC (“ML Management”) and Ability Insurance Company (“Ability”), respectively. Mount Logan also actively sources, evaluates, underwrites, manages, monitors and primarily invests in loans, debt securities, and other credit-oriented instruments that present attractive risk-adjusted returns and present low risk of principal impairment through the credit cycle.

    ML Management was organized in 2020 as a Delaware limited liability company and is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The primary business of ML Management is to provide investment management services to (i) privately offered investment funds exempt from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) advised by ML Management, (ii) a non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company, (iii) Ability, and (iv) non-diversified closed-end management investment companies registered under the 1940 Act that operate as interval funds. ML Management also acts as the collateral manager to collateralized loan obligations backed by debt obligations and similar assets.

    Ability is a Nebraska domiciled insurer and reinsurer of long-term care policies and annuity products acquired by Mount Logan in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021. Ability is also no longer insuring or re-insuring new long-term care risk.

    Additional Information and Where to Find It

    In connection with the Business Combination, 180 Degree Capital intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and mail to its shareholders a proxy statement on Schedule 14A (the “Proxy Statement”). In addition, New Mount Logan plans to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) that will register the exchange of New Mount Logan shares in the Business Combination and include the Proxy Statement and a prospectus of New Mount Logan (the “Prospectus”). The Proxy Statement and the Registration Statement (including the Prospectus) will each contain important information about 180 Degree Capital, Mount Logan, New Mount Logan, the Business Combination and related matters. SHAREHOLDERS OF 180 DEGREE CAPITAL AND MOUNT LOGAN ARE URGED TO READ THE PROXY STATEMENT AND PROSPECTUS CONTAINED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND OTHER DOCUMENTS THAT ARE FILED OR WILL BE FILED WITH THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITIES AS WELL AS ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS TO THESE DOCUMENTS CAREFULLY AND IN THEIR ENTIRETY WHEN THEY BECOME AVAILABLE BECAUSE THEY WILL CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT 180 DEGREE CAPITAL, MOUNT LOGAN, NEW MOUNT LOGAN, THE BUSINESS COMBINATION AND RELATED MATTERS. Investors and security holders may obtain copies of these documents and other documents filed with the applicable securities regulatory authorities free of charge through the website maintained by the SEC at https://www.sec.gov and the website maintained by the Canadian securities regulators at www.sedarplus.ca. Copies of the documents filed by 180 Degree Capital are also available free of charge by accessing 180 Degree Capital’s investor relations website at https://ir.180degreecapital.com.

    Certain Information Concerning the Participants

    180 Degree Capital, its directors and executive officers and other members of management and employees may be deemed to be participants in the solicitation of proxies in connection with the Business Combination. Information about 180 Degree Capital’s executive officers and directors is available in 180 Degree Capital’s Annual Report filed on Form N-CSR for the year ended December 31, 2023, which was filed with the SEC on February 20, 2024, and in its proxy statement for the 2024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“2024 Annual Meeting”), which was filed with the SEC on March 1, 2024. To the extent holdings by the directors and executive officers of 180 Degree Capital securities reported in the proxy statement for the 2024 Annual Meeting have changed, such changes have been or will be reflected on Statements of Change in Ownership on Forms 3, 4 or 5 filed with the SEC. These documents are or will be available free of charge at the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov. Additional information regarding the persons who may, under the rules of the SEC, be considered participants in the solicitation of the 180 Degree Capital shareholders in connection with the Business Combination will be contained in the Proxy Statement when such document becomes available.

    Mount Logan, its directors and executive officers and other members of management and employees may be deemed to be participants in the solicitation of proxies from the shareholders of Mount Logan in favor of the approval of the Business Combination. Information about Mount Logan’s executive officers and directors is available in Mount Logan’s annual information form dated March 14, 2024, available on its website at https://mountlogancapital.ca/investor-relations and on SEDAR+ at https://sedarplus.ca. To the extent holdings by the directors and executive officers of Mount Logan securities reported in Mount Logan’s annual information form have changed, such changes have been or will be reflected on insider reports filed on SEDI at https://www.sedi.ca/sedi/. Additional information regarding the persons who may, under the rules of the SEC, be considered participants in the solicitation of the Mount Logan shareholders in connection with the Business Combination will be contained in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement when such document becomes available.

    Non-Solicitation

    This press release is not intended to be, and shall not constitute, an offer to buy or sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy or sell any securities, or a solicitation of any vote or approval, nor shall there be any sale of securities in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such jurisdiction. No offering of securities shall be made, except by means of a prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release, and oral statements made from time to time by representatives of 180 Degree Capital and Mount Logan, may contain statements of a forward-looking nature relating to future events within the meaning of federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “continue,” “estimate,” “expects,” “intends,” “will,” “should,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “would,” “forecasts,” “seeks,” “future,” “proposes,” “target,” “goal,” “objective,” “outlook” and variations of these words or similar expressions (or the negative versions of such words or expressions). Forward-looking statements are not statements of historical fact and reflect Mount Logan’s and 180 Degree Capital’s current views about future events. Such forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements about the benefits of the Business Combination involving Mount Logan and 180 Degree Capital, including future financial and operating results, Mount Logan’s and 180 Degree Capital’s plans, objectives, expectations and intentions, the expected timing and likelihood of completion of the Business Combination, and other statements that are not historical facts, including but not limited to future results of operations, projected cash flow and liquidity, business strategy, payment of dividends to shareholders of New Mount Logan, and other plans and objectives for future operations. No assurances can be given that the forward-looking statements contained in this press release will occur as projected, and actual results may differ materially from those projected. Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates and assumptions that involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected. These risks and uncertainties include, without limitation, the ability to obtain the requisite Mount Logan and 180 Degree Capital shareholder approvals; the risk that Mount Logan or 180 Degree Capital may be unable to obtain governmental and regulatory approvals required for the Business Combination (and the risk that such approvals may result in the imposition of conditions that could adversely affect New Mount Logan or the expected benefits of the Business Combination); the risk that an event, change or other circumstance could give rise to the termination of the Business Combination; the risk that a condition to closing of the Business Combination may not be satisfied; the risk of delays in completing the Business Combination; the risk that the businesses will not be integrated successfully; the risk that the cost savings and any other synergies from the Business Combination may not be fully realized or may take longer to realize than expected; the risk that any announcement relating to the Business Combination could have adverse effects on the market price of Mount Logan’s common stock or 180 Degree Capital’s common stock; unexpected costs resulting from the Business Combination; the possibility that competing offers or acquisition proposals will be made; the risk of litigation related to the Business Combination; the risk that the credit ratings of New Mount Logan or its subsidiaries may be different from what the companies expect; the diversion of management time from ongoing business operations and opportunities as a result of the Business Combination; the risk of adverse reactions or changes to business or employee relationships, including those resulting from the announcement or completion of the Business Combination; competition, government regulation or other actions; the ability of management to execute its plans to meet its goals; risks associated with the evolving legal, regulatory and tax regimes; changes in economic, financial, political and regulatory conditions; natural and man-made disasters; civil unrest, pandemics, and conditions that may result from legislative, regulatory, trade and policy changes; and other risks inherent in Mount Logan’s and 180 Degree Capital’s businesses. Forward-looking statements are based on the estimates and opinions of management at the time the statements are made. Readers should carefully review the statements set forth in the reports, which 180 Degree Capital has filed or will file from time to time with the SEC and Mount Logan has filed or will file from time to time on SEDAR+.

    Neither Mount Logan nor 180 Degree Capital undertakes any obligation, and expressly disclaims any obligation, to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. Any discussion of past performance is not an indication of future results. Investing in financial markets involves a substantial degree of risk. Investors must be able to withstand a total loss of their investment. The information herein is believed to be reliable and has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but no representation or warranty is made, expressed or implied, with respect to the fairness, correctness, accuracy, reasonableness or completeness of the information and opinions. The references and link to the website www.180degreecapital.com and mountlogancapital.ca have been provided as a convenience, and the information contained on such websites are not incorporated by reference into this press release. Neither 180 Degree Capital nor Mount Logan is responsible for the contents of third-party websites.

    The MIL Network